No drivers implement this, relying either on the recursive
directory removal to remove their debugfs, or not having any
to start with. Remove the dead driver callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If chanctx is derived as container_of() from a non-NULL pointer,
it can't ever be NULL. Since we checked conf before, that's true
here, so remove the useless NULL check.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The next line overwrites this assignment, so remove it; there's
no real value in using it for the next assignment either.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few instances were found where we didn't check them, add the
missing checks even though they'll probably never trigger as
the message should be large enough here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the message got full during nla_nest_start(), it can return
NULL. None of the cases here seem like that can really happen,
but check the return value nonetheless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Passing the 'info' pointer where a 'info->aborted' is expected will
always lead to tracing to erroneously record that the scan was aborted,
fix that by passing the correct info->aborted. The remaining data will
be collected in cfg80211, so I haven't duplicated it here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the unlikely situation that the supplicant has negotiated
admission for the background AC (which it has no reason to as
it's not supposed to be requiring admission control to start
with, and we'd ignore such a requirement anyway), the loop
here may terminate with non_acm_ac == 4, which leads to an
array overrun.
Check this explicitly just for completeness.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no point in allowing connect keys when one of them
isn't also configured as the TX key, it would just confuse
drivers and probably cause them to pick something for TX.
Disallow this confusing and erroneous configuration.
As wpa_supplicant will always send NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, even
when there are no keys inside, allow that and treat it as
though the attribute isn't present at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since mac80211 doesn't currently support TSIDs 8-15 which can
only be used after QoS TSPEC negotiation (and not even after
WMM negotiation), reject attempts to set up aggregation
sessions for them, which might confuse drivers. In mac80211
we do correctly handle that, but the TSIDs should never get
used anyway, and drivers might not be able to handle it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The A-MSDU TX code (within TXQs) didn't always check the return value
of skb_linearize() properly, resulting in potentially passing a frag-
list SKB down to the driver even when it said it can't handle it. Fix
that.
Fixes: 6e0456b545 ("mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add IPv6 support to AF_RXRPC. With this, AF_RXRPC sockets can be created:
service = socket(AF_RXRPC, SOCK_DGRAM, PF_INET6);
instead of:
service = socket(AF_RXRPC, SOCK_DGRAM, PF_INET);
The AFS filesystem doesn't support IPv6 at the moment, though, since that
requires upgrades to some of the RPC calls.
Note that a good portion of this patch is replacing "%pI4:%u" in print
statements with "%pISpc" which is able to handle both protocols and print
the port.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
There are two places that want to transmit a packet in response to one just
received and manually pick the address to reply to out of the sk_buff.
Make them use rxrpc_extract_addr_from_skb() instead so that IPv6 is handled
automatically.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Create an address for sendmsg() to bind unbound socket with rather than
using a completely blank address otherwise the transport socket creation
will fail because it will try to use address family 0.
We use the address family specified in the protocol argument when the
AF_RXRPC socket was created and SOCK_DGRAM as the default. For anything
else, bind() must be used.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
call->rx_winsize should be initialised to the sysctl setting and the sysctl
setting should be limited to the maximum we want to permit. Further, we
need to place this in the ACK info instead of the sysctl setting.
Furthermore, discard the idea of accepting the subpackets of a jumbo packet
that lie beyond the receive window when the first packet of the jumbo is
within the window. Just discard the excess subpackets instead. This
allows the receive window to be opened up right to the buffer size less one
for the dead slot.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The preallocated call buffer holds a ref on the calls within that buffer.
The ref was being released in the wrong place - it worked okay for incoming
calls to the AFS cache manager service, but doesn't work right for incoming
calls to a userspace service.
Instead of releasing an extra ref service calls in rxrpc_release_call(),
the ref needs to be released during the acceptance/rejectance process. To
this end:
(1) The prealloc ref is now normally released during
rxrpc_new_incoming_call().
(2) For preallocated kernel API calls, the kernel API's ref needs to be
released when the call is discarded on socket close.
(3) We shouldn't take a second ref in rxrpc_accept_call().
(4) rxrpc_recvmsg_new_call() needs to get a ref of its own when it adds
the call to the to_be_accepted socket queue.
In doing (4) above, we would prefer not to put the call's refcount down to
0 as that entails doing cleanup in softirq context, but it's unlikely as
there are several refs held elsewhere, at least one of which must be put by
someone in process context calling rxrpc_release_call(). However, it's not
a problem if we do have to do that.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Adjust the call ref tracepoint to show references held on a call by the
kernel API separately as much as possible and add an additional trace to at
the allocation point from the preallocation buffer for an incoming call.
Note that this doesn't show the allocation of a client call for the kernel
separately at the moment.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Allow tx_winsize to grow when the ACK info packet shows a larger receive
window at the other end rather than only permitting it to shrink.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
skb->len should be used rather than skb->data_len when referring to the
amount of data in a packet. This will only cause a malfunction in the
following cases:
(1) We receive a jumbo packet (validation and splitting both are wrong).
(2) We see if there's extra ACK info in an ACK packet (we think it's not
there and just ignore it).
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
rxrpc_recvmsg() needs to make sure that the call it has just been
processing gets requeued for further attention if the buffer has been
filled and there's more data to be consumed. The softirq producer only
queues the call and wakes the socket if it fills the first slot in the
window, so userspace might end up sleeping forever otherwise, despite there
being data available.
This is not a problem provided the userspace buffer is big enough or it
empties the buffer completely before more data comes in.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
We need to wake up the sender when Tx window rotation due to an incoming
ACK makes space in the buffer otherwise the sender is liable to just hang
endlessly.
This problem isn't noticeable if the Tx phase transfers no more than will
fit in a single window or the Tx window rotates fast enough that it doesn't
get full.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Peer records created for incoming connections weren't getting their hash
key set. This meant that incoming calls wouldn't see more than one DATA
packet - which is not a problem for AFS CM calls with small request data
blobs.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
After the previous patches, connect keys can only (correctly)
be used for storing static WEP keys. Therefore, remove all the
data for dealing with key index 4/5 and reduce the size of the
key material to the maximum for WEP keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Don't accept it if a key_idx < 0 snuck through, reject WEP keys with
key index 4 and 5 (which are used for IGTKs) and don't allow IGTKs
with key indices other than 4 and 5. This makes the key data match
expectations better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When not connected, anything but WEP keys shouldn't be allowed to be
configured for later - only static WEP keys make sense at this point.
Change wext to reject anything else just like nl80211 does.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was already documented that way in nl80211.h, but the
parsing code still accepted other key types. Change it to
really only accept WEP keys as documented.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only key index 0-3 should be accepted, 4/5 are for IGTKs and
cannot be used as connect keys. Fix the range checking to not
allow such erroneous configurations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Key index 4 can only be used for an IGTK, so the range checks
for shared key authentication should treat 4 as an error, fix
that in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to an apparent copy/paste bug, the number of counters for the
beacon configuration were checked twice, instead of checking the
number of probe response counters. Fix this to check the number of
probe response counters before parsing those.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 9a774c78e2 ("cfg80211: Support multiple CSA counters")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since commit 4f00878126 ("sctp: apply rhashtable api to send/recv
path"), sctp uses transport rhashtable with .obj_cmpfn sctp_hash_cmp,
in which it compares the members of the transport with the rhashtable
args to check if it's the right transport.
But sctp uses the transport without holding it in sctp_hash_cmp, it can
cause a use-after-free panic. As after it gets transport from hashtable,
another CPU may close the sk and free the asoc. In sctp_association_free,
it frees all the transports, meanwhile, the assoc's refcnt may be reduced
to 0, assoc can be destroyed by sctp_association_destroy.
So after that, transport->assoc is actually an unavailable memory address
in sctp_hash_cmp. Although sctp_hash_cmp is under rcu_read_lock, it still
can not avoid this, as assoc is not freed by RCU.
This patch is to hold the transport before checking it's members with
sctp_transport_hold, in which it checks the refcnt first, holds it if
it's not 0.
Fixes: 4f00878126 ("sctp: apply rhashtable api to send/recv path")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'ub' is malloced in tipc_udp_enable() and should be freed before
leaving from the error handling cases, otherwise it will cause
memory leak.
Fixes: ba5aa84a2d ("tipc: split UDP nl address parsing")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If /sbin/bridge-stp is available on the system, bridge tries to execute
it instead of the kernel implementation when starting/stopping STP.
If anything goes wrong with /sbin/bridge-stp, bridge silently falls back
to kernel STP, making hard to debug userspace STP.
This patch adds a br_stp_call_user helper to start/stop userspace STP
and debug errors from the program: abnormal exit status is stored in the
lower byte and normal exit status is stored in higher byte.
Below is a simple example on a kernel with dynamic debug enabled:
# ln -s /bin/false /sbin/bridge-stp
# brctl stp br0 on
br0: failed to start userspace STP (256)
# dmesg
br0: /sbin/bridge-stp exited with code 1
br0: failed to start userspace STP (256)
br0: using kernel STP
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Endianess fix for the new nf_tables netlink trace infrastructure,
NFTA_TRACE_POLICY endianess was not correct, patch from Liping Zhang.
2) Fix broken re-route after userspace queueing in nf_tables route
chain. This patch is large but it is simple since it is just getting
this code in sync with iptable_mangle. Also from Liping.
3) NAT mangling via ctnetlink lies to userspace when nf_nat_setup_info()
fails to setup the NAT conntrack extension. This problem has been
there since the beginning, but it can now show up after rhashtable
conversion.
4) Fix possible NULL pointer dereference due to failures in allocating
the synproxy and seqadj conntrack extensions, from Gao feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ieee80211_suspend() checks early on if there's anything
to do by checking open_count, so there's no need to check
again later in the function. Remove the useless check.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When memory is exhausted, nfct_seqadj_ext_add may fail to add the
synproxy and seqadj extensions. The function nf_ct_seqadj_init doesn't
check if get valid seqadj pointer by the nfct_seqadj.
Now drop the packet directly when fail to add seqadj extension to
avoid dereference NULL pointer in nf_ct_seqadj_init from
init_conntrack().
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The overflow validation in the init() function establishes that the
maximum value that the hash could reach is less than U32_MAX, which is
likely to be true.
The fix detects the overflow when the maximum hash value is less than
the offset itself.
Fixes: 70ca767ea1 ("netfilter: nft_hash: Add hash offset value")
Reported-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
smatch pointed out that the second check of "tdls_auth" was
pointless since if it was true, we returned from the function
already. We can further simplify the code by moving the first
check (if it's a TDLS peer at all) into the outer if, to only
handle that inside. This simplifies the control flow here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the 'aqm' stats in mac80211 only keeps overlimit drop stats,
not CoDel stats. This moves the CoDel stats into the txqi structure to
keep them per txq in order to show them in debugfs.
In addition, the aqm debugfs output is restructured by splitting it up
into three files: One global per phy, one per netdev and one per
station, in the appropriate directories. The files are all called aqm,
and are only created if the driver supports the wake_tx_queue op (rather
than emitting an error on open as previously).
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_nat_setup_info() returns NF_* verdicts, so convert them to error
codes that is what ctnelink expects. This has passed overlook without
having any impact since this nf_nat_setup_info() has always returned
NF_ACCEPT so far. Since 870190a9ec ("netfilter: nat: convert nat bysrc
hash to rhashtable"), this is problem.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After we generate a new number, we still use the priv->counter and
store it to the dreg. This is not correct, another cpu may already
change it to a new number. So we must use the generated number, not
the priv->counter itself.
Fixes: 91dbc6be0a ("netfilter: nf_tables: add number generator expression")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These counters sit in hot path and do show up in perf, this is especially
true for 'found' and 'searched' which get incremented for every packet
processed.
Information like
searched=212030105
new=623431
found=333613
delete=623327
does not seem too helpful nowadays:
- on busy systems found and searched will overflow every few hours
(these are 32bit integers), other more busy ones every few days.
- for debugging there are better methods, such as iptables' trace target,
the conntrack log sysctls. Nowadays we also have perf tool.
This removes packet path stat counters except those that
are expected to be 0 (or close to 0) on a normal system, e.g.
'insert_failed' (race happened) or 'invalid' (proto tracker rejects).
The insert stat is retained for the ctnetlink case.
The found stat is retained for the tuple-is-taken check when NAT has to
determine if it needs to pick a different source address.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are some codes of netfilter module which did not check the return
value of nft_register_chain_type. Add the checks now.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are some codes of netfilter module which did not check the return
value of register_netdevice_notifier. Add the checks now.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is overly conservative and not flexible at all, so better let them
go through and let the filtering policy decide what to do with them. We
use skb_header_pointer() all over the place so we would just fail to
match when trying to access fields from malformed traffic.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Consolidate pktinfo setup and validation by using the new generic
functions so we converge to the netdev family codebase.
We only need a linear IPv4 and IPv6 header from the reject expression,
so move nft_bridge_iphdr_validate() and nft_bridge_ip6hdr_validate()
to net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These functions are extracted from the netdev family, they initialize
the pktinfo structure and validate that the IPv4 and IPv6 headers are
well-formed given that these functions are called from a path where
layer 3 sanitization did not happen yet.
These functions are placed in include/net/netfilter/nf_tables_ipv{4,6}.h
so they can be reused by a follow up patch to use them from the bridge
family too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces nft_set_pktinfo_unspec() that ensures proper
initialization all of pktinfo fields for non-IP traffic. This is used
by the bridge, netdev and arp families.
This new function relies on nft_set_pktinfo_proto_unspec() to set a new
tprot_set field that indicates if transport protocol information is
available. Remain fields are zeroed.
The meta expression has been also updated to check to tprot_set in first
place given that zero is a valid tprot value. Even a handcrafted packet
may come with the IPPROTO_RAW (255) protocol number so we can't rely on
this value as tprot unset.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The dynset expression matches if we can fit a new entry into the set.
If there is no room for it, then it breaks the rule evaluation.
This patch introduces the inversion flag so you can add rules to
explicitly drop packets that don't fit into the set. For example:
# nft filter input flow table xyz size 4 { ip saddr timeout 120s counter } overflow drop
This is useful to provide a replacement for connlimit.
For the rule above, every new entry uses the IPv4 address as key in the
set, this entry gets a timeout of 120 seconds that gets refresh on every
packet seen. If we get new flow and our set already contains 4 entries
already, then this packet is dropped.
You can already express this in positive logic, assuming default policy
to drop:
# nft filter input flow table xyz size 4 { ip saddr timeout 10s counter } accept
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support to pass through an offset to the hash value. With this
feature, the sysadmin is able to generate a hash with a given
offset value.
Example:
meta mark set jhash ip saddr mod 2 seed 0xabcd offset 100
This option generates marks according to the source address from 100 to
101.
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Mostly small sets of driver fixes scattered all over the place.
1) Mediatek driver fixes from Sean Wang. Forward port not written
correctly during TX map, missed handling of EPROBE_DEFER, and
mistaken use of put_page() instead of skb_free_frag().
2) Fix socket double-free in KCM code, from WANG Cong.
3) QED driver fixes from Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru, including a fix for
using the dcbx buffers before initializing them.
4) Mellanox Switch driver fixes from Jiri Pirko, including a fix for
double fib removals and an error handling fix in
mlxsw_sp_module_init().
5) Fix kernel panic when enabling LLDP in i40e driver, from Dave
Ertman.
6) Fix padding of TSO packets in thunderx driver, from Sunil Goutham.
7) TCP's rcv_wup not initialized properly when using fastopen, from
Neal Cardwell.
8) Don't use uninitialized flow keys in flow dissector, from Gao
Feng.
9) Use after free in l2tp module unload, from Sabrina Dubroca.
10) Fix interrupt registry ordering issues in smsc911x driver, from
Jeremy Linton.
11) Fix crashes in bonding having to do with enslaving and rx_handler,
from Mahesh Bandewar.
12) AF_UNIX deadlock fixes from Linus.
13) In mlx5 driver, don't read skb->xmit_mode after it might have been
freed from the TX reclaim path. From Tariq Toukan.
14) Fix a bug from 2015 in TCP Yeah where the congestion window does
not increase, from Artem Germanov.
15) Don't pad frames on receive in NFP driver, from Jakub Kicinski.
16) Fix chunk fragmenting in SCTP wrt. GSO, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
17) Fix deletion of VRF routes, from Mark Tomlinson.
18) Fix device refcount leak when DAD fails in ipv6, from Wei Yongjun"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (101 commits)
net/mlx4_en: Fix panic on xmit while port is down
net/mlx4_en: Fixes for DCBX
net/mlx4_en: Fix the return value of mlx4_en_dcbnl_set_state()
net/mlx4_en: Fix the return value of mlx4_en_dcbnl_set_all()
net: ethernet: renesas: sh_eth: add POST registers for rz
drivers: net: phy: mdio-xgene: Add hardware dependency
dwc_eth_qos: do not register semi-initialized device
sctp: identify chunks that need to be fragmented at IP level
mlxsw: spectrum: Set port type before setting its address
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Fix error path in mlxsw_sp_router_init
nfp: don't pad frames on receive
nfp: drop support for old firmware ABIs
nfp: remove linux/version.h includes
tcp: cwnd does not increase in TCP YeAH
net/mlx5e: Fix parsing of vlan packets when updating lro header
net/mlx5e: Fix global PFC counters replication
net/mlx5e: Prevent casting overflow
net/mlx5e: Move an_disable_cap bit to a new position
net/mlx5e: Fix xmit_more counter race issue
tcp: fastopen: avoid negative sk_forward_alloc
...
A fixed mpath was not quite being treated as such:
1) if a PERR frame was received, a fixed mpath was
deactivated.
2) queued path discovery for fixed mpath was potentially
being considered, changing mpath state.
3) other mpath flags were potentially being inherited when
fixing the mpath. Just assign PATH_FIXED and SN_VALID.
This solves several issues when fixing a mesh path in one
direction. The reverse direction mpath should probably
also be fixed, or root announcements at least be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using intermediate queues, sequence number allocation is deferred
until dequeue. This doesn't work for PS response frames, which bypass
those queues.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the case where the mac80211 intermediate queues are empty and the
driver has buffered frames
Fixes: ba8c3d6f16 ("mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we don't have a BA session, send delBA, as requested by the
IEEE 802.11 spec. Apply the same limit of sending such a delBA
only once as in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we receive data frames with ACK policy BlockAck, send
delBA as requested by the 802.11 spec. Since this would be
happening for every frame inside an A-MPDU if it's really
received outside a session, limit it to a single attempt.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information
to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently
only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap
mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility
in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in
the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
add support to MU-MIMO air sniffer according groupID:
in monitor mode, use a given MU-MIMO groupID to monitor stations
that belongs to that group using MU-MIMO.
add support for following a station according to its MAC address
using VHT MU-MIMO sniffer:
the monitors wait until they get an action MU-MIMO notification
frame, then parses it in order to find the groupID that corresponds
to the given MAC address and monitors packets destined to that
groupID using VHT MU-MIMO.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ability to change the max_rx_aggregation frames is useful
in cases of IOP.
There exist some devices (latest mobile phones and some AP's)
that tend to not respect a BA sessions maximum size (in Kbps).
These devices won't respect the AMPDU size that was negotiated during
association (even though they do respect the maximal number of packets).
This violation is characterized by a valid number of packets in
a single AMPDU. Even so, the total size will exceed the size negotiated
during association.
Eventually, this will cause some undefined behavior, which in turn
causes the hw to drop packets, causing the throughput to plummet.
This patch will make the subframe limitation to be held by each station,
instead of being held only by hw.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The workqueue "cfg80211_wq" is involved in cleanup, scan and event related
works. It queues multiple work items &rdev->event_work,
&rdev->dfs_update_channels_wk,
&wiphy_to_rdev(request->wiphy)->scan_done_wk,
&wiphy_to_rdev(wiphy)->sched_scan_results_wk, which require strict
execution ordering.
Hence, an ordered dedicated workqueue has been used.
Since it's a wireless driver, WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to ensure
forward progress under memory pressure.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Insert the u32 monitor flags variable in a new structure
that represents a monitor interface.
This will allow to add more configuration variables to
that structure which will happen in an upcoming change.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch allows GET_INTERFACE dumps to be filtered based on
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. The documentation for
GET_INTERFACE mentions that this is possible:
"Request an interface's configuration; either a dump request on
a %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or ..."
However, this behavior has not been implemented until now.
Johannes: rewrite most of the patch:
* use nl80211_dump_wiphy_parse() to also allow passing an interface
to be able to dump its siblings
* fix locking (must hold rtnl around using nl80211_fam.attrbuf)
* make init self-contained instead of relying on other cb->args
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A previous patch added l3mdev flow update making these hooks
redundant. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flip the IPv6 output path to use the l3mdev tx out hook. The VRF dst
is not returned on the first FIB lookup. Instead, the dst on the
skb is switched at the beginning of the IPv6 output processing to
send the packet to the VRF driver on xmit.
Link scope addresses (linklocal and multicast) need special handling:
specifically the oif the flow struct can not be changed because we
want the lookup tied to the enslaved interface. ie., the source address
and the returned route MUST point to the interface scope passed in.
Convert the existing vrf_get_rt6_dst to handle only link scope addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flip the IPv4 output path to use the l3mdev tx out hook. The VRF dst
is not returned on the first FIB lookup. Instead, the dst on the
skb is switched at the beginning of the IPv4 output processing to
send the packet to the VRF driver on xmit.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow an L3 master device to act as the loopback for that L3 domain.
For IPv4 the device can also have the address 127.0.0.1.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the infrastructure to the output path to pass an skb
to an l3mdev device if it has a hook registered. This is the Tx parallel
to l3mdev_ip{6}_rcv in the receive path and is the basis for removing
the existing hook that returns the vrf dst on the fib lookup.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add l3mdev hook to set FLOWI_FLAG_SKIP_NH_OIF flag and update oif/iif
in flow struct if its oif or iif points to a device enslaved to an L3
Master device. Only 1 needs to be converted to match the l3mdev FIB
rule. This moves the flow adjustment for l3mdev to a single point
catching all lookups. It is redundant for existing hooks (those are
removed in later patches) but is needed for missed lookups such as
PMTU updates.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Willem noticed that we could avoid an rbtree lookup if the
the attempt to coalesce incoming skb to the last skb failed
for some reason.
Since most ooo additions are at the tail, this is definitely
worth adding a test and fast path.
Suggested-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When userspace tries to create datapaths and the module is not loaded,
it will simply fail. With this patch, the module will be automatically
loaded.
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action could be used before redirecting packets to a shared tunnel
device, or when redirecting packets arriving from a such a device.
The action will release the metadata created by the tunnel device
(decap), or set the metadata with the specified values for encap
operation.
For example, the following flower filter will forward all ICMP packets
destined to 11.11.11.2 through the shared vxlan device 'vxlan0'. Before
redirecting, a metadata for the vxlan tunnel is created using the
tunnel_key action and it's arguments:
$ tc filter add dev net0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto 1 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.2 \
action tunnel_key set \
src_ip 11.11.0.1 \
dst_ip 11.11.0.2 \
id 11 \
action mirred egress redirect dev vxlan0
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce classifying by metadata extracted by the tunnel device.
Outer header fields - source/dest ip and tunnel id, are extracted from
the metadata when classifying.
For example, the following will add a filter on the ingress Qdisc of shared
vxlan device named 'vxlan0'. To forward packets with outer src ip
11.11.0.2, dst ip 11.11.0.1 and tunnel id 11. The packets will be
forwarded to tap device 'vnet0' (after metadata is released):
$ tc filter add dev vxlan0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
enc_src_ip 11.11.0.2 \
enc_dst_ip 11.11.0.1 \
enc_key_id 11 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.1 \
action tunnel_key release \
action mirred egress redirect dev vnet0
The action tunnel_key, will be introduced in the next patch in this
series.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add utility functions to convert a 32 bits key into a 64 bits tunnel and
vice versa.
These functions will be used instead of cloning code in GRE and VXLAN,
and in tc act_iptunnel which will be introduced in a following patch in
this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds BPF_CALL_<n>() macros and converts all the eBPF helper functions
to use them, in a similar fashion like we do with SYSCALL_DEFINE<n>() macros
that are used today. Motivation for this is to hide all the register handling
and all necessary casts from the user, so that it is done automatically in the
background when adding a BPF_CALL_<n>() call.
This makes current helpers easier to review, eases to write future helpers,
avoids getting the casting mess wrong, and allows for extending all helpers at
once (f.e. build time checks, etc). It also helps detecting more easily in
code reviews that unused registers are not instrumented in the code by accident,
breaking compatibility with existing programs.
BPF_CALL_<n>() internals are quite similar to SYSCALL_DEFINE<n>() ones with some
fundamental differences, for example, for generating the actual helper function
that carries all u64 regs, we need to fill unused regs, so that we always end up
with 5 u64 regs as an argument.
I reviewed several 0-5 generated BPF_CALL_<n>() variants of the .i results and
they look all as expected. No sparse issue spotted. We let this also sit for a
few days with Fengguang's kbuild test robot, and there were no issues seen. On
s390, it barked on the "uses dynamic stack allocation" notice, which is an old
one from bpf_perf_event_output{,_tp}() reappearing here due to the conversion
to the call wrapper, just telling that the perf raw record/frag sits on stack
(gcc with s390's -mwarn-dynamicstack), but that's all. Did various runtime tests
and they were fine as well. All eBPF helpers are now converted to use these
macros, getting rid of a good chunk of all the raw castings.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fetching ifindex, we don't need to test dev for being NULL since
we're always guaranteed to have a valid dev for clsact programs. Thus,
avoid this test in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add BPF_SIZEOF() and BPF_FIELD_SIZEOF() macros to improve the code a bit
which otherwise often result in overly long bytes_to_bpf_size(sizeof())
and bytes_to_bpf_size(FIELD_SIZEOF()) lines. So place them into a macro
helper instead. Moreover, we currently have a BUILD_BUG_ON(BPF_FIELD_SIZEOF())
check in convert_bpf_extensions(), but we should rather make that generic
as well and add a BUILD_BUG_ON() test in all BPF_SIZEOF()/BPF_FIELD_SIZEOF()
users to detect any rewriter size issues at compile time. Note, there are
currently none, but we want to assert that it stays this way.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some minor misc cleanups, f.e. use sizeof(__u32) instead of hardcoding
and in __bpf_skb_max_len(), I missed that we always have skb->dev valid
anyway, so we can drop the unneeded test for dev; also few more other
misc bits addressed here.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If skb has a valid l4 hash, there is no point clearing hash and force
a further flow dissection when a tunnel encapsulation is added.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIVAwUAV9FCuvSw1s6N8H32AQKo5w/8CySGsorFk67/QiQGdBt+URd8cxR2NuvF
i3P7Kbo30ycJO7Q4Uc4DvO3kTqWiNMbXWVgGLfA64HDFojjuuXfQdFwf98FZ2WtQ
OxQUV5fzSPFwlDktd5nWm5qTCdv7+lIvBCVsEPuX2pSkc7HesiYMsZt2ilOac9Ho
Meon2/S1oq3hctZv2DTiaI+Ae8YBMar7GSUfylRGa2TkXCgG8eYcjGyGigLJ2F03
e+/8w6+jtrW5hASCJPI9re+qiYgmnYa7UVpwrVjM1dVOYYZfmU02Jq6HgW9bSd24
MYk6neksMGVpQbVmAbj5/MmxUg98q8UpY9ygt2IWP4UvGNDYBGCiSbfyQoTnoWUP
02k3E6HnFfs8SPbxuNmA4uB2BHL2y87+G8u1g0IUZkT8i3zFwLd01UBwJqB23tYE
EIRAad1xWwGaSJGyFgsmry1RJsitSUAG9w/68Ni1IMQxsHsIROTz6TNBki1tMcOh
AAsbj4iJ0rJ2Ca/Xbk9kAdPzEr85ZA3Za5BwA9ZDwZjmt2X1RrzuK9gIaKB8hsWS
zVjRjpvSOaTyx97rtEVfkT310GMGYC5r9ba+kE4ukGeHWKRVkMk5tkADZw9RFKdf
ubXN/zyfv4YABHHUIfQn5UgHHmxl4GpN0CD+cY7hPtmB9J2wvsadckqrzBOFIQL+
dg7jZAb+fjc=
=GfEj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160908' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Rewrite data and ack handling
This patch set constitutes the main portion of the AF_RXRPC rewrite. It
consists of five fix/helper patches:
(1) Fix ASSERTCMP's and ASSERTIFCMP's handling of signed values.
(2) Update some protocol definitions slightly.
(3) Use of an hlist for RCU purposes.
(4) Removal of per-call sk_buff accounting (not really needed when skbs
aren't being queued on the main queue).
(5) Addition of a tracepoint to log incoming packets in the data_ready
callback and to log the end of the data_ready callback.
And then there are two patches that form the main part:
(6) Preallocation of resources for incoming calls so that in patch (7) the
data_ready handler can be made to fully instantiate an incoming call
and make it live. This extends through into AFS so that AFS can
preallocate its own incoming call resources.
The preallocation size is capped at the listen() backlog setting - and
that is capped at a sysctl limit which can be set between 4 and 32.
The preallocation is (re)charged either by accepting/rejecting pending
calls or, in the case of AFS, manually. If insufficient preallocation
resources exist, a BUSY packet will be transmitted.
The advantage of using this preallocation is that once a call is set
up in the data_ready handler, DATA packets can be queued on it
immediately rather than the DATA packets being queued for a background
work item to do all the allocation and then try and sort out the DATA
packets whilst other DATA packets may still be coming in and going
either to the background thread or the new call.
(7) Rewrite the handling of DATA, ACK and ABORT packets.
In the receive phase, DATA packets are now held in per-call circular
buffers with deduplication, out of sequence detection and suchlike
being done in data_ready. Since there is only one producer and only
once consumer, no locks need be used on the receive queue.
Received ACK and ABORT packets are now parsed and discarded in
data_ready to recycle resources as fast as possible.
sk_buffs are no longer pulled, trimmed or cloned, but rather the
offset and size of the content is tracked. This particularly affects
jumbo DATA packets which need insertion into the receive buffer in
multiple places. Annotations are kept to track which bit is which.
Packets are no longer queued on the socket receive queue; rather,
calls are queued. Dummy packets to convey events therefore no longer
need to be invented and metadata packets can be discarded as soon as
parsed rather then being pushed onto the socket receive queue to
indicate terminal events.
The preallocation facility added in (6) is now used to set up incoming
calls with very little locking required and no calls to the allocator
in data_ready.
Decryption and verification is now handled in recvmsg() rather than in
a background thread. This allows for the future possibility of
decrypting directly into the user buffer.
With this patch, the code is a lot simpler and most of the mass of
call event and state wangling code in call_event.c is gone.
With this, the majority of the AF_RXRPC rewrite is complete. However,
there are still things to be done, including:
(*) Limit the number of active service calls to prevent an attacker from
filling up a server's memory.
(*) Limit the number of calls on the rebuff-with-BUSY queue.
(*) Transmit delayed/deferred ACKs from recvmsg() if possible, rather than
punting to the background thread. Ideally, the background thread
shouldn't run at all, but data_ready can't call kernel_sendmsg() and
we can't rely on recvmsg() attending to the call in a timely fashion.
(*) Prevent the call at the front of the socket queue from hogging
recvmsg()'s attention if there's a sufficiently continuous supply of
data.
(*) Distribute ICMP errors by connection rather than by call. Possibly
parse the ICMP packet to try and pin down the exact connection and
call.
(*) Encrypt/decrypt directly between user buffers and socket buffers where
possible.
(*) IPv6.
(*) Service ID upgrade. This is a facility whereby a special flag bit is
set in the DATA packet header when making a call that tells the server
that it is allowed to change the service ID to an upgraded one and
reply with an equivalent call from the upgraded service.
This is used, for example, to override certain AFS calls so that IPv6
addresses can be returned.
(*) Allow userspace to preallocate call user IDs for incoming calls.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, without GSO, it was easy to identify it: if the chunk didn't
fit and there was no data chunk in the packet yet, we could fragment at
IP level. So if there was an auth chunk and we were bundling a big data
chunk, it would fragment regardless of the size of the auth chunk. This
also works for the context of PMTU reductions.
But with GSO, we cannot distinguish such PMTU events anymore, as the
packet is allowed to exceed PMTU.
So we need another check: to ensure that the chunk that we are adding,
actually fits the current PMTU. If it doesn't, trigger a flush and let
it be fragmented at IP level in the next round.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dtefacs.calling_ae and called_ae are both 20 element __u8 arrays and
cannot be null and hence are redundant checks. Remove these.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This structure is defined but never used. Flagged with W=1
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 37a1d3611c ("ipv6: include NLM_F_REPLACE in route
replace notifications"), RTM_NEWROUTE notifications have their
NLM_F_REPLACE flag set if the new route replaced a preexisting one.
However, other flags aren't set.
This patch reports the missing NLM_F_CREATE and NLM_F_EXCL flag bits.
NLM_F_APPEND is not reported, because in ipv6 a NLM_F_CREATE request
is interpreted as an append request (contrary to ipv4, "prepend" is not
supported, so if NLM_F_EXCL is not set then NLM_F_APPEND is implicit).
As a result, the possible flag combination can now be reported
(iproute2's terminology into parentheses):
* NLM_F_CREATE | NLM_F_EXCL: route didn't exist, exclusive creation
("add").
* NLM_F_CREATE: route did already exist, new route added after
preexisting ones ("append").
* NLM_F_REPLACE: route did already exist, new route replaced the
first preexisting one ("change").
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_table_insert() inconsistently fills the nlmsg_flags field in its
notification messages.
Since commit b8f5583135 ("[RTNETLINK]: Fix sending netlink message
when replace route."), the netlink message has its nlmsg_flags set to
NLM_F_REPLACE if the route replaced a preexisting one.
Then commit a2bb6d7d6f ("ipv4: include NLM_F_APPEND flag in append
route notifications") started setting nlmsg_flags to NLM_F_APPEND if
the route matched a preexisting one but was appended.
In other cases (exclusive creation or prepend), nlmsg_flags is 0.
This patch sets ->nlmsg_flags in all situations, preserving the
semantic of the NLM_F_* bits:
* NLM_F_CREATE: a new fib entry has been created for this route.
* NLM_F_EXCL: no other fib entry existed for this route.
* NLM_F_REPLACE: this route has overwritten a preexisting fib entry.
* NLM_F_APPEND: the new fib entry was added after other entries for
the same route.
As a result, the possible flag combination can now be reported
(iproute2's terminology into parentheses):
* NLM_F_CREATE | NLM_F_EXCL: route didn't exist, exclusive creation
("add").
* NLM_F_CREATE | NLM_F_APPEND: route did already exist, new route
added after preexisting ones ("append").
* NLM_F_CREATE: route did already exist, new route added before
preexisting ones ("prepend").
* NLM_F_REPLACE: route did already exist, new route replaced the
first preexisting one ("change").
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although the validation of queues_total and queuenum is checked in nft
utility, but user can add nft rules via nfnetlink, so it is necessary
to check the validation at the nft_queue expr init routine too.
Tested by run ./nft-test.py any/queue.t:
any/queue.t: 6 unit tests, 0 error, 0 warning
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In case of inter address family tunneling (IPv6 over vti4 or IPv4 over
vti6), the inbound policy checks in vti_rcv_cb() and vti6_rcv_cb() are
using the wrong address family. As a result, all inbound inter address
family traffic is dropped.
Use the xfrm_ip2inner_mode() helper, as done in xfrm_input() (i.e., also
increment LINUX_MIB_XFRMINSTATEMODEERROR in case of error), to select the
inner_mode that contains the right address family for the inbound policy
checks.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Zeitlhofer <thomas.zeitlhofer+lkml@ze-it.at>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When we fail to attach the security context in xfrm_state_construct()
we'll return 0 as error value which, in turn, will wrongly claim success
to userland when, in fact, we won't be adding / updating the XFRM state.
This is a regression introduced by commit fd21150a0f ("[XFRM] netlink:
Inline attach_encap_tmpl(), attach_sec_ctx(), and attach_one_addr()").
Fix it by propagating the error returned by security_xfrm_state_alloc()
in this case.
Fixes: fd21150a0f ("[XFRM] netlink: Inline attach_encap_tmpl()...")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In commit f02db315b8 ("ipv4: IP_TOS and IP_TTL can be specified as
ancillary data") Francesco added IP_TOS values specified as integer.
However, kernel sends to userspace (at recvmsg() time) an IP_TOS value
in a single byte, when IP_RECVTOS is set on the socket.
It can be very useful to reflect all ancillary options as given by the
kernel in a subsequent sendmsg(), instead of aborting the sendmsg() with
EINVAL after Francesco patch.
So this patch extends IP_TOS ancillary to accept an u8, so that an UDP
server can simply reuse same ancillary block without having to mangle
it.
Jesper can then augment
https://github.com/netoptimizer/network-testing/blob/master/src/udp_example02.c
to add TOS reflection ;)
Fixes: f02db315b8 ("ipv4: IP_TOS and IP_TTL can be specified as ancillary data")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Francesco Fusco <ffusco@redhat.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over the years, TCP BDP has increased by several orders of magnitude,
and some people are considering to reach the 2 Gbytes limit.
Even with current window scale limit of 14, ~1 Gbytes maps to ~740,000
MSS.
In presence of packet losses (or reorders), TCP stores incoming packets
into an out of order queue, and number of skbs sitting there waiting for
the missing packets to be received can be in the 10^5 range.
Most packets are appended to the tail of this queue, and when
packets can finally be transferred to receive queue, we scan the queue
from its head.
However, in presence of heavy losses, we might have to find an arbitrary
point in this queue, involving a linear scan for every incoming packet,
throwing away cpu caches.
This patch converts it to a RB tree, to get bounded latencies.
Yaogong wrote a preliminary patch about 2 years ago.
Eric did the rebase, added ofo_last_skb cache, polishing and tests.
Tested with network dropping between 1 and 10 % packets, with good
success (about 30 % increase of throughput in stress tests)
Next step would be to also use an RB tree for the write queue at sender
side ;)
Signed-off-by: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-By: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 76174004a0
(tcp: do not slow start when cwnd equals ssthresh )
introduced regression in TCP YeAH. Using 100ms delay 1% loss virtual
ethernet link kernel 4.2 shows bandwidth ~500KB/s for single TCP
connection and kernel 4.3 and above (including 4.8-rc4) shows bandwidth
~100KB/s.
That is caused by stalled cwnd when cwnd equals ssthresh. This patch
fixes it by proper increasing cwnd in this case.
Signed-off-by: Artem Germanov <agermanov@anchorfree.com>
Acked-by: Dmitry Adamushko <d.adamushko@anchorfree.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for 802.1ad including the ability to push and pop double
tagged vlans. Add support for 802.1ad to netlink parsing and flow
conversion. Uses double nested encap attributes to represent double
tagged vlan. Inner TPID encoded along with ctci in nested attributes.
This is based on Thomas F Herbert's original v20 patch. I made some
small clean ups and bug fixes.
Signed-off-by: Thomas F Herbert <thomasfherbert@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the capability for a process that has CAP_NET_ADMIN on
a socket to see the socket mark in socket dumps.
Commit a52e95abf7 ("net: diag: allow socket bytecode filters to
match socket marks") recently gave privileged processes the
ability to filter socket dumps based on mark. This patch is
complementary: it ensures that the mark is also passed to
userspace in the socket's netlink attributes. It is useful for
tools like ss which display information about sockets.
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/270210
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When DATA and/or FIN are carried in a SYN/ACK message or SYN message,
we append an skb in socket receive queue, but we forget to call
sk_forced_mem_schedule().
Effect is that the socket has a negative sk->sk_forward_alloc as long as
the message is not read by the application.
Josh Hunt fixed a similar issue in commit d22e153718 ("tcp: fix tcp
fin memory accounting")
Fixes: 168a8f5805 ("tcp: TCP Fast Open Server - main code path")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
ipsec 2016-09-08
1) Fix a crash when xfrm_dump_sa returns an error.
From Vegard Nossum.
2) Remove some incorrect WARN() on normal error handling.
From Vegard Nossum.
3) Ignore socket policies when rebuilding hash tables,
socket policies are not inserted into the hash tables.
From Tobias Brunner.
4) Initialize and check tunnel pointers properly before
we use it. From Alexey Kodanev.
5) Fix l3mdev oif setting on xfrm dst lookups.
From David Ahern.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
ipsec-next 2016-09-08
1) Constify the xfrm_replay structures. From Julia Lawall
2) Protect xfrm state hash tables with rcu, lookups
can be done now without acquiring xfrm_state_lock.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Protect xfrm policy hash tables with rcu, lookups
can be done now without acquiring xfrm_policy_lock.
From Florian Westphal.
4) We don't need to have a garbage collector list per
namespace anymore, so use a global one instead.
From Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rewrite the data and ack handling code such that:
(1) Parsing of received ACK and ABORT packets and the distribution and the
filing of DATA packets happens entirely within the data_ready context
called from the UDP socket. This allows us to process and discard ACK
and ABORT packets much more quickly (they're no longer stashed on a
queue for a background thread to process).
(2) We avoid calling skb_clone(), pskb_pull() and pskb_trim(). We instead
keep track of the offset and length of the content of each packet in
the sk_buff metadata. This means we don't do any allocation in the
receive path.
(3) Jumbo DATA packet parsing is now done in data_ready context. Rather
than cloning the packet once for each subpacket and pulling/trimming
it, we file the packet multiple times with an annotation for each
indicating which subpacket is there. From that we can directly
calculate the offset and length.
(4) A call's receive queue can be accessed without taking locks (memory
barriers do have to be used, though).
(5) Incoming calls are set up from preallocated resources and immediately
made live. They can than have packets queued upon them and ACKs
generated. If insufficient resources exist, DATA packet #1 is given a
BUSY reply and other DATA packets are discarded).
(6) sk_buffs no longer take a ref on their parent call.
To make this work, the following changes are made:
(1) Each call's receive buffer is now a circular buffer of sk_buff
pointers (rxtx_buffer) rather than a number of sk_buff_heads spread
between the call and the socket. This permits each sk_buff to be in
the buffer multiple times. The receive buffer is reused for the
transmit buffer.
(2) A circular buffer of annotations (rxtx_annotations) is kept parallel
to the data buffer. Transmission phase annotations indicate whether a
buffered packet has been ACK'd or not and whether it needs
retransmission.
Receive phase annotations indicate whether a slot holds a whole packet
or a jumbo subpacket and, if the latter, which subpacket. They also
note whether the packet has been decrypted in place.
(3) DATA packet window tracking is much simplified. Each phase has just
two numbers representing the window (rx_hard_ack/rx_top and
tx_hard_ack/tx_top).
The hard_ack number is the sequence number before base of the window,
representing the last packet the other side says it has consumed.
hard_ack starts from 0 and the first packet is sequence number 1.
The top number is the sequence number of the highest-numbered packet
residing in the buffer. Packets between hard_ack+1 and top are
soft-ACK'd to indicate they've been received, but not yet consumed.
Four macros, before(), before_eq(), after() and after_eq() are added
to compare sequence numbers within the window. This allows for the
top of the window to wrap when the hard-ack sequence number gets close
to the limit.
Two flags, RXRPC_CALL_RX_LAST and RXRPC_CALL_TX_LAST, are added also
to indicate when rx_top and tx_top point at the packets with the
LAST_PACKET bit set, indicating the end of the phase.
(4) Calls are queued on the socket 'receive queue' rather than packets.
This means that we don't need have to invent dummy packets to queue to
indicate abnormal/terminal states and we don't have to keep metadata
packets (such as ABORTs) around
(5) The offset and length of a (sub)packet's content are now passed to
the verify_packet security op. This is currently expected to decrypt
the packet in place and validate it.
However, there's now nowhere to store the revised offset and length of
the actual data within the decrypted blob (there may be a header and
padding to skip) because an sk_buff may represent multiple packets, so
a locate_data security op is added to retrieve these details from the
sk_buff content when needed.
(6) recvmsg() now has to handle jumbo subpackets, where each subpacket is
individually secured and needs to be individually decrypted. The code
to do this is broken out into rxrpc_recvmsg_data() and shared with the
kernel API. It now iterates over the call's receive buffer rather
than walking the socket receive queue.
Additional changes:
(1) The timers are condensed to a single timer that is set for the soonest
of three timeouts (delayed ACK generation, DATA retransmission and
call lifespan).
(2) Transmission of ACK and ABORT packets is effected immediately from
process-context socket ops/kernel API calls that cause them instead of
them being punted off to a background work item. The data_ready
handler still has to defer to the background, though.
(3) A shutdown op is added to the AF_RXRPC socket so that the AFS
filesystem can shut down the socket and flush its own work items
before closing the socket to deal with any in-progress service calls.
Future additional changes that will need to be considered:
(1) Make sure that a call doesn't hog the front of the queue by receiving
data from the network as fast as userspace is consuming it to the
exclusion of other calls.
(2) Transmit delayed ACKs from within recvmsg() when we've consumed
sufficiently more packets to avoid the background work item needing to
run.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make it possible for the data_ready handler called from the UDP transport
socket to completely instantiate an rxrpc_call structure and make it
immediately live by preallocating all the memory it might need. The idea
is to cut out the background thread usage as much as possible.
[Note that the preallocated structs are not actually used in this patch -
that will be done in a future patch.]
If insufficient resources are available in the preallocation buffers, it
will be possible to discard the DATA packet in the data_ready handler or
schedule a BUSY packet without the need to schedule an attempt at
allocation in a background thread.
To this end:
(1) Preallocate rxrpc_peer, rxrpc_connection and rxrpc_call structs to a
maximum number each of the listen backlog size. The backlog size is
limited to a maxmimum of 32. Only this many of each can be in the
preallocation buffer.
(2) For userspace sockets, the preallocation is charged initially by
listen() and will be recharged by accepting or rejecting pending
new incoming calls.
(3) For kernel services {,re,dis}charging of the preallocation buffers is
handled manually. Two notifier callbacks have to be provided before
kernel_listen() is invoked:
(a) An indication that a new call has been instantiated. This can be
used to trigger background recharging.
(b) An indication that a call is being discarded. This is used when
the socket is being released.
A function, rxrpc_kernel_charge_accept() is called by the kernel
service to preallocate a single call. It should be passed the user ID
to be used for that call and a callback to associate the rxrpc call
with the kernel service's side of the ID.
(4) Discard the preallocation when the socket is closed.
(5) Temporarily bump the refcount on the call allocated in
rxrpc_incoming_call() so that rxrpc_release_call() can ditch the
preallocation ref on service calls unconditionally. This will no
longer be necessary once the preallocation is used.
Note that this does not yet control the number of active service calls on a
client - that will come in a later patch.
A future development would be to provide a setsockopt() call that allows a
userspace server to manually charge the preallocation buffer. This would
allow user call IDs to be provided in advance and the awkward manual accept
stage to be bypassed.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add two tracepoints:
(1) Record the RxRPC protocol header of packets retrieved from the UDP
socket by the data_ready handler.
(2) Record the outcome of the data_ready handler.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Remove the sk_buff count from the rxrpc_call struct as it's less useful
once we stop queueing sk_buffs.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Convert the rxrpc_local::services list to an hlist so that it can be
accessed under RCU conditions more readily.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Fix ASSERTCMP and ASSERTIFCMP to be able to handle signed values by casting
both parameters to the type of the first before comparing. Without this,
both values are cast to unsigned long, which means that checks for values
less than zero don't work.
The downside of this is that the state enum values in struct rxrpc_call and
struct rxrpc_connection can't be bitfields as __typeof__ can't handle them.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
proc_dointvec limits the values to INT_MAX in u32 sysctl entries.
proc_douintvec allows to write upto UINT_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udp_diag_destroy does look up the IPv4 UDP hashtable for mapped
addresses, but it gets the IPv4 address to look up from the
beginning of the IPv6 address instead of the end.
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/269874
Fixes: 5d77dca828 ("net: diag: support SOCK_DESTROY for UDP sockets")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This bug was detected by kmemleak:
unreferenced object 0xffff8804269cc3c0 (size 64):
comm "criu", pid 1042, jiffies 4294907360 (age 13.713s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
a0 32 cc 2c 04 88 ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 .2.,............
00 01 00 00 00 00 ad de 00 02 00 00 00 00 ad de ................
backtrace:
[<ffffffff8184dffa>] kmemleak_alloc+0x4a/0xa0
[<ffffffff8124720f>] kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x10f/0x280
[<ffffffffa02864cc>] __netlink_diag_dump+0x26c/0x290 [netlink_diag]
v2: don't remove a reference on a rhashtable_iter structure to
release it from netlink_diag_dump_done
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Fixes: ad20207432 ("netlink: Use rhashtable walk interface in diag dump")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a tracepoint for working out where local aborts happen. Each
tracepoint call is labelled with a 3-letter code so that they can be
distinguished - and the DATA sequence number is added too where available.
rxrpc_kernel_abort_call() also takes a 3-letter code so that AFS can
indicate the circumstances when it aborts a call.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
rxrpc_set_call_completion() returns bool, not int, so the ret variable
should match this.
rxrpc_call_completed() and __rxrpc_call_completed() should return the value
of rxrpc_set_call_completion().
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
rxrpc calls shouldn't hold refs on the sock struct. This was done so that
the socket wouldn't go away whilst the call was in progress, such that the
call could reach the socket's queues.
However, we can mark the socket as requiring an RCU release and rely on the
RCU read lock.
To make this work, we do:
(1) rxrpc_release_call() removes the call's call user ID. This is now
only called from socket operations and not from the call processor:
rxrpc_accept_call() / rxrpc_kernel_accept_call()
rxrpc_reject_call() / rxrpc_kernel_reject_call()
rxrpc_kernel_end_call()
rxrpc_release_calls_on_socket()
rxrpc_recvmsg()
Though it is also called in the cleanup path of
rxrpc_accept_incoming_call() before we assign a user ID.
(2) Pass the socket pointer into rxrpc_release_call() rather than getting
it from the call so that we can get rid of uninitialised calls.
(3) Fix call processor queueing to pass a ref to the work queue and to
release that ref at the end of the processor function (or to pass it
back to the work queue if we have to requeue).
(4) Skip out of the call processor function asap if the call is complete
and don't requeue it if the call is complete.
(5) Clean up the call immediately that the refcount reaches 0 rather than
trying to defer it. Actual deallocation is deferred to RCU, however.
(6) Don't hold socket refs for allocated calls.
(7) Use the RCU read lock when queueing a message on a socket and treat
the call's socket pointer according to RCU rules and check it for
NULL.
We also need to use the RCU read lock when viewing a call through
procfs.
(8) Transmit the final ACK/ABORT to a client call in rxrpc_release_call()
if this hasn't been done yet so that we can then disconnect the call.
Once the call is disconnected, it won't have any access to the
connection struct and the UDP socket for the call work processor to be
able to send the ACK. Terminal retransmission will be handled by the
connection processor.
(9) Release all calls immediately on the closing of a socket rather than
trying to defer this. Incomplete calls will be aborted.
The call refcount model is much simplified. Refs are held on the call by:
(1) A socket's user ID tree.
(2) A socket's incoming call secureq and acceptq.
(3) A kernel service that has a call in progress.
(4) A queued call work processor. We have to take care to put any call
that we failed to queue.
(5) sk_buffs on a socket's receive queue. A future patch will get rid of
this.
Whilst we're at it, we can do:
(1) Get rid of the RXRPC_CALL_EV_RELEASE event. Release is now done
entirely from the socket routines and never from the call's processor.
(2) Get rid of the RXRPC_CALL_DEAD state. Calls now end in the
RXRPC_CALL_COMPLETE state.
(3) Get rid of the rxrpc_call::destroyer work item. Calls are now torn
down when their refcount reaches 0 and then handed over to RCU for
final cleanup.
(4) Get rid of the rxrpc_call::deadspan timer. Calls are cleaned up
immediately they're finished with and don't hang around.
Post-completion retransmission is handled by the connection processor
once the call is disconnected.
(5) Get rid of the dead call expiry setting as there's no longer a timer
to set.
(6) rxrpc_destroy_all_calls() can just check that the call list is empty.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Use rxrpc_is_service_call() rather than rxrpc_conn_is_service() if the call
is available just in case call->conn is NULL.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Pass the connection pointer to rxrpc_post_packet_to_call() as the call
might get disconnected whilst we're looking at it, but the connection
pointer determined by rxrpc_data_read() is guaranteed by RCU for the
duration of the call.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cache the security index in the rxrpc_call struct so that we can get at it
even when the call has been disconnected and the connection pointer
cleared.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Use call->peer rather than call->conn->params.peer to avoid the possibility
of call->conn being NULL and, whilst we're at it, check it for NULL before we
access it.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Improve the call tracking tracepoint by showing more differentiation
between some of the put and get events, including:
(1) Getting and putting refs for the socket call user ID tree.
(2) Getting and putting refs for queueing and failing to queue the call
processor work item.
Note that these aren't necessarily used in this patch, but will be taken
advantage of in future patches.
An enum is added for the event subtype numbers rather than coding them
directly as decimal numbers and a table of 3-letter strings is provided
rather than a sequence of ?: operators.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Current parsing methods for SIP headers do not allow the presence of
tab characters between header name and header value. As a result Call-ID
SIP headers like the following are discarded by IPVS SIP persistence
engine:
"Call-ID\t: mycallid@abcde"
"Call-ID:\tmycallid@abcde"
In above examples Call-IDs are represented as strings in C language.
Obviously in real message we have byte "09" before/after colon (":").
Proposed fix is in nf_conntrack_sip module.
Function sip_skip_whitespace() should skip tabs in addition to spaces,
since in SIP grammar whitespace (WSP) corresponds to space or tab.
Below is an extract of relevant SIP ABNF syntax.
Call-ID = ( "Call-ID" / "i" ) HCOLON callid
callid = word [ "@" word ]
HCOLON = *( SP / HTAB ) ":" SWS
SWS = [LWS] ; sep whitespace
LWS = [*WSP CRLF] 1*WSP ; linear whitespace
WSP = SP / HTAB
word = 1*(alphanum / "-" / "." / "!" / "%" / "*" /
"_" / "+" / "`" / "'" / "~" /
"(" / ")" / "<" / ">" /
":" / "\" / DQUOTE /
"/" / "[" / "]" / "?" /
"{" / "}" )
Signed-off-by: Marco Angaroni <marcoangaroni@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is patch renames the existing function to nft_overquota() and make
it return a boolean that tells us if we have exceeded our byte quota.
Just a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use xor to decide to break further rule evaluation or not, since the
existing logic doesn't achieve the expected inversion.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The _until_ attribute is renamed to _modulus_ as the behaviour is similar to
other expresions with number limits (ex. nft_hash).
Renaming is possible because there isn't a kernel release yet with these
changes.
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are some debug code which are commented out in find_pattern by #if 0.
Now remove them.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The caller function "help" has already make sure the datalen could not be zero
before invoke find_pattern as a parameter by the following codes
if (dataoff >= skb->len) {
pr_debug("ftp: dataoff(%u) >= skblen(%u)\n", dataoff,
skb->len);
return NF_ACCEPT;
}
datalen = skb->len - dataoff;
And the latter codes "ends_in_nl = (fb_ptr[datalen - 1] == '\n');" use datalen
directly without checking if it is zero.
So it is unneccessary to check it in find_pattern too.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Current parsing methods for SIP header Call-ID do not check correctly all
characters allowed by RFC 3261. In particular "," character is allowed
instead of "'" character. As a result Call-ID headers like the following
are discarded by IPVS SIP persistence engine.
Call-ID: -.!%*_+`'~()<>:\"/[]?{}
Above example is composed using all non-alphanumeric characters listed
in RFC 3261 for Call-ID header syntax.
Proposed fix is in nf_conntrack_sip module; function iswordc() checks this
range: (c >= '(' && c <= '/') which includes these characters: ()*+,-./
They are all allowed except ",". Instead "'" is not included in the list.
Below is an extract of relevant SIP ABNF syntax.
Call-ID = ( "Call-ID" / "i" ) HCOLON callid
callid = word [ "@" word ]
HCOLON = *( SP / HTAB ) ":" SWS
SWS = [LWS] ; sep whitespace
LWS = [*WSP CRLF] 1*WSP ; linear whitespace
WSP = SP / HTAB
word = 1*(alphanum / "-" / "." / "!" / "%" / "*" /
"_" / "+" / "`" / "'" / "~" /
"(" / ")" / "<" / ">" /
":" / "\" / DQUOTE /
"/" / "[" / "]" / "?" /
"{" / "}" )
Signed-off-by: Marco Angaroni <marcoangaroni@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Current parsing methods for SIP headers do not properly manage
continuation lines: in case of Call-ID header the first character of
Call-ID header value is truncated. As a result IPVS SIP persistence
engine hashes over a call-id that is not exactly the one present in
the originale message.
Example: "Call-ID: \r\n abcdeABCDE1234"
results in extracted call-id equal to "bcdeABCDE1234".
In above example Call-ID is represented as a string in C language.
Obviously in real message the first bytes after colon (":") are
"20 0d 0a 20".
Proposed fix is in nf_conntrack_sip module.
Since sip_follow_continuation() function walks past the leading
spaces or tabs of the continuation line, sip_skip_whitespace()
should simply return the ouput of sip_follow_continuation().
Otherwise another iteration of the for loop is done and dptr
is incremented by one pointing to the second character of the
first word in the header.
Below is an extract of relevant SIP ABNF syntax.
Call-ID = ( "Call-ID" / "i" ) HCOLON callid
callid = word [ "@" word ]
HCOLON = *( SP / HTAB ) ":" SWS
SWS = [LWS] ; sep whitespace
LWS = [*WSP CRLF] 1*WSP ; linear whitespace
WSP = SP / HTAB
word = 1*(alphanum / "-" / "." / "!" / "%" / "*" /
"_" / "+" / "`" / "'" / "~" /
"(" / ")" / "<" / ">" /
":" / "\" / DQUOTE /
"/" / "[" / "]" / "?" /
"{" / "}" )
Signed-off-by: Marco Angaroni <marcoangaroni@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are two existing strutures which defines the GRE and PPTP header.
So use these two structures instead of the ones defined by netfilter to
keep consitent with other codes.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are already some GRE_* macros in kernel, so it is unnecessary
to define these macros. And remove some useless macros
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In general, when DAD detected IPv6 duplicate address, ifp->state
will be set to INET6_IFADDR_STATE_ERRDAD and DAD is stopped by a
delayed work, the call tree should be like this:
ndisc_recv_ns
-> addrconf_dad_failure <- missing ifp put
-> addrconf_mod_dad_work
-> schedule addrconf_dad_work()
-> addrconf_dad_stop() <- missing ifp hold before call it
addrconf_dad_failure() called with ifp refcont holding but not put.
addrconf_dad_work() call addrconf_dad_stop() without extra holding
refcount. This will not cause any issue normally.
But the race between addrconf_dad_failure() and addrconf_dad_work()
may cause ifp refcount leak and netdevice can not be unregister,
dmesg show the following messages:
IPv6: eth0: IPv6 duplicate address fe80::XX:XXXX:XXXX:XX detected!
...
unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0 to become free. Usage count = 1
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: c15b1ccadb ("ipv6: move DAD and addrconf_verify processing
to workqueue")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When deleting an IP address from an interface, there is a clean-up of
routes which refer to this local address. However, there was no check to
see that the VRF matched. This meant that deletion wasn't confined to
the VRF it should have been.
To solve this, a new field has been added to fib_info to hold a table
id. When removing fib entries corresponding to a local ip address, this
table id is also used in the comparison.
The table id is populated when the fib_info is created. This was already
done in some places, but not in ip_rt_ioctl(). This has now been fixed.
Fixes: 021dd3b8a1 ("net: Add routes to the table associated with the device")
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Tomlinson <mark.tomlinson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=3Don
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160904-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Split output code from sendmsg code
Here's a set of small patches that split the packet transmission code from
the sendmsg code and simply rearrange the new file to make it more
logically laid out ready for being rewritten. An enum is also moved out of
the header file to there as it's only used there. This needs to be applied
on top of the just-posted fixes patch set.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=RRYk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160904-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Small fixes
Here's a set of small fix patches:
(1) Fix some uninitialised variables.
(2) Set the client call state before making it live by attaching it to the
conn struct.
(3) Randomise the epoch and starting client conn ID values, and don't
change the epoch when the client conn ID rolls round.
(4) Replace deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue() calls.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An RPC can terminate before its reply arrives, if a credential
problem or a soft timeout occurs. After this happens, xprtrdma
reports it is out of Receive buffers.
A Receive buffer is posted before each RPC is sent, and returned to
the buffer pool when a reply is received. If no reply is received
for an RPC, that Receive buffer remains posted. But xprtrdma tries
to post another when the next RPC is sent.
If this happens a few dozen times, there are no receive buffers left
to be posted at send time. I don't see a way for a transport
connection to recover at that point, and it will spit warnings and
unnecessarily delay RPCs on occasion for its remaining lifetime.
Commit 1e465fd4ff ("xprtrdma: Replace send and receive arrays")
removed a little bit of logic to detect this case and not provide
a Receive buffer so no more buffers are posted, and then transport
operation continues correctly. We didn't understand what that logic
did, and it wasn't commented, so it was removed as part of the
overhaul to support backchannel requests.
Restore it, but be wary of the need to keep extra Receives posted
to deal with backchannel requests.
Fixes: 1e465fd4ff ("xprtrdma: Replace send and receive arrays")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Receive buffer exhaustion, if it were to actually occur, would be
catastrophic. However, when there are no reply buffers to post, that
means all of them have already been posted and are waiting for
incoming replies. By design, there can never be more RPCs in flight
than there are available receive buffers.
A receive buffer can be left posted after an RPC exits without a
received reply; say, due to a credential problem or a soft timeout.
This does not result in fewer posted receive buffers than there are
pending RPCs, and there is already logic in xprtrdma to deal
appropriately with this case.
It also looks like the "+ 2" that was removed was accidentally
accommodating the number of extra receive buffers needed for
receiving backchannel requests. That will need to be addressed by
another patch.
Fixes: 3d4cf35bd4 ("xprtrdma: Reply buffer exhaustion can be...")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Neither the failure or success paths of ping_v6_sendmsg release
the dst it acquires. This leads to a flood of warnings from
"net/core/dst.c:288 dst_release" on older kernels that
don't have 8bf4ada2e2 backported.
That patch optimistically hoped this had been fixed post 3.10, but
it seems at least one case wasn't, where I've seen this triggered
a lot from machines doing unprivileged icmp sockets.
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Most relevant updates are the removal of per-conntrack timers to
use a workqueue/garbage collection approach instead from Florian
Westphal, the hash and numgen expression for nf_tables from Laura
Garcia, updates on nf_tables hash set to honor the NLM_F_EXCL flag,
removal of ip_conntrack sysctl and many other incremental updates on our
Netfilter codebase.
More specifically, they are:
1) Retrieve only 4 bytes to fetch ports in case of non-linear skb
transport area in dccp, sctp, tcp, udp and udplite protocol
conntrackers, from Gao Feng.
2) Missing whitespace on error message in physdev match, from Hangbin Liu.
3) Skip redundant IPv4 checksum calculation in nf_dup_ipv4, from Liping Zhang.
4) Add nf_ct_expires() helper function and use it, from Florian Westphal.
5) Replace opencoded nf_ct_kill() call in IPVS conntrack support, also
from Florian.
6) Rename nf_tables set implementation to nft_set_{name}.c
7) Introduce the hash expression to allow arbitrary hashing of selector
concatenations, from Laura Garcia Liebana.
8) Remove ip_conntrack sysctl backward compatibility code, this code has
been around for long time already, and we have two interfaces to do
this already: nf_conntrack sysctl and ctnetlink.
9) Use nf_conntrack_get_ht() helper function whenever possible, instead
of opencoding fetch of hashtable pointer and size, patch from Liping Zhang.
10) Add quota expression for nf_tables.
11) Add number generator expression for nf_tables, this supports
incremental and random generators that can be combined with maps,
very useful for load balancing purpose, again from Laura Garcia Liebana.
12) Fix a typo in a debug message in FTP conntrack helper, from Colin Ian King.
13) Introduce a nft_chain_parse_hook() helper function to parse chain hook
configuration, this is used by a follow up patch to perform better chain
update validation.
14) Add rhashtable_lookup_get_insert_key() to rhashtable and use it from the
nft_set_hash implementation to honor the NLM_F_EXCL flag.
15) Missing nulls check in nf_conntrack from nf_conntrack_tuple_taken(),
patch from Florian Westphal.
16) Don't use the DYING bit to know if the conntrack event has been already
delivered, instead a state variable to track event re-delivery
states, also from Florian.
17) Remove the per-conntrack timer, use the workqueue approach that was
discussed during the NFWS, from Florian Westphal.
18) Use the netlink conntrack table dump path to kill stale entries,
again from Florian.
19) Add a garbage collector to get rid of stale conntracks, from
Florian.
20) Reschedule garbage collector if eviction rate is high.
21) Get rid of the __nf_ct_kill_acct() helper.
22) Use ARPHRD_ETHER instead of hardcoded 1 from ARP logger.
23) Make nf_log_set() interface assertive on unsupported families.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Imagine such situation, user add the following nft rules, and queue
the packets to userspace for further check:
# ip rule add fwmark 0x0/0x1 lookup eth0
# ip rule add fwmark 0x1/0x1 lookup eth1
# nft add table filter
# nft add chain filter output {type route hook output priority 0 \;}
# nft add rule filter output mark set 0x1
# nft add rule filter output queue num 0
But after we reinject the skbuff, the packet will be sent via the
wrong route, i.e. in this case, the packet will be routed via eth0
table, not eth1 table. Because we skip to do re-route when verdict
is NF_QUEUE, even if the mark was changed.
Acctually, we should not touch sk_buff if verdict is NF_DROP or
NF_STOLEN, and when re-route fails, return NF_DROP with error code.
This is consistent with the mangle table in iptables.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
NFTA_TRACE_POLICY attribute is big endian, but we forget to call
htonl to convert it. Fortunately, this attribute is parsed as big
endian in libnftnl.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Rearrange net/rxrpc/sendmsg.c to be in a more logical order. This makes it
easier to follow and eliminates forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
It seems the local epoch should only be changed on boot, so remove the code
that changes it for client connections.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Create a random epoch value rather than a time-based one on startup and set
the top bit to indicate that this is the case.
Also create a random starting client connection ID value. This will be
incremented from here as new client connections are created.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Right now we use the 'readlock' both for protecting some of the af_unix
IO path and for making the bind be single-threaded.
The two are independent, but using the same lock makes for a nasty
deadlock due to ordering with regards to filesystem locking. The bind
locking would want to nest outside the VSF pathname locking, but the IO
locking wants to nest inside some of those same locks.
We tried to fix this earlier with commit c845acb324 ("af_unix: Fix
splice-bind deadlock") which moved the readlock inside the vfs locks,
but that caused problems with overlayfs that will then call back into
filesystem routines that take the lock in the wrong order anyway.
Splitting the locks means that we can go back to having the bind lock be
the outermost lock, and we don't have any deadlocks with lock ordering.
Acked-by: Rainer Weikusat <rweikusat@cyberadapt.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit c845acb324.
It turns out that it just replaces one deadlock with another one: we can
still get the wrong lock ordering with the readlock due to overlayfs
calling back into the filesystem layer and still taking the vfs locks
after the readlock.
The proper solution ends up being to just split the readlock into two
pieces: the bind lock (taken *outside* the vfs locks) and the IO lock
(taken *inside* the filesystem locks). The two locks are independent
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following few steps will crash kernel -
(a) Create bonding master
> modprobe bonding miimon=50
(b) Create macvlan bridge on eth2
> ip link add link eth2 dev mvl0 address aa:0:0:0:0:01 \
type macvlan
(c) Now try adding eth2 into the bond
> echo +eth2 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
<crash>
Bonding does lots of things before checking if the device enslaved is
busy or not.
In this case when the notifier call-chain sends notifications, the
bond_netdev_event() assumes that the rx_handler /rx_handler_data is
registered while the bond_enslave() hasn't progressed far enough to
register rx_handler for the new slave.
This patch adds a rx_handler check that can be performed right at the
beginning of the enslave code to avoid getting into this situation.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We never read or change netns id in hardirq context,
the only place we read netns id in softirq context
is in vxlan_xmit(). So, it should be enough to just
disable BH.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netns id should be already allocated each time we change
netns, that is, in dev_change_net_namespace() (more precisely
in rtnl_fill_ifinfo()). It is safe to just call peernet2id() here.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an error occurs during conntrack template creation as part of
actions validation, we need to free the template. Previously we've been
using nf_ct_put() to do this, but nf_ct_tmpl_free() is more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must set the client call state to RXRPC_CALL_CLIENT_SEND_REQUEST before
attaching the call to the connection struct, not after, as it's liable to
receive errors and conn aborts as soon as the assignment is made - and
these will cause its state to be changed outside of the initiating thread's
control.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The commit f9b2ee714c ("SUNRPC: Move UDP receive data path
into a workqueue context"), as a side effect, moved the
skb_free_datagram() call outside the scope of the related socket
lock, but UDP sockets require such lock to be held for proper
memory accounting.
Fix it by replacing skb_free_datagram() with
skb_free_datagram_locked().
Fixes: f9b2ee714c ("SUNRPC: Move UDP receive data path into a workqueue context")
Reported-and-tested-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.4+
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Because of the risk of an excessive number of NACK messages and
retransissions, receivers have until now abstained from sending
broadcast NACKS directly upon detection of a packet sequence number
gap. We have instead relied on such gaps being detected by link
protocol STATE message exchange, something that by necessity delays
such detection and subsequent retransmissions.
With the introduction of unicast NACK transmission and rate control
of retransmissions we can now remove this limitation. We now allow
receiving nodes to send NACKS immediately, while coordinating the
permission to do so among the nodes in order to avoid NACK storms.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As cluster sizes grow, so does the amount of identical or overlapping
broadcast NACKs generated by the packet receivers. This often leads to
'NACK crunches' resulting in huge numbers of redundant retransmissions
of the same packet ranges.
In this commit, we introduce rate control of broadcast retransmissions,
so that a retransmitted range cannot be retransmitted again until after
at least 10 ms. This reduces the frequency of duplicate, redundant
retransmissions by an order of magnitude, while having a significant
positive impact on overall throughput and scalability.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we send broadcasts in clusters of more 70-80 nodes, we sometimes
see the broadcast link resetting because of an excessive number of
retransmissions. This is caused by a combination of two factors:
1) A 'NACK crunch", where loss of broadcast packets is discovered
and NACK'ed by several nodes simultaneously, leading to multiple
redundant broadcast retransmissions.
2) The fact that the NACKS as such also are sent as broadcast, leading
to excessive load and packet loss on the transmitting switch/bridge.
This commit deals with the latter problem, by moving sending of
broadcast nacks from the dedicated BCAST_PROTOCOL/NACK message type
to regular unicast LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE messages. We allocate 10 unused
bits in word 8 of the said message for this purpose, and introduce a
new capability bit, TIPC_BCAST_STATE_NACK in order to keep the change
backwards compatible.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following uninitialised variable warning:
../net/rxrpc/call_event.c: In function 'rxrpc_process_call':
../net/rxrpc/call_event.c:879:58: warning: 'error' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
_debug("post net error %d", error);
^
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
gcc -Wmaybe-initialized correctly points out a newly introduced bug
through which we can end up calling rxrpc_queue_call() for a dead
connection:
net/rxrpc/call_object.c: In function 'rxrpc_mark_call_released':
net/rxrpc/call_object.c:600:5: error: 'sched' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This sets the 'sched' variable to zero to restore the previous
behavior.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: f5c17aaeb2 ("rxrpc: Calls should only have one terminal state")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Tunnel deletion is delayed by both a workqueue (l2tp_tunnel_delete -> wq
-> l2tp_tunnel_del_work) and RCU (sk_destruct -> RCU ->
l2tp_tunnel_destruct).
By the time l2tp_tunnel_destruct() runs to destroy the tunnel and finish
destroying the socket, the private data reserved via the net_generic
mechanism has already been freed, but l2tp_tunnel_destruct() actually
uses this data.
Make sure tunnel deletion for the netns has completed before returning
from l2tp_exit_net() by first flushing the tunnel removal workqueue, and
then waiting for RCU callbacks to complete.
Fixes: 167eb17e0b ("l2tp: create tunnel sockets in the right namespace")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8eb30be035 ("ipv6: Create ip6_tnl_xmit") unsets
flowi6_proto in ip4ip6_tnl_xmit() and ip6ip6_tnl_xmit().
Since xfrm_selector_match() relies on this info, IPv6 packets
sent by an ip6tunnel cannot be properly selected by their
protocols after removing it. This patch puts flowi6_proto back.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 8eb30be035 ("ipv6: Create ip6_tnl_xmit")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cooper <elicooper@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a per-port flag to control the unknown multicast flood, similar to the
unknown unicast flood flag and break a few long lines in the netlink flag
exports.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the unicast flag and introduce an exact pkt_type. That would help us
for the upcoming per-port multicast flood flag and also slightly reduce the
tests in the input fast path.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original codes depend on that the function parameters are evaluated from
left to right. But the parameter's evaluation order is not defined in C
standard actually.
When flow_keys_have_l4(&keys) is invoked before ___skb_get_hash(skb, &keys,
hashrnd) with some compilers or environment, the keys passed to
flow_keys_have_l4 is not initialized.
Fixes: 6db61d79c1 ("flow_dissector: Ignore flow dissector return value from ___skb_get_hash")
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fdb dumps spanning multiple skb's currently restart from the first
interface again for every skb. This results in unnecessary
iterations on the already visited interfaces and their fdb
entries. In large scale setups, we have seen this to slow
down fdb dumps considerably. On a system with 30k macs we
see fdb dumps spanning across more than 300 skbs.
To fix the problem, this patch replaces the existing single fdb
marker with three markers: netdev hash entries, netdevs and fdb
index to continue where we left off instead of restarting from the
first netdev. This is consistent with link dumps.
In the process of fixing the performance issue, this patch also
re-implements fix done by
commit 472681d57a ("net: ndo_fdb_dump should report -EMSGSIZE to rtnl_fdb_dump")
(with an internal fix from Wilson Kok) in the following ways:
- change ndo_fdb_dump handlers to return error code instead
of the last fdb index
- use cb->args strictly for dump frag markers and not error codes.
This is consistent with other dump functions.
Below results were taken on a system with 1000 netdevs
and 35085 fdb entries:
before patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
15065
real 1m11.791s
user 0m0.070s
sys 1m8.395s
(existing code does not return all macs)
after patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
35085
real 0m2.017s
user 0m0.113s
sys 0m1.942s
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't expose skbs to in-kernel users, such as the AFS filesystem, but
instead provide a notification hook the indicates that a call needs
attention and another that indicates that there's a new call to be
collected.
This makes the following possibilities more achievable:
(1) Call refcounting can be made simpler if skbs don't hold refs to calls.
(2) skbs referring to non-data events will be able to be freed much sooner
rather than being queued for AFS to pick up as rxrpc_kernel_recv_data
will be able to consult the call state.
(3) We can shortcut the receive phase when a call is remotely aborted
because we don't have to go through all the packets to get to the one
cancelling the operation.
(4) It makes it easier to do encryption/decryption directly between AFS's
buffers and sk_buffs.
(5) Encryption/decryption can more easily be done in the AFS's thread
contexts - usually that of the userspace process that issued a syscall
- rather than in one of rxrpc's background threads on a workqueue.
(6) AFS will be able to wait synchronously on a call inside AF_RXRPC.
To make this work, the following interface function has been added:
int rxrpc_kernel_recv_data(
struct socket *sock, struct rxrpc_call *call,
void *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t *_offset,
bool want_more, u32 *_abort_code);
This is the recvmsg equivalent. It allows the caller to find out about the
state of a specific call and to transfer received data into a buffer
piecemeal.
afs_extract_data() and rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() now do all the extraction
logic between them. They don't wait synchronously yet because the socket
lock needs to be dealt with.
Five interface functions have been removed:
rxrpc_kernel_is_data_last()
rxrpc_kernel_get_abort_code()
rxrpc_kernel_get_error_number()
rxrpc_kernel_free_skb()
rxrpc_kernel_data_consumed()
As a temporary hack, sk_buffs going to an in-kernel call are queued on the
rxrpc_call struct (->knlrecv_queue) rather than being handed over to the
in-kernel user. To process the queue internally, a temporary function,
temp_deliver_data() has been added. This will be replaced with common code
between the rxrpc_recvmsg() path and the kernel_rxrpc_recv_data() path in a
future patch.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Yuchung noticed that on the first TFO server data packet sent after
the (TFO) handshake, the server echoed the TCP timestamp value in the
SYN/data instead of the timestamp value in the final ACK of the
handshake. This problem did not happen on regular opens.
The tcp_replace_ts_recent() logic that decides whether to remember an
incoming TS value needs tp->rcv_wup to hold the latest receive
sequence number that we have ACKed (latest tp->rcv_nxt we have
ACKed). This commit fixes this issue by ensuring that a TFO server
properly updates tp->rcv_wup to match tp->rcv_nxt at the time it sends
a SYN/ACK for the SYN/data.
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Fixes: 168a8f5805 ("tcp: TCP Fast Open Server - main code path")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull may fail due to various reasons (e.g. alloc failure), but the
skb isn't changed/dropped and processing continues so we shouldn't
increment tx_dropped.
CC: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@codeaurora.org>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Fixes: 958501163d ("bridge: Add support for IEEE 802.11 Proxy ARP")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All changes are notified, but the initial state was missing.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'default' value was not advertised.
Fixes: f3a1bfb11c ("rtnl/ipv6: use netconf msg to advertise forwarding status")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
return at end of function is useless.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a dual bearer configuration, if the second tipc link becomes
active while the first link still has pending nametable "bulk"
updates, it randomly leads to reset of the second link.
When a link is established, the function named_distribute(),
fills the skb based on node mtu (allows room for TUNNEL_PROTOCOL)
with NAME_DISTRIBUTOR message for each PUBLICATION.
However, the function named_distribute() allocates the buffer by
increasing the node mtu by INT_H_SIZE (to insert NAME_DISTRIBUTOR).
This consumes the space allocated for TUNNEL_PROTOCOL.
When establishing the second link, the link shall tunnel all the
messages in the first link queue including the "bulk" update.
As size of the NAME_DISTRIBUTOR messages while tunnelling, exceeds
the link mtu the transmission fails (-EMSGSIZE).
Thus, the synch point based on the message count of the tunnel
packets is never reached leading to link timeout.
In this commit, we adjust the size of name distributor message so that
they can be tunnelled.
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry reported a double free on kcm socket, which could
be easily reproduced by:
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/syscall.h>
int main()
{
int fd = syscall(SYS_socket, 0x29ul, 0x5ul, 0x0ul, 0, 0, 0);
syscall(SYS_ioctl, fd, 0x89e2ul, 0x20a98000ul, 0, 0, 0);
return 0;
}
This is because on the error path, after we install
the new socket file, we call sock_release() to clean
up the socket, which leaves the fd pointing to a freed
socket. Fix this by calling sys_close() on that fd
directly.
Fixes: ab7ac4eb98 ("kcm: Kernel Connection Multiplexor module")
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit bc8c20acae ("bridge: multicast: treat igmpv3 report with
INCLUDE and no sources as a leave") seems to have accidentally reverted
commit 47cc84ce0c ("bridge: fix parsing of MLDv2 reports"). This
commit brings back a change to br_ip6_multicast_mld2_report() where
parsing of MLDv2 reports stops when the first group is successfully
added to the MDB cache.
Fixes: bc8c20acae ("bridge: multicast: treat igmpv3 report with INCLUDE and no sources as a leave")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Lennert the MPLS GSO code is failing to properly segment
large packets. There are a couple of problems:
1. the inner protocol is not set so the gso segment functions for inner
protocol layers are not getting run, and
2 MPLS labels for packets that use the "native" (non-OVS) MPLS code
are not properly accounted for in mpls_gso_segment.
The MPLS GSO code was added for OVS. It is re-using skb_mac_gso_segment
to call the gso segment functions for the higher layer protocols. That
means skb_mac_gso_segment is called twice -- once with the network
protocol set to MPLS and again with the network protocol set to the
inner protocol.
This patch sets the inner skb protocol addressing item 1 above and sets
the network_header and inner_network_header to mark where the MPLS labels
start and end. The MPLS code in OVS is also updated to set the two
network markers.
>From there the MPLS GSO code uses the difference between the network
header and the inner network header to know the size of the MPLS header
that was pushed. It then pulls the MPLS header, resets the mac_len and
protocol for the inner protocol and then calls skb_mac_gso_segment
to segment the skb.
Afterward the inner protocol segmentation is done the skb protocol
is set to mpls for each segment and the network and mac headers
restored.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today mpls iptunnel lwtunnel_output redirect expects the tunnel
output function to handle fragmentation. This is ok but can be
avoided if we did not do the mpls output redirect too early.
ie we could wait until ip fragmentation is done and then call
mpls output for each ip fragment.
To make this work we will need,
1) the lwtunnel state to carry encap headroom
2) and do the redirect to the encap output handler on the ip fragment
(essentially do the output redirect after fragmentation)
This patch adds tunnel headroom in lwtstate to make sure we
account for tunnel data in mtu calculations during fragmentation
and adds new xmit redirect handler to redirect to lwtunnel xmit func
after ip fragmentation.
This includes IPV6 and some mtu fixes and testing from David Ahern.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 145dd5f9c8 ("net: flush the softnet backlog in process
context"), we can easily batch calls to flush_all_backlogs() for all
devices processed in rollback_registered_many()
Tested:
Before patch, on an idle host.
modprobe dummy numdummies=10000
perf stat -e context-switches -a rmmod dummy
Performance counter stats for 'system wide':
1,211,798 context-switches
1.302137465 seconds time elapsed
After patch:
perf stat -e context-switches -a rmmod dummy
Performance counter stats for 'system wide':
225,523 context-switches
0.721623566 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Allow nf_tables reject expression from input, forward and output hooks,
since only there the routing information is available, otherwise we crash.
2) Fix unsafe list iteration when flushing timeout and accouting objects.
3) Fix refcount leak on timeout policy parsing failure.
4) Unlink timeout object for unconfirmed conntracks too
5) Missing validation of pkttype mangling from bridge family.
6) Fix refcount leak on ebtables on second lookup for the specific
bridge match extension, this patch from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Remove unnecessary ip_hdr() in nf_tables_netdev family.
Patches from 1-5 and 7 from Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert a recent wext patch, which Ben Hutchings noticed was
wrong, and it turns out not to be necessary for any driver
* fix an infinite loop that can occur under certain conditions
in mac80211's TDLS code (depending on regulatory information)
* add a cfg80211_get_station() static inline when cfg80211 isn't
built, to allow other modules to not have to depend on it for it
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dFzv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-08-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three little fixes:
* revert a recent wext patch, which Ben Hutchings noticed was
wrong, and it turns out not to be necessary for any driver
* fix an infinite loop that can occur under certain conditions
in mac80211's TDLS code (depending on regulatory information)
* add a cfg80211_get_station() static inline when cfg80211 isn't
built, to allow other modules to not have to depend on it for it
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Highlights include:
Stable patches:
- Fix a refcount leak in nfs_callback_up_net
- Fix an Oopsable condition when the flexfile pNFS driver connection to
the DS fails
- Fix an Oopsable condition in NFSv4.1 server callback races
- Ensure pNFS clients stop doing I/O to the DS if their lease has expired,
as required by the NFSv4.1 protocol
Bugfixes:
- Fix potential looping in the NFSv4.x migration code
- Patch series to close callback races for OPEN, LAYOUTGET and LAYOUTRETURN
- Silence WARN_ON when NFSv4.1 over RDMA is in use
- Fix a LAYOUTCOMMIT race in the pNFS/blocks client
- Fix pNFS timeout issues when the DS fails
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=U+XK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.8-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Stable patches:
- Fix a refcount leak in nfs_callback_up_net
- Fix an Oopsable condition when the flexfile pNFS driver connection
to the DS fails
- Fix an Oopsable condition in NFSv4.1 server callback races
- Ensure pNFS clients stop doing I/O to the DS if their lease has
expired, as required by the NFSv4.1 protocol
Bugfixes:
- Fix potential looping in the NFSv4.x migration code
- Patch series to close callback races for OPEN, LAYOUTGET and
LAYOUTRETURN
- Silence WARN_ON when NFSv4.1 over RDMA is in use
- Fix a LAYOUTCOMMIT race in the pNFS/blocks client
- Fix pNFS timeout issues when the DS fails"
* tag 'nfs-for-4.8-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
NFSv4.x: Fix a refcount leak in nfs_callback_up_net
NFS4: Avoid migration loops
pNFS/flexfiles: Fix an Oopsable condition when connection to the DS fails
NFSv4.1: Remove obsolete and incorrrect assignment in nfs4_callback_sequence
NFSv4.1: Close callback races for OPEN, LAYOUTGET and LAYOUTRETURN
NFSv4.1: Defer bumping the slot sequence number until we free the slot
NFSv4.1: Delay callback processing when there are referring triples
NFSv4.1: Fix Oopsable condition in server callback races
SUNRPC: Silence WARN_ON when NFSv4.1 over RDMA is in use
pnfs/blocklayout: update last_write_offset atomically with extents
pNFS: The client must not do I/O to the DS if it's lease has expired
pNFS: Handle NFS4ERR_OLD_STATEID correctly in LAYOUTSTAT calls
pNFS/flexfiles: Set reasonable default retrans values for the data channel
NFS: Allow the mount option retrans=0
pNFS/flexfiles: Fix layoutstat periodic reporting
Pass struct socket * to more rxrpc kernel interface functions. They should
be starting from this rather than the socket pointer in the rxrpc_call
struct if they need to access the socket.
I have left:
rxrpc_kernel_is_data_last()
rxrpc_kernel_get_abort_code()
rxrpc_kernel_get_error_number()
rxrpc_kernel_free_skb()
rxrpc_kernel_data_consumed()
unmodified as they're all about to be removed (and, in any case, don't
touch the socket).
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide a function so that kernel users, such as AFS, can ask for the peer
address of a call:
void rxrpc_kernel_get_peer(struct rxrpc_call *call,
struct sockaddr_rxrpc *_srx);
In the future the kernel service won't get sk_buffs to look inside.
Further, this allows us to hide any canonicalisation inside AF_RXRPC for
when IPv6 support is added.
Also propagate this through to afs_find_server() and issue a warning if we
can't handle the address family yet.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Condense the terminal states of a call state machine to a single state,
plus a separate completion type value. The value is then set, along with
error and abort code values, only when the call is transitioned to the
completion state.
Helpers are provided to simplify this.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The call pointer in a channel on a connection will be NULL if there's no
active call on that channel. rxrpc_abort_calls() needs to check for this
before trying to take the call's state_lock.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The nf_log_set is an interface function, so it should do the strict sanity
check of parameters. Convert the return value of nf_log_set as int instead
of void. When the pf is invalid, return -EOPNOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is one macro ARPHRD_ETHER which defines the ethernet proto for ARP,
so we could use it instead of the literal number '1'.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After timer removal this just calls nf_ct_delete so remove the __ prefix
version and make nf_ct_kill a shorthand for nf_ct_delete.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If we evicted a large fraction of the scanned conntrack entries re-schedule
the next gc cycle for immediate execution.
This triggers during tests where load is high, then drops to zero and
many connections will be in TW/CLOSE state with < 30 second timeouts.
Without this change it will take several minutes until conntrack count
comes back to normal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conntrack gc worker to evict stale entries.
GC happens once every 5 seconds, but we only scan at most 1/64th of the
table (and not more than 8k) buckets to avoid hogging cpu.
This means that a complete scan of the table will take several minutes
of wall-clock time.
Considering that the gc run will never have to evict any entries
during normal operation because those will happen from packet path
this should be fine.
We only need gc to make sure userspace (conntrack event listeners)
eventually learn of the timeout, and for resource reclaim in case the
system becomes idle.
We do not disable BH and cond_resched for every bucket so this should
not introduce noticeable latencies either.
A followup patch will add a small change to speed up GC for the extreme
case where most entries are timed out on an otherwise idle system.
v2: Use cond_resched_rcu_qs & add comment wrt. missing restart on
nulls value change in gc worker, suggested by Eric Dumazet.
v3: don't call cancel_delayed_work_sync twice (again, Eric).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When dumping we already have to look at the entire table, so we might
as well toss those entries whose timeout value is in the past.
We also look at every entry during resize operations.
However, eviction there is not as simple because we hold the
global resize lock so we can't evict without adding a 'expired' list
to drop from later. Considering that resizes are very rare it doesn't
seem worth doing it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With stats enabled this eats 80 bytes on x86_64 per nf_conn entry, as
Eric Dumazet pointed out during netfilter workshop 2016.
Eric also says: "Another reason was the fact that Thomas was about to
change max timer range [..]" (500462a9de, 'timers: Switch to
a non-cascading wheel').
Remove the timer and use a 32bit jiffies value containing timestamp until
entry is valid.
During conntrack lookup, even before doing tuple comparision, check
the timeout value and evict the entry in case it is too old.
The dying bit is used as a synchronization point to avoid races where
multiple cpus try to evict the same entry.
Because lookup is always lockless, we need to bump the refcnt once
when we evict, else we could try to evict already-dead entry that
is being recycled.
This is the standard/expected way when conntrack entries are destroyed.
Followup patches will introduce garbage colliction via work queue
and further places where we can reap obsoleted entries (e.g. during
netlink dumps), this is needed to avoid expired conntracks from hanging
around for too long when lookup rate is low after a busy period.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The reliable event delivery mode currently (ab)uses the DYING bit to
detect which entries on the dying list have to be skipped when
re-delivering events from the eache worker in reliable event mode.
Currently when we delete the conntrack from main table we only set this
bit if we could also deliver the netlink destroy event to userspace.
If we fail we move it to the dying list, the ecache worker will
reattempt event delivery for all confirmed conntracks on the dying list
that do not have the DYING bit set.
Once timer is gone, we can no longer use if (del_timer()) to detect
when we 'stole' the reference count owned by the timer/hash entry, so
we need some other way to avoid racing with other cpu.
Pablo suggested to add a marker in the ecache extension that skips
entries that have been unhashed from main table but are still waiting
for the last reference count to be dropped (e.g. because one skb waiting
on nfqueue verdict still holds a reference).
We do this by adding a tristate.
If we fail to deliver the destroy event, make a note of this in the
eache extension. The worker can then skip all entries that are in
a different state. Either they never delivered a destroy event,
e.g. because the netlink backend was not loaded, or redelivery took
place already.
Once the conntrack timer is removed we will now be able to replace
del_timer() test with test_and_set_bit(DYING, &ct->status) to avoid
racing with other cpu that tries to evict the same conntrack.
Because DYING will then be set right before we report the destroy event
we can no longer skip event reporting when dying bit is set.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In case nf_conntrack_tuple_taken did not find a conflicting entry
check that all entries in this hash slot were tested and restart
in case an entry was moved to another chain.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: ea781f197d ("netfilter: nf_conntrack: use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and get rid of call_rcu()")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have already use skb_header_pointer to get the ip header pointer,
so there's no need to use ip_hdr again. Moreover, in NETDEV INGRESS
hook, ip header maybe not linear, so use ip_hdr is not appropriate,
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Stop downgrading TDLS chandef when reaching the AP BW. The AP provides
the necessary regulatory protection in this case.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=153961, which
reported an infinite loop here.
Reported-by: Kamil Toman <kamil.toman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The addition of VLAN support caused a possible use of uninitialized
data if we encounter a zero TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_TYPE key, as pointed
out by "gcc -Wmaybe-uninitialized":
net/sched/cls_flower.c: In function 'fl_change':
net/sched/cls_flower.c:366:22: error: 'ethertype' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This changes the code to only set the ethertype field if it
was nonzero, as before the patch.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 9399ae9a6c ("net_sched: flower: Add vlan support")
Cc: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TCP operates in lossy environments (between 1 and 10 % packet
losses), many SACK blocks can be exchanged, and I noticed we could
drop them on busy senders, if these SACK blocks have to be queued
into the socket backlog.
While the main cause is the poor performance of RACK/SACK processing,
we can try to avoid these drops of valuable information that can lead to
spurious timeouts and retransmits.
Cause of the drops is the skb->truesize overestimation caused by :
- drivers allocating ~2048 (or more) bytes as a fragment to hold an
Ethernet frame.
- various pskb_may_pull() calls bringing the headers into skb->head
might have pulled all the frame content, but skb->truesize could
not be lowered, as the stack has no idea of each fragment truesize.
The backlog drops are also more visible on bidirectional flows, since
their sk_rmem_alloc can be quite big.
Let's add some room for the backlog, as only the socket owner
can selectively take action to lower memory needs, like collapsing
receive queues or partial ofo pruning.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kcm and strparser need to work with any type of stream socket not just
TCP. Eliminate references to TCP and call generic proto_ops functions of
read_sock and peek_len. Also in strp_init check if the socket support
the proto_ops read_sock and peek_len.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In inet_stream_ops we set read_sock to tcp_read_sock and peek_len to
tcp_peek_len (which is just a stub function that calls tcp_inq).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using replicast a UDP bearer can have an arbitrary amount of
remote ip addresses associated with it. This means we cannot simply
add all remote ip addresses to an existing bearer data message as it
might fill the message, leaving us with a truncated message that we
can't safely resume. To handle this we introduce the new netlink
command TIPC_NL_UDP_GET_REMOTEIP. This command is intended to be
called when the bearer data message has the
TIPC_NLA_UDP_MULTI_REMOTEIP flag set, indicating there are more than
one remote ip (replicast).
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add UDP bearer options to netlink bearer get message. This is used by
the tipc user space tool to display UDP options.
The UDP bearer information is passed using either a sockaddr_in or
sockaddr_in6 structs. This means the user space receiver should
intermediately store the retrieved data in a large enough struct
(sockaddr_strage) before casting to the proper IP version type.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Automatically learn UDP remote IP addresses of communicating peers by
looking at the source IP address of incoming TIPC link configuration
messages (neighbor discovery).
This makes configuration slightly easier and removes the problematic
scenario where a node receives directly addressed neighbor discovery
messages sent using replicast which the node cannot "reply" to using
mutlicast, leaving the link FSM in a limbo state.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces UDP replicast. A concept where we emulate
multicast by sending multiple unicast messages to configured peers.
The purpose of replicast is mainly to be able to use TIPC in cloud
environments where IP multicast is disabled. Using replicas to unicast
multicast messages is costly as we have to copy each skb and send the
copies individually.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a function to check if a tipc UDP media address is a multicast
address or not. This is a purely cosmetic change.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split the UDP send function into two. One callback that prepares the
skb and one transmit function that sends the skb. This will come in
handy in later patches, when we introduce UDP replicast.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split the UDP netlink parse function so that it only parses one
netlink attribute at the time. This makes the parse function more
generic and allow future UDP API functions to use it for parsing.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2016-08-25
Here are a couple of important Bluetooth fixes for the 4.8 kernel:
- Memory leak fix for HCI requests
- Fix sk_filter handling with L2CAP
- Fix sock_recvmsg behavior when MSG_TRUNC is not set
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev_port_fwd_mark_set() is used to set the 'offload_fwd_mark' of
port netdevs so that packets being flooded by the device won't be
flooded twice.
It works by assigning a unique identifier (the ifindex of the first
bridge port) to bridge ports sharing the same parent ID. This prevents
packets from being flooded twice by the same switch, but will flood
packets through bridge ports belonging to a different switch.
This method is problematic when stacked devices are taken into account,
such as VLANs. In such cases, a physical port netdev can have upper
devices being members in two different bridges, thus requiring two
different 'offload_fwd_mark's to be configured on the port netdev, which
is impossible.
The main problem is that packet and netdev marking is performed at the
physical netdev level, whereas flooding occurs between bridge ports,
which are not necessarily port netdevs.
Instead, packet and netdev marking should really be done in the bridge
driver with the switch driver only telling it which packets it already
forwarded. The bridge driver will mark such packets using the mark
assigned to the ingress bridge port and will prevent the packet from
being forwarded through any bridge port sharing the same mark (i.e.
having the same parent ID).
Remove the current switchdev 'offload_fwd_mark' implementation and
instead implement the proposed method. In addition, make rocker - the
sole user of the mark - use the proposed method.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev_port_same_parent_id() currently expects port netdevs, but we
need it to support stacked devices in the next patch, so drop the
NO_RECURSE flag.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in process_backlog(), the process_queue dequeuing is
performed with local IRQ disabled, to protect against
flush_backlog(), which runs in hard IRQ context.
This patch moves the flush operation to a work queue and runs the
callback with bottom half disabled to protect the process_queue
against dequeuing.
Since process_queue is now always manipulated in bottom half context,
the irq disable/enable pair around the dequeue operation are removed.
To keep the flush time as low as possible, the flush
works are scheduled on all online cpu simultaneously, using the
high priority work-queue and statically allocated, per cpu,
work structs.
Overall this change increases the time required to destroy a device
to improve slightly the packets reinjection performances.
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I added support to export the vlan entry flags via xstats I forgot to
add support for the pvid since it is manually matched, so check if the
entry matches the vlan_group's pvid and set the flag appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nft_dump_register() should only be used with registers, not with
immediates.
Fixes: cb1b69b0b1 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add hash expression")
Fixes: 91dbc6be0a62("netfilter: nf_tables: add number generator expression")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the NLM_F_EXCL flag is set, then new elements that clash with an
existing one return EEXIST. In case you try to add an element whose
data area differs from what we have, then this returns EBUSY. If no
flag is specified at all, then this returns success to userspace.
This patch also update the set insert operation so we can fetch the
existing element that clashes with the one you want to add, we need
this to make sure the element data doesn't differ.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The skb_reserve() call only reserved headroom for the mac header, but
not the elp packet header itself.
Fixing this by using skb_put()'ing towards the skb tail instead of
skb_push()'ing towards the skb head.
Fixes: d6f94d91f7 ("batman-adv: ELP - adding basic infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
batadv_find_router dereferences last_bonding_candidate from
orig_node without making sure that it has a valid reference. This reference
has to be retrieved by increasing the reference counter while holding
neigh_list_lock. The lock is required to avoid that
batadv_last_bonding_replace removes the current last_bonding_candidate,
reduces the reference counter and maybe destroys the object in this
process.
Fixes: f3b3d90189 ("batman-adv: add bonding again")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Should qdisc_alloc() fail, we must release the module refcount
we got right before.
Fixes: 6da7c8fcbc ("qdisc: allow setting default queuing discipline")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds SNMP counter for drops caused by MD5 mismatches.
The current syslog might help, but a counter is more precise and helps
monitoring.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP MD5 mismatches do increment sk_drops counter in all states but
SYN_RECV.
This is very unlikely to happen in the real world, but worth adding
to help diagnostics.
We increase the parent (listener) sk_drops.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code in enable_mcast() error handling
case, and release udp socket when necessary.
Fixes: d0f91938be ("tipc: add ip/udp media type")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to bt_sock_recvmsg MSG_TRUNC shall be checked using the original
flags not msg_flags.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Commit b5f34f9420 attempt to introduce
proper handling for MSG_TRUNC but recv and variants should still work
as read if no flag is passed, but because the code may set MSG_TRUNC to
msg->msg_flags that shall not be used as it may cause it to be behave as
if MSG_TRUNC is always, so instead of using it this changes the code to
use the flags parameter which shall contain the original flags.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
commit bcf4934288 ("netfilter: ebtables: Fix extension lookup with
identical name") added a second lookup in case the extension that was
found during the first lookup matched another extension with the same
name, but didn't release the reference on the incorrect module.
Fixes: bcf4934288 ("netfilter: ebtables: Fix extension lookup with identical name")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
"meta pkttype set" is only supported on prerouting chain with bridge
family and ingress chain with netdev family.
But the validate check is incomplete, and the user can add the nft
rules on input chain with bridge family, for example:
# nft add table bridge filter
# nft add chain bridge filter input {type filter hook input \
priority 0 \;}
# nft add chain bridge filter test
# nft add rule bridge filter test meta pkttype set unicast
# nft add rule bridge filter input jump test
This patch fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
KASAN reported this bug:
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in icmp_packet+0x25/0x50 [nf_conntrack_ipv4] at
addr ffff880002db08c8
Read of size 4 by task lt-nf-queue/19041
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff815eeebb>] dump_stack+0x63/0x88
[<ffffffff813386f8>] kasan_report_error+0x528/0x560
[<ffffffff81338cc8>] kasan_report+0x58/0x60
[<ffffffffa07393f5>] ? icmp_packet+0x25/0x50 [nf_conntrack_ipv4]
[<ffffffff81337551>] __asan_load4+0x61/0x80
[<ffffffffa07393f5>] icmp_packet+0x25/0x50 [nf_conntrack_ipv4]
[<ffffffffa06ecaa0>] nf_conntrack_in+0x550/0x980 [nf_conntrack]
[<ffffffffa06ec550>] ? __nf_conntrack_confirm+0xb10/0xb10 [nf_conntrack]
[ ... ]
The main reason is that we missed to unlink the timeout objects in the
unconfirmed ct lists, so we will access the timeout objects that have
already been freed.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We forget to call nf_ct_l4proto_put when replacing the existing
timeout policy. Acctually, there's no need to get ct l4proto
before doing replace, so we can move it to a later position.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
cttimeout and acct objects are deleted from the list while traversing
it, so use list_for_each_entry is unsafe here.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After I add the nft rule "nft add rule filter prerouting reject
with tcp reset", kernel panic happened on my system:
NULL pointer dereference at ...
IP: [<ffffffff81b9db2f>] nf_send_reset+0xaf/0x400
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81b9da80>] ? nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_get+0x160/0x160
[<ffffffffa0928061>] nft_reject_ipv4_eval+0x61/0xb0 [nft_reject_ipv4]
[<ffffffffa08e836a>] nft_do_chain+0x1fa/0x890 [nf_tables]
[<ffffffffa08e8170>] ? __nft_trace_packet+0x170/0x170 [nf_tables]
[<ffffffffa06e0900>] ? nf_ct_invert_tuple+0xb0/0xc0 [nf_conntrack]
[<ffffffffa07224d4>] ? nf_nat_setup_info+0x5d4/0x650 [nf_nat]
[...]
Because in the PREROUTING chain, routing information is not exist,
then we will dereference the NULL pointer and oops happen.
So we restrict reject expression to INPUT, FORWARD and OUTPUT chain.
This is consistent with iptables REJECT target.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows a privileged process to filter by socket mark when
dumping sockets via INET_DIAG_BY_FAMILY. This is useful on
systems that use mark-based routing such as Android.
The ability to filter socket marks requires CAP_NET_ADMIN, which
is consistent with other privileged operations allowed by the
SOCK_DIAG interface such as the ability to destroy sockets and
the ability to inspect BPF filters attached to packet sockets.
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/261350
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This simplifies the code a bit and also allows inet_diag_bc_audit
to send to userspace an error that isn't EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers
as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops,
uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel.
No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like:
s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g
However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their
dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be
deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework.
In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to
make it happy with this patch:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops"
#403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470:
+ if (ops == NULL) {
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings"
#773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697:
+ if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats"
#824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785:
+ if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count"
#835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798:
+ if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL)
total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using NFSv4.1 on RDMA should be safe, so broaden the new checks in
rpc_create().
WARN_ON_ONCE is used, matching most other WARN call sites in clnt.c.
Fixes: 39a9beab5a ("rpc: share one xps between all backchannels")
Fixes: d50039ea5e ("nfsd4/rpc: move backchannel create logic...")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@fieldses.org>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Export client addr/nonce, so userspace can check if a image is being
blacklisted.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
[idryomov@gmail.com: ceph_client_addr(), endianess fix]
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Add basic support for RBD_FEATURE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK feature. Maintenance
operations (resize, snapshot create, etc) are offloaded to librbd via
returning -EOPNOTSUPP - librbd should request the lock and execute the
operation.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Revamp watch code to support retrying watch re-registration:
- add rbd_dev->watch_state for more robust errcb handling
- store watch cookie separately to avoid dereferencing watch_handle
which is set to NULL on unwatch
- move re-register code into a delayed work and retry re-registration
every second, unless the client is blacklisted
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
It's gid / global_id in other places.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Reuse ceph_mon_generic_request infrastructure for sending monitor
commands. In particular, add support for 'blacklist add' to prevent
other, non-responsive clients from making further updates.
Signed-off-by: Douglas Fuller <dfuller@redhat.com>
[idryomov@gmail.com: refactor, misc fixes throughout]
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Add an interface for the Ceph OSD lock.lock_info method and associated
data structures.
Based heavily on code by Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>.
Signed-off-by: Douglas Fuller <dfuller@redhat.com>
[idryomov@gmail.com: refactor, misc fixes throughout]
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
This patch adds support for rados lock, unlock and break lock.
Based heavily on code by Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>.
Signed-off-by: Douglas Fuller <dfuller@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Add a convenience function to osd_client to send Ceph OSD
'class' ops. The interface assumes that the request and
reply data each consist of single pages.
Signed-off-by: Douglas Fuller <dfuller@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Add support for this Ceph OSD op, needed to support the RBD exclusive
lock feature.
Signed-off-by: Douglas Fuller <dfuller@redhat.com>
[idryomov@gmail.com: refactor, misc fixes throughout]
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Clear up EntityName vs entity_name_t confusion.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=0zp2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160824-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Add better client conn management strategy
These two patches add a better client connection management strategy. They
need to be applied on top of the just-posted fixes.
(1) Duplicate the connection list and separate out procfs iteration from
garbage collection. This is necessary for the next patch as with that
client connections no longer appear on a single list and may not
appear on a list at all - and really don't want to be exposed to the
old garbage collector.
(Note that client conns aren't left dangling, they're also in a tree
rooted in the local endpoint so that they can be found by a user
wanting to make a new client call. Service conns do not appear in
this tree.)
(2) Implement a better lifetime management and garbage collection strategy
for client connections.
In this, a client connection can be in one of five cache states
(inactive, waiting, active, culled and idle). Limits are set on the
number of client conns that may be active at any one time and makes
users wait if they want to start a new call when there isn't capacity
available.
To make capacity available, active and idle connections can be culled,
after a short delay (to allow for retransmission). The delay is
reduced if the capacity exceeds a tunable threshold.
If there is spare capacity, client conns are permitted to hang around
a fair bit longer (tunable) so as to allow reuse of negotiated
security contexts.
After this patch, the client conn strategy is separate from that of
service conns (which continues to use the old code for the moment).
This difference in strategy is because the client side retains control
over when it allows a connection to become active, whereas the service
side has no control over when it sees a new connection or a new call
on an old connection.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=mirU
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160824-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: More fixes
Here are a couple of fix patches:
(1) Fix the conn-based retransmission patch posted yesterday. This breaks
if it actually has to retransmit. However, it seems the likelihood of
this happening is really low, despite the server I'm testing against
being located >3000 miles away, and sometime of the time it's handled
in the call background processor before we manage to disconnect the
call - hence why I didn't spot it.
(2) /proc/net/rxrpc_calls can cause a crash it accessed whilst a call is
being torn down. The window of opportunity is pretty small, however,
as calls don't stay in this state for long.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During an audit for sk_filter(), we found that rx_busy_skb handling
in l2cap_sock_recv_cb() and l2cap_sock_recvmsg() looks not quite as
intended.
The assumption from commit e328140fda ("Bluetooth: Use event-driven
approach for handling ERTM receive buffer") is that errors returned
from sock_queue_rcv_skb() are due to receive buffer shortage. However,
nothing should prevent doing a setsockopt() with SO_ATTACH_FILTER on
the socket, that could drop some of the incoming skbs when handled in
sock_queue_rcv_skb().
In that case sock_queue_rcv_skb() will return with -EPERM, propagated
from sk_filter() and if in L2CAP_MODE_ERTM mode, wrong assumption was
that we failed due to receive buffer being full. From that point onwards,
due to the to-be-dropped skb being held in rx_busy_skb, we cannot make
any forward progress as rx_busy_skb is never cleared from l2cap_sock_recvmsg(),
due to the filter drop verdict over and over coming from sk_filter().
Meanwhile, in l2cap_sock_recv_cb() all new incoming skbs are being
dropped due to rx_busy_skb being occupied.
Instead, just use __sock_queue_rcv_skb() where an error really tells that
there's a receive buffer issue. Split the sk_filter() and enable it for
non-segmented modes at queuing time since at this point in time the skb has
already been through the ERTM state machine and it has been acked, so dropping
is not allowed. Instead, for ERTM and streaming mode, call sk_filter() in
l2cap_data_rcv() so the packet can be dropped before the state machine sees it.
Fixes: e328140fda ("Bluetooth: Use event-driven approach for handling ERTM receive buffer")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In hci_req_sync_complete the event skb is referenced in hdev->req_skb.
It is used (via hci_req_run_skb) from either __hci_cmd_sync_ev which will
pass the skb to the caller, or __hci_req_sync which leaks.
unreferenced object 0xffff880005339a00 (size 256):
comm "kworker/u3:1", pid 1011, jiffies 4294671976 (age 107.389s)
backtrace:
[<ffffffff818d89d9>] kmemleak_alloc+0x49/0xa0
[<ffffffff8116bba8>] kmem_cache_alloc+0x128/0x180
[<ffffffff8167c1df>] skb_clone+0x4f/0xa0
[<ffffffff817aa351>] hci_event_packet+0xc1/0x3290
[<ffffffff8179a57b>] hci_rx_work+0x18b/0x360
[<ffffffff810692ea>] process_one_work+0x14a/0x440
[<ffffffff81069623>] worker_thread+0x43/0x4d0
[<ffffffff8106ead4>] kthread+0xc4/0xe0
[<ffffffff818dd38f>] ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x40
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Improve the management and caching of client rxrpc connection objects.
From this point, client connections will be managed separately from service
connections because AF_RXRPC controls the creation and re-use of client
connections but doesn't have that luxury with service connections.
Further, there will be limits on the numbers of client connections that may
be live on a machine. No direct restriction will be placed on the number
of client calls, excepting that each client connection can support a
maximum of four concurrent calls.
Note that, for a number of reasons, we don't want to simply discard a
client connection as soon as the last call is apparently finished:
(1) Security is negotiated per-connection and the context is then shared
between all calls on that connection. The context can be negotiated
again if the connection lapses, but that involves holding up calls
whilst at least two packets are exchanged and various crypto bits are
performed - so we'd ideally like to cache it for a little while at
least.
(2) If a packet goes astray, we will need to retransmit a final ACK or
ABORT packet. To make this work, we need to keep around the
connection details for a little while.
(3) The locally held structures represent some amount of setup time, to be
weighed against their occupation of memory when idle.
To this end, the client connection cache is managed by a state machine on
each connection. There are five states:
(1) INACTIVE - The connection is not held in any list and may not have
been exposed to the world. If it has been previously exposed, it was
discarded from the idle list after expiring.
(2) WAITING - The connection is waiting for the number of client conns to
drop below the maximum capacity. Calls may be in progress upon it
from when it was active and got culled.
The connection is on the rxrpc_waiting_client_conns list which is kept
in to-be-granted order. Culled conns with waiters go to the back of
the queue just like new conns.
(3) ACTIVE - The connection has at least one call in progress upon it, it
may freely grant available channels to new calls and calls may be
waiting on it for channels to become available.
The connection is on the rxrpc_active_client_conns list which is kept
in activation order for culling purposes.
(4) CULLED - The connection got summarily culled to try and free up
capacity. Calls currently in progress on the connection are allowed
to continue, but new calls will have to wait. There can be no waiters
in this state - the conn would have to go to the WAITING state
instead.
(5) IDLE - The connection has no calls in progress upon it and must have
been exposed to the world (ie. the EXPOSED flag must be set). When it
expires, the EXPOSED flag is cleared and the connection transitions to
the INACTIVE state.
The connection is on the rxrpc_idle_client_conns list which is kept in
order of how soon they'll expire.
A connection in the ACTIVE or CULLED state must have at least one active
call upon it; if in the WAITING state it may have active calls upon it;
other states may not have active calls.
As long as a connection remains active and doesn't get culled, it may
continue to process calls - even if there are connections on the wait
queue. This simplifies things a bit and reduces the amount of checking we
need do.
There are a couple flags of relevance to the cache:
(1) EXPOSED - The connection ID got exposed to the world. If this flag is
set, an extra ref is added to the connection preventing it from being
reaped when it has no calls outstanding. This flag is cleared and the
ref dropped when a conn is discarded from the idle list.
(2) DONT_REUSE - The connection should be discarded as soon as possible and
should not be reused.
This commit also provides a number of new settings:
(*) /proc/net/rxrpc/max_client_conns
The maximum number of live client connections. Above this number, new
connections get added to the wait list and must wait for an active
conn to be culled. Culled connections can be reused, but they will go
to the back of the wait list and have to wait.
(*) /proc/net/rxrpc/reap_client_conns
If the number of desired connections exceeds the maximum above, the
active connection list will be culled until there are only this many
left in it.
(*) /proc/net/rxrpc/idle_conn_expiry
The normal expiry time for a client connection, provided there are
fewer than reap_client_conns of them around.
(*) /proc/net/rxrpc/idle_conn_fast_expiry
The expedited expiry time, used when there are more than
reap_client_conns of them around.
Note that I combined the Tx wait queue with the channel grant wait queue to
save space as only one of these should be in use at once.
Note also that, for the moment, the service connection cache still uses the
old connection management code.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The main connection list is used for two independent purposes: primarily it
is used to find connections to reap and secondarily it is used to list
connections in procfs.
Split the procfs list out from the reap list. This allows us to stop using
the reap list for client connections when they acquire a separate
management strategy from service collections.
The client connections will not be on a management single list, and sometimes
won't be on a management list at all. This doesn't leave them floating,
however, as they will also be on an rb-tree rooted on the socket so that the
socket can find them to dispatch calls.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make /proc/net/rxrpc_calls safer by stashing a copy of the peer pointer in
the rxrpc_call struct and checking in the show routine that the peer
pointer, the socket pointer and the local pointer obtained from the socket
pointer aren't NULL before we use them.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
If a duplicate packet comes in for a call that has just completed on a
connection's channel then there will be an oops in the data_ready handler
because it tries to examine the connection struct via a call struct (which
we don't have - the pointer is unset).
Since the connection struct pointer is available to us, go direct instead.
Also, the ACK packet to be retransmitted needs three octets of padding
between the soft ack list and the ackinfo.
Fixes: 18bfeba50d ("rxrpc: Perform terminal call ACK/ABORT retransmission from conn processor")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
After commit 5b8ef3415a
("xfrm: Remove ancient sleeping when the SA is in acquire state")
gc does not need any per-netns data anymore.
As far as gc is concerned all state structs are the same, so we
can use a global work struct for it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
An earlier patch accidentally replaced a write_lock_bh
with a spin_unlock_bh. Fix this by using spin_lock_bh
instead.
Fixes: 9d0380df62 ("xfrm: policy: convert policy_lock to spinlock")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We no longer use this handler, we can delete it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RCU lookups of IPv6 TCP sockets no longer dereference pinet6,
we do not need tcp_v6_clear_sk() anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we no longer use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU for UDP,
we do not need sk_prot_clear_portaddr_nulls() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RCU lookups of ipv6 udp sockets no longer dereference
pinet6 field, we can get rid of udp_v6_clear_sk() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements SOCK_DESTROY for UDP sockets similar to what was done
for TCP with commit c1e64e298b ("net: diag: Support destroying TCP
sockets.") A process with a UDP socket targeted for destroy is awakened
and recvmsg fails with ECONNABORTED.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_diag_find_one_icsk takes a reference to a socket that is not
released if sock_diag_destroy returns an error. Fix by changing
tcp_diag_destroy to manage the refcnt for all cases and remove
the sock_put calls from tcp_abort.
Fixes: c1e64e298b ("net: diag: Support destroying TCP sockets")
Reported-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kfree_skb() instead of kfree() to free sk_buff.
Fixes: 0d051bf93c ("tipc: make bearer packet filtering generic")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit ca065d0cf8 ("udp: no longer use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU")
we do not need this special allocation mode anymore, even if it is
harmless.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function sctp_diag_dump_one() currently performs a memcpy()
of 64 bytes from a 16 byte field into another 16 byte field. Fix
by using correct size, use sizeof to obtain correct size instead
of using a hard-coded constant.
Fixes: 8f840e47f1 ("sctp: add the sctp_diag.c file")
Signed-off-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=VYPa
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160823-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Miscellaneous improvements
Here are some improvements that are part of the AF_RXRPC rewrite. They
need to be applied on top of the just posted cleanups.
(1) Set the connection expiry on the connection becoming idle when its
last currently active call completes rather than each time put is
called.
This means that the connection isn't held open by retransmissions,
pings and duplicate packets. Future patches will limit the number of
live connections that the kernel will support, so making sure that old
connections don't overstay their welcome is necessary.
(2) Calculate packet serial skew in the UDP data_ready callback rather
than in the call processor on a work queue. Deferring it like this
causes the skew to be elevated by further packets coming in before we
get to make the calculation.
(3) Move retransmission of the terminal ACK or ABORT packet for a
connection to the connection processor, using the terminal state
cached in the rxrpc_connection struct. This means that once last_call
is set in a channel to the current call's ID, no more packets will be
routed to that rxrpc_call struct.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=TEJS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160823-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Cleanups
Here are some cleanups for the AF_RXRPC rewrite:
(1) Remove some unused bits.
(2) Call releasing on socket closure is now done in the order in which
calls progress through the phases so that we don't miss a call
actively moving list.
(3) The rxrpc_call struct's channel number field is redundant and replaced
with accesses to the masked off cid field instead.
(4) Use a tracepoint for socket buffer accounting rather than printks.
Unfortunately, since this would require currently non-existend
arch-specific help to divine the current instruction location, the
accounting functions are moved out of line so that
__builtin_return_address() can be used.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the features bit field has bits for internal only use as well, it
may happen that the kernel exports RTAX_FEATURES attribute with zero
value which is pointless.
Fix this by making sure the attribute is added only if the exported
value is non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TFO_SERVER_WO_SOCKOPT2 was intended for debugging purposes during
Fast Open development. Remove this config option and also
update/clean-up the documentation of the Fast Open sysctl.
Reported-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PPP_ALLSTATIONS, PPP_UI, and SEND_SHUTDOWN instead of 0xff,
0x03, and 2 separately.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Acked-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Laura tracked poll() [and friends] regression caused by commit
e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before queueing")
udp_poll() needs to know if there is a valid packet in receive queue,
even if its payload length is 0.
Change first_packet_length() to return an signed int, and use -1
as the indication of an empty queue.
Fixes: e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before queueing")
Reported-by: Laura Abbott <labbott@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Laura Abbott <labbott@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lock the lower socket in kcm_unattach. Release during call to strp_done
since that function cancels the RX timers and work queue with sync.
Also added some status information in psock reporting.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the upper layer unpauses a stream parser connection we need to
queue rx_work to make sure no events are missed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, if you add a base chain whose name clashes with an existing
non-base chain, nf_tables doesn't complain about this. Similarly, if you
update the chain type, the hook number and priority.
With this patch, nf_tables bails out in case any of this unsupported
operations occur by returning EBUSY.
# nft add table x
# nft add chain x y
# nft add chain x y { type nat hook input priority 0\; }
<cmdline>:1:1-49: Error: Could not process rule: Device or resource busy
add chain x y { type nat hook input priority 0; }
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce a new function to wrap the code that parses the chain hook
configuration so we can reuse this code to validate chain updates.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Perform terminal call ACK/ABORT retransmission in the connection processor
rather than in the call processor. With this change, once last_call is
set, no more incoming packets will be routed to the corresponding call or
any earlier calls on that channel (call IDs must only increase on a channel
on a connection).
Further, if a packet's callNumber is before the last_call ID or a packet is
aimed at successfully completed service call then that packet is discarded
and ignored.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Calculate the serial number skew in the data_ready handler when a packet
has been received and a connection looked up. The skew is cached in the
sk_buff's priority field.
The connection highest received serial number is updated at this time also.
This can be done without locks or atomic instructions because, at this
point, the code is serialised by the socket.
This generates more accurate skew data because if the packet is offloaded
to a work queue before this is determined, more packets may come in,
bumping the highest serial number and thereby increasing the apparent skew.
This also removes some unnecessary atomic ops.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Set the connection expiry time when a connection becomes idle rather than
doing this in rxrpc_put_connection(). This makes the put path more
efficient (it is likely to be called occasionally whilst a connection has
outstanding calls because active workqueue items needs to be given a ref).
The time is also preset in the connection allocator in case the connection
never gets used.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Drop the channel number (channel) field from the rxrpc_call struct to
reduce the size of the call struct. The field is redundant: if the call is
attached to a connection, the channel can be obtained from there by AND'ing
with RXRPC_CHANNELMASK.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
When clearing a socket, we should clear the securing-in-progress list
first, then the accept queue and last the main call tree because that's the
order in which a call progresses. Not that a call should move from the
accept queue to the main tree whilst we're shutting down a socket, but it a
call could possibly move from sequreq to acceptq whilst we're clearing up.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Do a little tidying of the rxrpc_call struct:
(1) in_clientflag is no longer compared against the value that's in the
packet, so keeping it in this form isn't necessary. Use a flag in
flags instead and provide a pair of wrapper functions.
(2) We don't read the epoch value, so that can go.
(3) Move what remains of the data that were used for hashing up in the
struct to be with the channel number.
(4) Get rid of the local pointer. We can get at this via the socket
struct and we only use this in the procfs viewer.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
sk_user_data mismatch between what kcm expects (psock) and what strparser expects (strparser).
Queued rx_work, for example calling strp_check_rcv after socket buffer changes, will never complete.
sk_user_data is unused in strparser, so just remove the check.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers may drive different families of switches which need
different tag protocol. Rather than hard code the tag protocol in the
driver structure, have a callback for the DSA core to call.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If no RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP response is received, ic_dev is never set,
causing a NULL pointer dereference in ic_close_devs():
Sending DHCP requests ...... timed out!
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000004
To fix this, add a check to avoid dereferencing ic_dev if it is still
NULL.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Fixes: 2647cffb2b ("net: ipconfig: Support using "delayed" DHCP replies")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encoding of the metadata was using the padded length as opposed to
the real length of the data which is a bug per specification.
This has not been an issue todate because all metadatum specified
so far has been 32 bit where aligned and data length are the same width.
This also includes a bug fix for validating the length of a u16 field.
But since there is no metadata of size u16 yes we are fine to include it
here.
While at it get rid of magic numbers.
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("net sched: introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- place kref_get near usage of referenced objects, separate patches
for various used objects to improve readability and maintainability
by Sven Eckelmann (18 patches)
- Keep batadv net device when all hard interfaces disappear, to
improve situations where tools currently use work arounds, by
Sven Eckelmann
- Add an option to disable debugfs support to minimize footprint when
userspace uses netlink only, by Sven Eckelmann
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=/eyc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20160822' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This feature patchset includes the following changes:
- place kref_get near usage of referenced objects, separate patches
for various used objects to improve readability and maintainability
by Sven Eckelmann (18 patches)
- Keep batadv net device when all hard interfaces disappear, to
improve situations where tools currently use work arounds, by
Sven Eckelmann
- Add an option to disable debugfs support to minimize footprint when
userspace uses netlink only, by Sven Eckelmann
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In b8247f095e,
"net: ip_finish_output_gso: If skb_gso_network_seglen exceeds MTU, allow segmentation for local udp tunneled skbs"
gso skbs arriving from an ingress interface that go through UDP
tunneling, are allowed to be fragmented if the resulting encapulated
segments exceed the dst mtu of the egress interface.
This aligned the behavior of gso skbs to non-gso skbs going through udp
encapsulation path.
However the non-gso vs gso anomaly is present also in the following
cases of a GRE tunnel:
- ip_gre in collect_md mode, where TUNNEL_DONT_FRAGMENT is not set
(e.g. OvS vport-gre with df_default=false)
- ip_gre in nopmtudisc mode, where IFLA_GRE_IGNORE_DF is set
In both of the above cases, the non-gso skbs get fragmented, whereas the
gso skbs (having skb_gso_network_seglen that exceeds dst mtu) get dropped,
as they don't go through the segment+fragment code path.
Fix: Setting IPSKB_FRAG_SEGS if the tunnel specified IP_DF bit is NOT set.
Tunnels that do set IP_DF, will not go to fragmentation of segments.
This preserves behavior of ip_gre in (the default) pmtudisc mode.
Fixes: b8247f095e ("net: ip_finish_output_gso: If skb_gso_network_seglen exceeds MTU, allow segmentation for local udp tunneled skbs")
Reported-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Tested-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 22dc13c837 ("net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array")
we do dynamic allocation in tcf_exts_init(), therefore we need
to handle the ENOMEM case properly.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If DAD fails with accept_dad set to 2, global addresses and host routes
are incorrectly left in place. Even though disable_ipv6 is set,
contrary to documentation, the addresses are not dynamically deleted
from the interface. It is only on a subsequent link down/up that these
are removed. The fix is not only to set the disable_ipv6 flag, but
also to call addrconf_ifdown(), which is the action to carry out when
disabling IPv6. This results in the addresses and routes being deleted
immediately. The DAD failure for the LL addr is determined as before
via netlink, or by the absence of the LL addr (which also previously
would have had to be checked for in case of an intervening link down
and up). As the call to addrconf_ifdown() requires an rtnl lock, the
logic to disable IPv6 when DAD fails is moved to addrconf_dad_work().
Previous behavior:
root@vm1:/# sysctl net.ipv6.conf.eth3.accept_dad=2
net.ipv6.conf.eth3.accept_dad = 2
root@vm1:/# ip -6 addr add 2000::10/64 dev eth3
root@vm1:/# ip link set up eth3
root@vm1:/# ip -6 addr show dev eth3
5: eth3: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qlen 1000
inet6 2000::10/64 scope global
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 fe80::5054:ff:fe43:dd5a/64 scope link tentative dadfailed
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
root@vm1:/# ip -6 route show dev eth3
2000::/64 proto kernel metric 256
fe80::/64 proto kernel metric 256
root@vm1:/# ip link set down eth3
root@vm1:/# ip link set up eth3
root@vm1:/# ip -6 addr show dev eth3
root@vm1:/# ip -6 route show dev eth3
root@vm1:/#
New behavior:
root@vm1:/# sysctl net.ipv6.conf.eth3.accept_dad=2
net.ipv6.conf.eth3.accept_dad = 2
root@vm1:/# ip -6 addr add 2000::10/64 dev eth3
root@vm1:/# ip link set up eth3
root@vm1:/# ip -6 addr show dev eth3
root@vm1:/# ip -6 route show dev eth3
root@vm1:/#
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/netfilter/nft_hash.c:40:25: warning:
symbol 'nft_hash_policy' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in pr_debug message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the numgen expression that allows us to generated
incremental and random numbers, this generator is bound to a upper limit
that is specified by userspace.
This expression is useful to distribute packets in a round-robin fashion
as well as randomly.
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the quota expression. This new stateful expression
integrate easily into the dynset expression to build 'hashquota' flow
tables.
Arguably, we could use instead "counter bytes > 1000" instead, but this
approach has several problems:
1) We only support for one single stateful expression in dynamic set
definitions, and the expression above is a composite of two
expressions: get counter + comparison.
2) We would need to restore the packed counter representation (that we
used to have) based on seqlock to synchronize this, since per-cpu is
not suitable for this.
So instead of bloating the counter expression back with the seqlock
representation and extending the existing set infrastructure to make it
more complex for the composite described above, let's follow the more
simple approach of adding a quota expression that we can plug into our
existing infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Subash reported that commit 42a7b32b73 ("xfrm: Add oif to dst lookups")
broke a wifi use case that uses fib rules and xfrms. The intent of
42a7b32b73 was driven by VRFs with IPsec. As a compromise relax the
use of oif in xfrm lookups to L3 master devices only (ie., oif is either
an L3 master device or is enslaved to a master device).
Fixes: 42a7b32b73 ("xfrm: Add oif to dst lookups")
Reported-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Use PPP_ALLSTATIONS, PPP_UI, and SEND_SHUTDOWN instead of 0xff,
0x03, and 2 separately.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We've already set sk to sock->sk and dereferenced it, so if it's NULL
we would have crashed already. Moreover, if it was NULL we would have
crashed anyway when jumping to 'out' and trying to unlock the sock.
Furthermore, if we had assigned a different value to 'sk' we would
have been calling lock_sock() and release_sock() on different sockets.
My conclusion is that these two lines are complete nonsense and only
serve to confuse the reader.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk->sk_state is bits flag, so need use bit operation check
instead of value check.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Tested-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 switch driver should be a proper platform
driver, now that the DSA code has been updated to allow that, register a
switch device, feed it with the proper configuration data coming from
Device Tree and register our switch device with DSA.
The bulk of the changes consist in moving what bcm_sf2_sw_setup() did
into the platform driver probe function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing switch drivers to implement system-wide
suspend/resume functions, export dsa_switch_suspend and
dsa_switch_resume() such that these are callable from the appropriate
driver specific suspend/resume functions.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes following sparse errors :
net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:1579:61: warning: incorrect type in argument 2
(different base types)
net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:1579:61: expected unsigned int [unsigned]
[usertype] key
net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:1579:61: got restricted __be32 const
[usertype] nh_gw
Fixes: a6db4494d2 ("net: ipv4: Consider failed nexthops in multipath routes")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include ipv4_rcv_saddr_equal() definition to avoid this sparse error :
net/ipv4/udp.c:362:5: warning: symbol 'ipv4_rcv_saddr_equal' was not
declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 19689e38ec ("tcp: md5: use kmalloc() backed scratch
areas") this function is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts the diag dumping code to use the rhashtable
walk code instead of going through rhashtable by hand. The lock
nl_table_lock is now only taken while we process the multicast
list as it's not needed for the rhashtable walk.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Fix one typo: s/tn/tp/
2) Fix the description about the "u" bits.
Signed-off-by: Xunlei Pang <xlpang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As recently discussed during the task_under_cgroup_hierarchy() addition,
we should get rid of the ifdefs surrounding the bpf_skb_under_cgroup()
helper. If related functionality is not built-in, the helper cannot be
used anyway, which is also in line with what we do for all other helpers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up to 555c8a8623 ("bpf: avoid stack copy and use skb ctx for
event output") for also adding the event output helper for XDP typed
programs. The event output helper has been very useful in particular for
debugging or event notification purposes, since it's much faster and
flexible than regular trace printk due to programmatically being able to
attach meta data. Same flags structure applies as with tc BPF programs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a bpf_skb_change_tail() helper for tc BPF programs. The
basic idea is to expand or shrink the skb in a controlled manner. The
eBPF program can then rewrite the rest via helpers like bpf_skb_store_bytes(),
bpf_lX_csum_replace() and others rather than passing a raw buffer for
writing here.
bpf_skb_change_tail() is really a slow path helper and intended for
replies with f.e. ICMP control messages. Concept is similar to other
helpers like bpf_skb_change_proto() helper to keep the helper without
protocol specifics and let the BPF program mangle the remaining parts.
A flags field has been added and is reserved for now should we extend
the helper in future.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have a skb_pkt_type_ok() helper for checking the type before
mangling, make use of it instead of open coding. Follow-up to commit
8b10cab64c ("net: simplify and make pkt_type_ok() available for other
users") that came in after d2485c4242 ("bpf: add bpf_skb_change_type
helper").
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_PEER_REMOVE netlink command. This command can remove
an offline peer node from the internal data structures.
This will be supported by the tipc user space tool in iproute2.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over the years, TCP BDP has increased a lot, and is typically
in the order of ~10 Mbytes with help of clever Congestion Control
modules.
In presence of packet losses, TCP stores incoming packets into an out of
order queue, and number of skbs sitting there waiting for the missing
packets to be received can match the BDP (~10 Mbytes)
In some cases, TCP needs to make room for incoming skbs, and current
strategy can simply remove all skbs in the out of order queue as a last
resort, incurring a huge penalty, both for receiver and sender.
Unfortunately these 'last resort events' are quite frequent, forcing
sender to send all packets again, stalling the flow and wasting a lot of
resources.
This patch cleans only a part of the out of order queue in order
to meet the memory constraints.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: C. Stephen Gun <csg@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While chasing tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue() kasan issue, I found
that we could avoid reading sacked field of skb that we wont send,
possibly removing one cache line miss.
Very minor change in slow path, but why not ? ;)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use one of the vlan xstats padding fields to export the vlan flags. This is
needed in order to be able to distinguish between master (bridge) and port
vlan entries in user-space when dumping the bridge vlan stats.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the bridge driver we usually have the same function working for both
port and bridge. In order to follow that logic and also avoid code
duplication, consolidate the bridge_ and brport_ linkxstats calls into
one since they share most of their code. As a side effect this allows us
to dump the vlan stats also via the slave call which is in preparation for
the upcoming per-port vlan stats and vlan flag dumping.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current vlan push action supports only vid and protocol options.
Add priority option.
Example script that adds vlan push action with vid and
priority:
tc filter add dev veth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
indev veth0 \
action vlan push id 100 priority 5
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance flower to support 802.1Q vlan protocol classification.
Currently, the supported fields are vlan_id and vlan_priority.
Example:
# add a flower filter with vlan id and priority classification
tc filter add dev ens4f0 protocol 802.1Q parent ffff: \
flower \
indev ens4f0 \
vlan_ethtype ipv4 \
vlan_id 100 \
vlan_prio 3 \
action vlan pop
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current flower implementation checks the mask range and set all the
keys included in that range as "used_keys", even if a specific key in
the range has a zero mask.
This behavior can cause a false positive return value of
dissector_uses_key function and unnecessary dissection in
__skb_flow_dissect.
This patch checks explicitly the mask of each key and "used_keys" will
be set accordingly.
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ('tc: introduce Flower classifier')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add vlan priority check to the flow dissector by adding new flow
dissector struct, flow_dissector_key_vlan which includes vlan tag
fields.
vlan_id and flow_label fields were under the same struct
(flow_dissector_key_tags). It was a convenient setting since struct
flow_dissector_key_tags is used by struct flow_keys and by setting
vlan_id and flow_label under the same struct, we get precisely 24 or 48
bytes in flow_keys from flow_dissector_key_basic.
Now, when adding vlan priority support, the code will be cleaner if
flow_label and vlan tag won't be under the same struct anymore.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Early in the datapath skb_vlan_untag function is called, stripped
the vlan from the skb and set skb->vlan_tci and skb->vlan_proto fields.
The current dissection doesn't handle stripped vlan packets correctly.
In some flows, vlan doesn't exist in skb->data anymore when applying
flow dissection on the skb, fix that.
In case vlan info wasn't stripped before applying flow_dissector (RPS
flow for example), or in case of skb with multiple vlans (e.g. 802.1ad),
get the vlan info from skb->data. The flow_dissector correctly skips
any number of vlans and stores only the first level vlan.
Fixes: 0744dd00c1 ('net: introduce skb_flow_dissect()')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_dump_qdisc() performs dumping of the per-device qdiscs in two phases;
first, the "standard" dev->qdisc is being dumped. Second, if there is/are
ingress queue(s), they are being dumped as well.
After conversion of netdevice's qdisc linked-list into hashtable, these
two sets are not in two disjunctive sets/lists any more, but are both
"reachable" directly from netdevice's hashtable. As a consequence, the
"full-depth" dump of the ingress qdiscs results in immediately hitting the
netdevice hashtable again, and duplicating the dump that has already been
performed for dev->qdisc.
What in fact needs to be dumped in case of ingress queue is "just" the
top-level ingress qdisc, as everything else has been dumped already.
Fix this by extending tc_dump_qdisc_root() in a way that it can be instructed
whether it should (while performing the "full" per-netdev qdisc dump) perform
the whole recursion, or just dump "additional" top-level (ingress) qdiscs
without performing any kind of recursion.
This fixes duplicate dumps such as
qdisc mq 0: root
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc clsact ffff: parent ffff:fff1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fixes: 59cc1f61f ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_match_from_root() is now iterating over per-netdevice qdisc
hashtable instead of going through a linked-list of qdiscs (independently
on the actual underlying netdev), which was the case before the switch to
hashtable for qdiscs.
For singleton qdiscs, there is no underlying netdev associated though, and
therefore dumping a singleton qdisc will panic, as qdisc_dev(root) will
always be NULL.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000410
IP: [<ffffffff8167efac>] qdisc_match_from_root+0x2c/0x70
PGD 1aceba067 PUD 1aceb7067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
[ ... ]
task: ffff8801ec996e00 task.stack: ffff8801ec934000
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8167efac>] [<ffffffff8167efac>] qdisc_match_from_root+0x2c/0x70
RSP: 0018:ffff8801ec937ab0 EFLAGS: 00010203
RAX: 0000000000000408 RBX: ffff88025e612000 RCX: ffffffffffffffd8
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 00000000ffff0000 RDI: ffffffff81cf8100
RBP: ffff8801ec937ab0 R08: 000000000001c160 R09: ffff8802668032c0
R10: ffffffff81cf8100 R11: 0000000000000030 R12: 00000000ffff0000
R13: ffff88025e612000 R14: ffffffff81cf3140 R15: 0000000000000000
FS: 00007f24b9af6740(0000) GS:ffff88026f280000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000000000000410 CR3: 00000001aceec000 CR4: 00000000001406e0
Stack:
ffff8801ec937ad0 ffffffff81681210 ffff88025dd51a00 00000000fffffff1
ffff8801ec937b88 ffffffff81681e4e ffffffff81c42bc0 ffff880262431500
ffffffff81cf3140 ffff88025dd51a10 ffff88025dd51a24 00000000ec937b38
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81681210>] qdisc_lookup+0x40/0x50
[<ffffffff81681e4e>] tc_modify_qdisc+0x21e/0x550
[<ffffffff8166ae25>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x95/0x220
[<ffffffff81209602>] ? __kmalloc_track_caller+0x172/0x230
[<ffffffff8166ad90>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x870/0x870
[<ffffffff816897b7>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa7/0xc0
[<ffffffff816657c8>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x28/0x30
[<ffffffff8168919b>] netlink_unicast+0x15b/0x210
[<ffffffff81689569>] netlink_sendmsg+0x319/0x390
[<ffffffff816379f8>] sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50
[<ffffffff81638296>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x256/0x260
[<ffffffff811b1275>] ? __pagevec_lru_add_fn+0x135/0x280
[<ffffffff811b1a90>] ? pagevec_lru_move_fn+0xd0/0xf0
[<ffffffff811b1140>] ? trace_event_raw_event_mm_lru_insertion+0x180/0x180
[<ffffffff811b1b85>] ? __lru_cache_add+0x75/0xb0
[<ffffffff817708a6>] ? _raw_spin_unlock+0x16/0x40
[<ffffffff811d8dff>] ? handle_mm_fault+0x39f/0x1160
[<ffffffff81638b15>] __sys_sendmsg+0x45/0x80
[<ffffffff81638b62>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffff810038e7>] do_syscall_64+0x57/0xb0
Fix this by special-casing singleton qdiscs (those that don't have
underlying netdevice) and introduce immediate handling of those rather
than trying to go over an underlying netdevice. We're in the same
situation in tc_dump_qdisc_root() and tc_dump_tclass_root().
Ultimately, this will have to be slightly reworked so that we are actually
able to show singleton qdiscs (noop) in the dump properly; but we're not
currently doing that anyway, so no regression there, and better do this in
a gradual manner.
Fixes: 59cc1f61f ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a link is attempted woken up after congestion, it uses a different,
more generous criteria than when it was originally declared congested.
This has the effect that the link, and the sending process, sometimes
will be woken up unnecessarily, just to immediately return to congestion
when it turns out there is not not enough space in its send queue to
host the pending message. This is a waste of CPU cycles.
We now change the function link_prepare_wakeup() to use exactly the same
criteria as tipc_link_xmit(). However, since we are now excluding the
window limit from the wakeup calculation, and the current backlog limit
for the lowest level is too small to house even a single maximum-size
message, we have to expand this limit. We do this by evaluating an
alternative, minimum value during the setting of the importance limits.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 5b7066c3dd ("tipc: stricter filtering of packets in bearer
layer") we introduced a method of filtering out messages while a bearer
is being reset, to avoid that links may be re-created and come back in
working state while we are still in the process of shutting them down.
This solution works well, but is limited to only work with L2 media, which
is insufficient with the increasing use of UDP as carrier media.
We now replace this solution with a more generic one, by introducing a
new flag "up" in the generic struct tipc_bearer. This field will be set
and reset at the same locations as with the previous solution, while
the packet filtering is moved to the generic code for the sending side.
On the receiving side, the filtering is still done in media specific
code, but now including the UDP bearer.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev->name is a char array of IFNAMSIZ elements, hence can never be
null, so the null pointer check is redundant. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net tree,
they are:
1) Dump only conntrack that belong to this namespace via /proc file.
This is some fallout from the conversion to single conntrack table
for all netns, patch from Liping Zhang.
2) Missing MODULE_ALIAS_NF_LOGGER() for the ARP family that prevents
module autoloading, also from Liping Zhang.
3) Report overquota event to the right netnamespace, again from Liping.
4) Fix tproxy listener sk refcount that leads to crash, from
Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix racy refcounting on object deletion from nfnetlink and rule
removal both for nfacct and cttimeout, from Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is required to iterate over the hash table in cttimeout, ctnetlink
and nf_conntrack_ipv4.
>> ERROR: "nf_conntrack_htable_size" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cttimeout.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nf_conntrack_htable_size" [net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_netlink.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nf_conntrack_htable_size" [net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko] undefined!
Fixes: adf0516845 ("netfilter: remove ip_conntrack* sysctl compat code")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In general, when we want to delete a netns, cttimeout_net_exit will
be called before ipt_unregister_table, i.e. before ctnl_timeout_put.
But after call kfree_rcu in cttimeout_net_exit, we will still decrease
the timeout object's refcnt in ctnl_timeout_put, this is incorrect,
and will cause a use after free error.
It is easy to reproduce this problem:
# while : ; do
ip netns add xxx
ip netns exec xxx nfct add timeout testx inet icmp timeout 200
ip netns exec xxx iptables -t raw -p icmp -I OUTPUT -j CT --timeout testx
ip netns del xxx
done
=======================================================================
BUG kmalloc-96 (Tainted: G B E ): Poison overwritten
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
INFO: 0xffff88002b5161e8-0xffff88002b5161e8. First byte 0x6a instead of
0x6b
INFO: Allocated in cttimeout_new_timeout+0xd4/0x240 [nfnetlink_cttimeout]
age=104 cpu=0 pid=3330
___slab_alloc+0x4da/0x540
__slab_alloc+0x20/0x40
__kmalloc+0x1c8/0x240
cttimeout_new_timeout+0xd4/0x240 [nfnetlink_cttimeout]
nfnetlink_rcv_msg+0x21a/0x230 [nfnetlink]
[ ... ]
So only when the refcnt decreased to 0, we call kfree_rcu to free the
timeout object. And like nfnetlink_acct do, use atomic_cmpxchg to
avoid race between ctnl_timeout_try_del and ctnl_timeout_put.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Suppose that we input the following commands at first:
# nfacct add test
# iptables -A INPUT -m nfacct --nfacct-name test
And now "test" acct's refcnt is 2, but later when we try to delete the
"test" nfacct and the related iptables rule at the same time, race maybe
happen:
CPU0 CPU1
nfnl_acct_try_del nfnl_acct_put
atomic_dec_and_test //ref=1,testfail -
- atomic_dec_and_test //ref=0,testok
- kfree_rcu
atomic_inc //ref=1 -
So after the rcu grace period, nf_acct will be freed but it is still linked
in the nfnl_acct_list, and we can access it later, then oops will happen.
Convert atomic_dec_and_test and atomic_inc combinaiton to one atomic
operation atomic_cmpxchg here to fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Buffers powersave frame test is reversed in cfg80211, fix from Felix
Fietkau.
2) Remove bogus WARN_ON in openvswitch, from Jarno Rajahalme.
3) Fix some tg3 ethtool logic bugs, and one that would cause no
interrupts to be generated when rx-coalescing is set to 0. From
Satish Baddipadige and Siva Reddy Kallam.
4) QLCNIC mailbox corruption and napi budget handling fix from Manish
Chopra.
5) Fix fib_trie logic when walking the trie during /proc/net/route
output than can access a stale node pointer. From David Forster.
6) Several sctp_diag fixes from Phil Sutter.
7) PAUSE frame handling fixes in mlxsw driver from Ido Schimmel.
8) Checksum fixup fixes in bpf from Daniel Borkmann.
9) Memork leaks in nfnetlink, from Liping Zhang.
10) Use after free in rxrpc, from David Howells.
11) Use after free in new skb_array code of macvtap driver, from Jason
Wang.
12) Calipso resource leak, from Colin Ian King.
13) mediatek bug fixes (missing stats sync init, etc.) from Sean Wang.
14) Fix bpf non-linear packet write helpers, from Daniel Borkmann.
15) Fix lockdep splats in macsec, from Sabrina Dubroca.
16) hv_netvsc bug fixes from Vitaly Kuznetsov, mostly to do with VF
handling.
17) Various tc-action bug fixes, from CONG Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
net_sched: allow flushing tc police actions
net_sched: unify the init logic for act_police
net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array
net_sched: move tc offload macros to pkt_cls.h
net_sched: fix a typo in tc_for_each_action()
net_sched: remove an unnecessary list_del()
net_sched: remove the leftover cleanup_a()
mlxsw: spectrum: Allow packets to be trapped from any PG
mlxsw: spectrum: Unmap 802.1Q FID before destroying it
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing rollbacks in error path
mlxsw: reg: Fix missing op field fill-up
mlxsw: spectrum: Trap loop-backed packets
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing packet traps
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark port as active before registering it
mlxsw: spectrum: Create PVID vPort before registering netdevice
mlxsw: spectrum: Remove redundant errors from the code
mlxsw: spectrum: Don't return upon error in removal path
i40e: check for and deal with non-contiguous TCs
ixgbe: Re-enable ability to toggle VLAN filtering
ixgbe: Force VLNCTRL.VFE to be set in all VMDq paths
...
Adapt KCM to use the stream parser. This mostly involves removing
the RX handling and setting up the strparser using the interface.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a utility for parsing application layer protocol
messages in a TCP stream. This is a generalization of the mechanism
implemented of Kernel Connection Multiplexor.
The API includes a context structure, a set of callbacks, utility
functions, and a data ready function.
A stream parser instance is defined by a strparse structure that
is bound to a TCP socket. The function to initialize the structure
is:
int strp_init(struct strparser *strp, struct sock *csk,
struct strp_callbacks *cb);
csk is the TCP socket being bound to and cb are the parser callbacks.
The upper layer calls strp_tcp_data_ready when data is ready on the lower
socket for strparser to process. This should be called from a data_ready
callback that is set on the socket:
void strp_tcp_data_ready(struct strparser *strp);
A parser is bound to a TCP socket by setting data_ready function to
strp_tcp_data_ready so that all receive indications on the socket
go through the parser. This is assumes that sk_user_data is set to
the strparser structure.
There are four callbacks.
- parse_msg is called to parse the message (returns length or error).
- rcv_msg is called when a complete message has been received
- read_sock_done is called when data_ready function exits
- abort_parser is called to abort the parser
The input to parse_msg is an skbuff which contains next message under
construction. The backend processing of parse_msg will parse the
application layer protocol headers to determine the length of
the message in the stream. The possible return values are:
>0 : indicates length of successfully parsed message
0 : indicates more data must be received to parse the message
-ESTRPIPE : current message should not be processed by the
kernel, return control of the socket to userspace which
can proceed to read the messages itself
other < 0 : Error is parsing, give control back to userspace
assuming that synchronzation is lost and the stream
is unrecoverable (application expected to close TCP socket)
In the case of error return (< 0) strparse will stop the parser
and report and error to userspace. The application must deal
with the error. To handle the error the strparser is unbound
from the TCP socket. If the error indicates that the stream
TCP socket is at recoverable point (ESTRPIPE) then the application
can read the TCP socket to process the stream. Once the application
has dealt with the exceptions in the stream, it may again bind the
socket to a strparser to continue data operations.
Note that ENODATA may be returned to the application. In this case
parse_msg returned -ESTRPIPE, however strparser was unable to maintain
synchronization of the stream (i.e. some of the message in question
was already read by the parser).
strp_pause and strp_unpause are used to provide flow control. For
instance, if rcv_msg is called but the upper layer can't immediately
consume the message it can hold the message and pause strparser.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While commit 9c706a49d6 ("net: ipconfig: fix use after free") avoids
the use after free, the resulting code still ends up calling both the
ic_setup_if() and ic_setup_routes() after calling ic_close_devs(), and
access to the device is still required.
Move the call to ic_close_devs() to the very end of the function.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The act_police uses its own code to walk the
action hashtable, which leads to that we could
not flush standalone tc police actions, so just
switch to tcf_generic_walker() like other actions.
(Joint work from Roman and Cong.)
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jamal reported a crash when we create a police action
with a specific index, this is because the init logic
is not correct, we should always create one for this
case. Just unify the logic with other tc actions.
Fixes: a03e6fe569 ("act_police: fix a crash during removal")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This list_del() for tc action is not needed actually,
because we only use this list to chain bulk operations,
therefore should not be carried for latter operations.
Fixes: ec0595cc44 ("net_sched: get rid of struct tcf_common")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After refactoring tc_action into tcf_common, we no
longer need to cleanup temporary "actions" in list,
they are permanently stored in the hashtable.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
supersede our debugfs configuration interface in the long run. It is
especially necessary when batman-adv should be used in different
namespaces, since debugfs can not differentiate between those.
More specifically, the following changes are included:
- Two fixes for namespace handling by Andrew Lunn, checking also the
namespaces for parent interfaces, and supress debugfs entries
for non-default netns
- Implement various netlink commands for the new interface, by
Matthias Schiffer, Andrew Lunn, Sven Eckelmann and Simon Wunderlich
(13 patches):
* routing algorithm list
* hardif list
* translation tables (local and global)
* TTVN for the translation tables
* originator and neighbor tables for B.A.T.M.A.N. IV
and B.A.T.M.A.N. V
* gateway dump functionality for B.A.T.M.A.N. IV
and B.A.T.M.A.N. V
* Bridge Loop Avoidance claims, and corresponding BLA group
* Bridge Loop Avoidance backbone tables
- Finally, mark batman-adv as netns compatible, by Andrew Lunn (1 patch)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KDfF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20160816' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
pull request for net-next: batman-adv 2016-08-16
This feature patchset is all about adding netlink support, which should
supersede our debugfs configuration interface in the long run. It is
especially necessary when batman-adv should be used in different
namespaces, since debugfs can not differentiate between those.
More specifically, the following changes are included:
- Two fixes for namespace handling by Andrew Lunn, checking also the
namespaces for parent interfaces, and supress debugfs entries
for non-default netns
- Implement various netlink commands for the new interface, by
Matthias Schiffer, Andrew Lunn, Sven Eckelmann and Simon Wunderlich
(13 patches):
* routing algorithm list
* hardif list
* translation tables (local and global)
* TTVN for the translation tables
* originator and neighbor tables for B.A.T.M.A.N. IV
and B.A.T.M.A.N. V
* gateway dump functionality for B.A.T.M.A.N. IV
and B.A.T.M.A.N. V
* Bridge Loop Avoidance claims, and corresponding BLA group
* Bridge Loop Avoidance backbone tables
- Finally, mark batman-adv as netns compatible, by Andrew Lunn (1 patch)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 64b87639c9 ("netfilter: conntrack: fix race between
nf_conntrack proc read and hash resize") introduce the
nf_conntrack_get_ht, so there's no need to check nf_conntrack_generation
again and again to get the hash table and hash size. And convert
nf_conntrack_get_ht to inline function here.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
inet_lookup_listener() and inet6_lookup_listener() no longer
take a reference on the found listener.
This minimal patch adds back the refcounting, but we might do
this differently in net-next later.
Fixes: 3b24d854cb ("tcp/dccp: do not touch listener sk_refcnt under synflood")
Reported-and-tested-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <nuclearcat@nuclearcat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We should report the over quota message to the right net namespace
instead of the init netns.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Otherwise, if nfnetlink_log.ko is not loaded, we cannot add rules
to log packets to the userspace when we specify it with arp family,
such as:
# nft add rule arp filter input log group 0
<cmdline>:1:1-37: Error: Could not process rule: No such file or
directory
add rule arp filter input log group 0
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We should skip the conntracks that belong to a different namespace,
otherwise other unrelated netns's conntrack entries will be dumped via
/proc/net/nf_conntrack.
Fixes: 56d52d4892 ("netfilter: conntrack: use a single hashtable for all namespaces")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
- Test fixes.
- A vsock fix.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXsSOEAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpmCIIAKe6m+gWBiC4GJHJTYP5Q+lR
c6meEwxMBTZ+EVSeqUrAIN7slXu/w4NMVE/7IOo9Y+OUGK9MpQiRDOTzw2m3ps8d
W2gEJ+kvc7wFZZKXPkrgvzSuct0yv2Ho+lhZ9wpENU8KulyjBjAZ4xUDw/4LPM7G
nmE8GwOx625N4KCJh3dw5jZsgdyVWzqPuVYUqFctOWdDEqEs4f/Zb3kHR81DoMai
crri3p0fDOo+9zYPDTteG1ILayY6yIIFiPx8jrHTdL9DS+LcBHYJMXunu4Ensjth
9xdJeqWyb20DjSjzhrjwxS7Li4FJDiG5xYHNfuf2OQb+Or7ZvUGga1PbaNa7m6I=
=nlXU
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost fixes from Michael Tsirkin:
- test fixes
- a vsock fix
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
tools/virtio: add dma stubs
vhost/test: fix after swiotlb changes
vhost/vsock: drop space available check for TX vq
ringtest: test build fix
Move exporting of switchdev_port_same_parent_id to be right
below it and not elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that the inner_protocol is set on transmit so that GSO segmentation,
which relies on that field, works correctly.
This is achieved by setting the inner_protocol in gre_build_header rather
than each caller of that function. It ensures that the inner_protocol is
set when gre_fb_xmit() is used to transmit GRE which was not previously the
case.
I have observed this is not the case when OvS transmits GRE using
lwtunnel metadata (which it always does).
Fixes: 3872035241 ("gre: Use inner_proto to obtain inner header protocol")
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ping_v6_sendmsg does not set flowi6_oif in response to
sin6_scope_id or sk_bound_dev_if, so it is not possible to use
these APIs to ping an IPv6 address on a different interface.
Instead, it sets flowi6_iif, which is incorrect but harmless.
Stop setting flowi6_iif, and support various ways of setting oif
in the same priority order used by udpv6_sendmsg.
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/254470/
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If net namespace is attached to a user namespace let's make container's
root owner of sysctls affecting said network namespace instead of global
root.
This also allows us to clean up net_ctl_permissions() because we do not
need to fudge permissions anymore for the container's owner since it now
owns the objects in question.
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_NS is disabled, registering pernet operations causes
init() to be called immediately with init_net as an argument. Unfortunately
this leads to some pernet ops, such as proc_net_ns_init() to be called too
early, when init_net namespace has not been fully initialized. This causes
issues when we want to change pernet ops to use more data from the net
namespace in question, for example reference user namespace that owns our
network namespace.
To fix this we could either play game of musical chairs and rearrange init
order, or we could do the same as when CONFIG_NET_NS is enabled, and
postpone calling pernet ops->init() until namespace is set up properly.
Note that we can not simply undo commit ed160e839d ("[NET]: Cleanup
pernet operation without CONFIG_NET_NS") and use the same implementations
for __register_pernet_operations() and __unregister_pernet_operations(),
because many pernet ops are marked as __net_initdata and will be discarded,
which wreaks havoc on our ops lists. Here we rely on the fact that we only
use lists until init_net is fully initialized, which happens much earlier
than discarding __net_initdata sections.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unnecessary use of enable/disable callback notifications
and the incorrect more space available check.
The virtio_transport_tx_work handles when the TX virtqueue
has more buffers available.
Signed-off-by: Gerard Garcia <ggarcia@deic.uab.cat>
Acked-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The idea for type_check in dev_get_nest_level() was to count the number
of nested devices of the same type (currently, only macvlan or vlan
devices).
This prevented the false positive lockdep warning on configurations such
as:
eth0 <--- macvlan0 <--- vlan0 <--- macvlan1
However, this doesn't prevent a warning on a configuration such as:
eth0 <--- macvlan0 <--- vlan0
eth1 <--- vlan1 <--- macvlan1
In this case, all the locks end up with a nesting subclass of 1, so
lockdep thinks that there is still a deadlock:
- in the first case we have (macvlan_netdev_addr_lock_key, 1) and then
take (vlan_netdev_xmit_lock_key, 1)
- in the second case, we have (vlan_netdev_xmit_lock_key, 1) and then
take (macvlan_netdev_addr_lock_key, 1)
By removing the linktype check in dev_get_nest_level() and always
incrementing the nesting depth, lockdep considers this configuration
valid.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If IPv6 is disabled when the option is set to keep IPv6
addresses on link down, userspace is unaware of this as
there is no such indication via netlink. The solution is to
remove the IPv6 addresses in this case, which results in
netlink messages indicating removal of addresses in the
usual manner. This fix also makes the behavior consistent
with the case of having IPv6 disabled first, which stops
IPv6 addresses from being added.
Fixes: f1705ec197 ("net: ipv6: Make address flushing on ifdown optional")
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* send more nl80211 events for interfaces
* remove useless network/transport offset mangling code
* validate beacon intervals identically for all interface types
* use driver rate estimates for mesh
* fix a compiler type/signedness warning
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=C5wa
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-08-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Not much for -next so far, but here it goes:
* send more nl80211 events for interfaces
* remove useless network/transport offset mangling code
* validate beacon intervals identically for all interface types
* use driver rate estimates for mesh
* fix a compiler type/signedness warning
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_transport_seq_start() does not currently clear iter->start_fail on
success, but relies on it being zero when it is allocated (by
seq_open_net()).
This can be a problem in the following sequence:
open() // allocates iter (and implicitly sets iter->start_fail = 0)
read()
- iter->start() // fails and sets iter->start_fail = 1
- iter->stop() // doesn't call sctp_transport_walk_stop() (correct)
read() again
- iter->start() // succeeds, but doesn't change iter->start_fail
- iter->stop() // doesn't call sctp_transport_walk_stop() (wrong)
We should initialize sctp_ht_iter::start_fail to zero if ->start()
succeeds, otherwise it's possible that we leave an old value of 1 there,
which will cause ->stop() to not call sctp_transport_walk_stop(), which
causes all sorts of problems like not calling rcu_read_unlock() (and
preempt_enable()), eventually leading to more warnings like this:
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at mm/slab.h:388
in_atomic(): 0, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 16551, name: trinity-c2
Preemption disabled at:[<ffffffff819bceb6>] rhashtable_walk_start+0x46/0x150
[<ffffffff81149abb>] preempt_count_add+0x1fb/0x280
[<ffffffff83295892>] _raw_spin_lock+0x12/0x40
[<ffffffff819bceb6>] rhashtable_walk_start+0x46/0x150
[<ffffffff82ec665f>] sctp_transport_walk_start+0x2f/0x60
[<ffffffff82edda1d>] sctp_transport_seq_start+0x4d/0x150
[<ffffffff81439e50>] traverse+0x170/0x850
[<ffffffff8143aeec>] seq_read+0x7cc/0x1180
[<ffffffff814f996c>] proc_reg_read+0xbc/0x180
[<ffffffff813d0384>] do_loop_readv_writev+0x134/0x210
[<ffffffff813d2a95>] do_readv_writev+0x565/0x660
[<ffffffff813d6857>] vfs_readv+0x67/0xa0
[<ffffffff813d6c16>] do_preadv+0x126/0x170
[<ffffffff813d710c>] SyS_preadv+0xc/0x10
[<ffffffff8100334c>] do_syscall_64+0x19c/0x410
[<ffffffff83296225>] return_from_SYSCALL_64+0x0/0x6a
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
Notice that this is a subtly different stacktrace from the one in commit
5fc382d875 ("net/sctp: terminate rhashtable walk correctly").
Cc: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Acked-By: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If iriap_register_lsap() fails to allocate memory, self->lsap is
set to NULL. However, none of the callers handle the failure and
irlmp_connect_request() will happily dereference it:
iriap_register_lsap: Unable to allocated LSAP!
================================================================================
UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in net/irda/irlmp.c:378:2
member access within null pointer of type 'struct lsap_cb'
CPU: 1 PID: 15403 Comm: trinity-c0 Not tainted 4.8.0-rc1+ #81
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.9.3-0-ge2fc41e-prebuilt.qemu-project.org
04/01/2014
0000000000000000 ffff88010c7e78a8 ffffffff82344f40 0000000041b58ab3
ffffffff84f98000 ffffffff82344e94 ffff88010c7e78d0 ffff88010c7e7880
ffff88010630ad00 ffffffff84a5fae0 ffffffff84d3f5c0 000000000000017a
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff82344f40>] dump_stack+0xac/0xfc
[<ffffffff8242f5a8>] ubsan_epilogue+0xd/0x8a
[<ffffffff824302bf>] __ubsan_handle_type_mismatch+0x157/0x411
[<ffffffff83b7bdbc>] irlmp_connect_request+0x7ac/0x970
[<ffffffff83b77cc0>] iriap_connect_request+0xa0/0x160
[<ffffffff83b77f48>] state_s_disconnect+0x88/0xd0
[<ffffffff83b78904>] iriap_do_client_event+0x94/0x120
[<ffffffff83b77710>] iriap_getvaluebyclass_request+0x3e0/0x6d0
[<ffffffff83ba6ebb>] irda_find_lsap_sel+0x1eb/0x630
[<ffffffff83ba90c8>] irda_connect+0x828/0x12d0
[<ffffffff833c0dfb>] SYSC_connect+0x22b/0x340
[<ffffffff833c7e09>] SyS_connect+0x9/0x10
[<ffffffff81007bd3>] do_syscall_64+0x1b3/0x4b0
[<ffffffff845f946a>] entry_SYSCALL64_slow_path+0x25/0x25
================================================================================
The bug seems to have been around since forever.
There's more problems with missing error checks in iriap_init() (and
indeed all of irda_init()), but that's a bigger problem that needs
very careful review and testing. This patch will fix the most serious
bug (as it's easily reached from unprivileged userspace).
I have tested my patch with a reproducer.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the bpf_try_make_writable() helper and all call sites we have in BPF,
it's currently defect with regards to skbs when the write_len spans into
non-linear parts, no matter if cloned or not.
There are multiple issues at once. First, using skb_store_bits() is not
correct since even if we have a cloned skb, page frags can still be shared.
To really make them private, we need to pull them in via __pskb_pull_tail()
first, which also gets us a private head via pskb_expand_head() implicitly.
This is for helpers like bpf_skb_store_bytes(), bpf_l3_csum_replace(),
bpf_l4_csum_replace(). Really, the only thing reasonable and working here
is to call skb_ensure_writable() before any write operation. Meaning, via
pskb_may_pull() it makes sure that parts we want to access are pulled in and
if not does so plus unclones the skb implicitly. If our write_len still fits
the headlen and we're cloned and our header of the clone is not writable,
then we need to make a private copy via pskb_expand_head(). skb_store_bits()
is a bit misleading and only safe to store into non-linear data in different
contexts such as 357b40a18b ("[IPV6]: IPV6_CHECKSUM socket option can
corrupt kernel memory").
For above BPF helper functions, it means after fixed bpf_try_make_writable(),
we've pulled in enough, so that we operate always based on skb->data. Thus,
the call to skb_header_pointer() and skb_store_bits() becomes superfluous.
In bpf_skb_store_bytes(), the len check is unnecessary too since it can
only pass in maximum of BPF stack size, so adding offset is guaranteed to
never overflow. Also bpf_l3/4_csum_replace() helpers must test for proper
offset alignment since they use __sum16 pointer for writing resulting csum.
The remaining helpers that change skb data not discussed here yet are
bpf_skb_vlan_push(), bpf_skb_vlan_pop() and bpf_skb_change_proto(). The
vlan helpers internally call either skb_ensure_writable() (pop case) and
skb_cow_head() (push case, for head expansion), respectively. Similarly,
bpf_skb_proto_xlat() takes care to not mangle page frags.
Fixes: 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action")
Fixes: 91bc4822c3 ("tc: bpf: add checksum helpers")
Fixes: 3697649ff2 ("bpf: try harder on clones when writing into skb")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, if calipso_genopt fails then the error exit path
does not free the ipv6_opt_hdr new causing a memory leak. Fix
this by kfree'ing new on the error exit path.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This backward compatibility has been around for more than ten years,
since Yasuyuki Kozakai introduced IPv6 in conntrack. These days, we have
alternate /proc/net/nf_conntrack* entries, the ctnetlink interface and
the conntrack utility got adopted by many people in the user community
according to what I observed on the netfilter user mailing list.
So let's get rid of this.
Note that nf_conntrack_htable_size and unsigned int nf_conntrack_max do
not need to be exported as symbol anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
While hashing out BPF's current_task_under_cgroup helper bits, it came
to discussion that the skb_in_cgroup helper name was suboptimally chosen.
Tejun says:
So, I think in_cgroup should mean that the object is in that
particular cgroup while under_cgroup in the subhierarchy of that
cgroup. Let's rename the other subhierarchy test to under too. I
think that'd be a lot less confusing going forward.
[...]
It's more intuitive and gives us the room to implement the real
"in" test if ever necessary in the future.
Since this touches uapi bits, we need to change this as long as v4.8
is not yet officially released. Thus, change the helper enum and rename
related bits.
Fixes: 4a482f34af ("cgroup: bpf: Add bpf_skb_in_cgroup_proto")
Reference: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/658500/
Suggested-by: Sargun Dhillon <sargun@sargun.me>
Suggested-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/ipv6/sit.c:1129:6: warning:
symbol 'ipip6_valid_ip_proto' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
chronological order):
- bump version strings, by Simon Wunderlich
- kerneldoc clean up, by Sven Eckelmann
- enable RTNL automatic loading and according documentation
changes, by Sven Eckelmann (2 patches)
- fix/improve interface removal and associated locking, by
Sven Eckelmann (3 patches)
- clean up unused variables, by Linus Luessing
- implement Gateway selection code for B.A.T.M.A.N. V by
Antonio Quartulli (4 patches)
- rewrite TQ comparison by Markus Pargmann
- fix Cocinelle warnings on bool vs integers (by Fenguang Wu/Intels
kbuild test robot) and bitwise arithmetic operations (by Linus
Luessing)
- rewrite packet creation for forwarding for readability and to avoid
reference count mistakes, by Linus Luessing
- use kmem_cache for translation table, which results in more efficient
storing of translation table entries, by Sven Eckelmann
- rewrite/clarify reference handling for send_skb_unicast, by Sven
Eckelmann
- fix debug messages when updating routes, by Sven Eckelmann
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=6XUi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20160812' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This feature patchset includes the following changes (mostly
chronological order):
- bump version strings, by Simon Wunderlich
- kerneldoc clean up, by Sven Eckelmann
- enable RTNL automatic loading and according documentation
changes, by Sven Eckelmann (2 patches)
- fix/improve interface removal and associated locking, by
Sven Eckelmann (3 patches)
- clean up unused variables, by Linus Luessing
- implement Gateway selection code for B.A.T.M.A.N. V by
Antonio Quartulli (4 patches)
- rewrite TQ comparison by Markus Pargmann
- fix Cocinelle warnings on bool vs integers (by Fenguang Wu/Intels
kbuild test robot) and bitwise arithmetic operations (by Linus
Luessing)
- rewrite packet creation for forwarding for readability and to avoid
reference count mistakes, by Linus Luessing
- use kmem_cache for translation table, which results in more efficient
storing of translation table entries, by Sven Eckelmann
- rewrite/clarify reference handling for send_skb_unicast, by Sven
Eckelmann
- fix debug messages when updating routes, by Sven Eckelmann
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Highlights include:
- Stable patch from Olga to fix RPCSEC_GSS upcalls when the same user needs
multiple different security services (e.g. krb5i and krb5p).
- Stable patch to fix a regression introduced by the use of SO_REUSEPORT,
and that prevented the use of multiple different NFS versions to the
same server.
- TCP socket reconnection timer fixes.
- Patch from Neil to disable the use of IPv6 temporary addresses.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJXrh03AAoJEGcL54qWCgDyp4EQALwZpmYCxWJE5xSHW95Fs124
HYM8g4LznOfs3/ohInb1ja2FaQqUy0XEk3pSjNKfyYgjuwB4qJSOpnAqoIKxJFGB
h4582leYZOZYMMCGslS2I4zcElBYO1WjnKNyb7MpZjCHmN0AdFfIcOXd2K7eL9hM
/poImcs5KfMGIEJqmKqMUxmJ3RjxpK3LySQAes/Y5odOiHC4SGJdGUmSeuPGTbQd
YjFWVHRFU6kVAzPd2Jl46Sgy6SpDaVz82HodXCSY+8lklmIkbIsVqJs0VWo3WkfL
r5WLQ3PzZvloQ7o/E9tZGiB/LEi7roa51hYsG4sleN6Kap5vwyWg0QIKjqyJdFxB
JmFanlCMfae3zNz4cusvgu1okvMnNqO4uRXJIAKfk64k775N9ebY7TXAZUK4/UbY
4nxCHcxygamP/k/8HYFpc4964tMaimIs9JUdojad5a3dzffwXcgEC/0HPUih9R+i
DO/cbVtWeDkmQPLrUqFfOAbmQdyAjELrv48d5BVIst49uuCULU2LlDlVLiAvaZvq
s2YNmr7lkHowvgaH4ShL89wuyyD14Xu5/f49oFBFNKEQay9YthQ8s3XmdZBG7Zl0
oyA1XJjWEq3p8nvPGIqFD26w75ppUbAWLTHsyoU0YfEYrZJrF9jPxowI7WlHgfVo
Io79x1sbgTrckjG+osAf
=UHph
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.8-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
- Stable patch from Olga to fix RPCSEC_GSS upcalls when the same user
needs multiple different security services (e.g. krb5i and krb5p).
- Stable patch to fix a regression introduced by the use of
SO_REUSEPORT, and that prevented the use of multiple different NFS
versions to the same server.
- TCP socket reconnection timer fixes.
- Patch from Neil to disable the use of IPv6 temporary addresses"
* tag 'nfs-for-4.8-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
NFSv4: Cap the transport reconnection timer at 1/2 lease period
NFSv4: Cleanup the setting of the nfs4 lease period
SUNRPC: Limit the reconnect backoff timer to the max RPC message timeout
SUNRPC: Fix reconnection timeouts
NFSv4.2: LAYOUTSTATS may return NFS4ERR_ADMIN/DELEG_REVOKED
SUNRPC: disable the use of IPv6 temporary addresses.
SUNRPC: allow for upcalls for same uid but different gss service
SUNRPC: Fix up socket autodisconnect
SUNRPC: Handle EADDRNOTAVAIL on connection failures
This patch adds a new hash expression, this provides jhash support but
this can be extended to support for other hash functions. The modulus
and seed already comes embedded into this new expression.
Use case example:
... meta mark set hash ip saddr mod 10
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After earlier patches conversions all spots acquire the writer lock and
we can now convert this to a normal spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
It doesn't seem that important.
We now get inconsistent view of the counters, but those are stale anyway
right after we drop the lock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Don't acquire the readlock anymore and rely on rcu alone.
In case writer on other CPU changed policy at the wrong moment (after we
obtained sk policy pointer but before we could obtain the reference)
just repeat the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
If we don't hold the policy lock anymore the refcnt might
already be 0, i.e. policy struct is about to be free'd.
Switch to atomic_inc_not_zero to avoid this.
On removal policies are already unlinked from the tables (lists)
before the last _put occurs so we are not supposed to find the same
'dead' entry on the next loop, so its safe to just repeat the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Once xfrm_policy_lookup_bytype doesn't grab xfrm_policy_lock anymore its
possible for a hash resize to occur in parallel.
Use sequence counter to block lookup in case a resize is in
progress and to also re-lookup in case hash table was altered
in the mean time (might cause use to not find the best-match).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Since commit 56f047305d
("xfrm: add rcu grace period in xfrm_policy_destroy()") xfrm policy
objects are already free'd via rcu.
In order to make more places lockless (i.e. use rcu_read_lock instead of
grabbing read-side of policy rwlock) we only need to:
- use rcu_assign_pointer to store address of new hash table backend memory
- add rcu barrier so that freeing of old memory is delayed (expansion
and free happens from system workqueue, so synchronize_rcu is fine)
- use rcu_dereference to fetch current address of the hash table.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This is required once we allow lockless readers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Use nft_set_* prefix for backend set implementations, thus we can use
nft_hash for the new hash expression.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Once timer is removed from nf_conn struct we cannot open-code
the removal sequence anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
... so we don't need to touch all of these places when we get rid of the
timer in nf_conn.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
IP header checksum will be recalculated at ip_local_out, so
there's no need to calculated it here, remove it. Also update
code comments to illustrate it, and delete the misleading
comments about checksum recalculation.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We only need first 4 bytes instead of 8 bytes to get the ports of
tcp/udp/dccp/sctp/udplite in their pkt_to_tuple function.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
- Misc fixes and cleanups all over the place.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXq0ruAAoJECgfDbjSjVRp5P8H/2OlDJdSS1l+TwOXbY95ntQ1
vxUX4vGCX5IujC+Rbt7sQV2prE3b6IktFNagpbRoWn21JkpoDMvPtYJrn5BhLtoh
fvDkZE6Wo3QztFSjaUBZWEABBt03KPX0yrAIZplu8ne/Z8KAT3zK57BPnKfmxwv+
dpxt+1wlnqAvYsoUUQZBFT4Gmk2oDiTofiIbQq7W9W/fooznLtLB+ArYtdfNJizC
JnI/vJuWceEXfjT26HexCRhA2OZskrA4ZadDhOjAqkTPN5DHfweLDuHh7IsVfDd1
wXqjc4ks3cYG0CloJ2qY2K7RpDOFIxIizixeDIuAbn9aX4sPOYYfqRm+4iRwmqQ=
=9aUO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost fixes and cleanups from Michael Tsirkin:
"Misc fixes and cleanups all over the place"
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
virtio/s390: deprecate old transport
virtio/s390: keep early_put_chars
virtio_blk: Fix a slient kernel panic
virtio-vsock: fix include guard typo
vhost/vsock: fix vhost virtio_vsock_pkt use-after-free
9p/trans_virtio: use kvfree() for iov_iter_get_pages_alloc()
virtio: fix error handling for debug builds
virtio: fix memory leak in virtqueue_add()
Different gcc versions appear to be treating enum with different
signedness, causing warnings with the out parameter one way or
the other.
Just use the correct type to avoid all that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on which method the driver implements, userspace could
call this (indirectly, by getting station info) before the driver
knows about the station, possibly causing it to misbehave.
Therefore, add a check for sta->uploaded which indicates that the
driver knows about the station.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon interval interface combinations validation was missing
for MESH/IBSS join, add those.
Johannes: also move the beacon interval check disallowing really
tiny and really big intervals into the common function, which
adds it for AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change alters the semantics of NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE events
by always sending this event whenever a net_device object associated
with a wdev is destroyed. Prior to this change, this event was only
emitted as a result of NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE command sent from
userspace. This allows userspace to reliably detect when wireless
interfaces have been removed, e.g. due to USB removal events, etc.
For wireless device objects without an associated net_device (e.g.
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE), the NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE event is
now generated inside cfg80211_unregister_wdev.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change alters the semantics of NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE events
by always sending this event whenever a new net_device object
associated with a wdev is registered. Prior to this change, this event
was only sent as a result of NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE command sent
from userspace. This allows userspace to reliably detect new wireless
interfaces (e.g. due to hardware hot-plug events, etc).
For wdevs created without an associated net_device object (e.g.
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE), the NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE event is
still generated inside the relevant nl80211 command handler.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the code only touches the MAC headers, the offsets to the
network/transport headers remain the same throughout this function.
Remove pointless pieces of code that try to 'preserve' them.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh HWMP module will be able to rely on the HW
RC algorithm if it exists, for path metric calculations.
This allows the metric calculation mechanism to calculate
a correct metric, based on PER and last TX rate both via
HW RC algorithm if it exists or via parameters collected
by the SW.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Running LTP 'icmp-uni-basic.sh -6 -p ipcomp -m tunnel' test over
openvswitch + veth can trigger kernel panic:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference
at 00000000000000e0 IP: [<ffffffff8169d1d2>] xfrm_input+0x82/0x750
...
[<ffffffff816d472e>] xfrm6_rcv_spi+0x1e/0x20
[<ffffffffa082c3c2>] xfrm6_tunnel_rcv+0x42/0x50 [xfrm6_tunnel]
[<ffffffffa082727e>] tunnel6_rcv+0x3e/0x8c [tunnel6]
[<ffffffff8169f365>] ip6_input_finish+0xd5/0x430
[<ffffffff8169fc53>] ip6_input+0x33/0x90
[<ffffffff8169f1d5>] ip6_rcv_finish+0xa5/0xb0
...
It seems that tunnel.ip6 can have garbage values and also dereferenced
without a proper check, only tunnel.ip4 is being verified. Fix it by
adding one more if block for AF_INET6 and initialize tunnel.ip6 with NULL
inside xfrm6_rcv_spi() (which is similar to xfrm4_rcv_spi()).
Fixes: 049f8e2 ("xfrm: Override skb->mark with tunnel->parm.i_key in xfrm_input")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The creation of a tunnel vport (geneve, gre, vxlan) brings up a
corresponding netdev, a multi-step operation which can fail.
For example, changing a vxlan vport's netdev state to 'up' binds the
vport's socket to a UDP port - if the binding fails (e.g. due to the
port being in use), the error is currently ignored giving the
appearance that the tunnel vport creation completed successfully.
Signed-off-by: Martynas Pumputis <martynas@weave.works>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit cf6f7e1d51 ("tipc: dump monitor attributes"),
I dereferenced a pointer before checking if its valid.
This is reported by static check Smatch as:
net/tipc/monitor.c:733 tipc_nl_add_monitor_peer()
warn: variable dereferenced before check 'mon' (see line 731)
In this commit, we check for a valid monitor before proceeding
with any other operation.
Fixes: cf6f7e1d51 ("tipc: dump monitor attributes")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPTP is encapsulated by GRE header with that GRE_VERSION bits
must contain one. But current GRE RPS needs the GRE_VERSION must be
zero. So RPS does not work for PPTP traffic.
In my test environment, there are four MIPS cores, and all traffic
are passed through by PPTP. As a result, only one core is 100% busy
while other three cores are very idle. After this patch, the usage
of four cores are balanced well.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-device linked list into a hashtable. The primary
motivation for this change is that currently, we're not tracking all the
qdiscs in hierarchy (e.g. excluding default qdiscs), as the lookup
performed over the linked list by qdisc_match_from_root() is rather
expensive.
The ultimate goal is to get rid of hidden qdiscs completely, which will
bring much more determinism in user experience.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparatory patch for converting qdisc linked list into a
hashtable. As we'll need to include hashtable.h in netdevice.h, we first
have to make sure that this will not introduce symbol conflicts for any of
the netdevice.h users.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Use mod_timer_pending() to avoid reactivating a dead expectation in
the h323 conntrack helper, from Liping Zhang.
2) Oneliner to fix a type in the register name defined in the nf_tables
header.
3) Don't try to look further when we find an inactive elements with no
descendants in the rbtree set implementation, otherwise we crash.
4) Handle valid zero CSeq in the SIP conntrack helper, from
Christophe Leroy.
5) Don't display a trailing slash in conntrack helper with no classes
via /proc/net/nf_conntrack_expect, from Liping Zhang.
6) Fix an expectation leak during creation from the nfqueue path, again
from Liping Zhang.
7) Validate netlink port ID in verdict message from nfqueue, otherwise
an injection can be possible. Again from Zhang.
8) Reject conntrack tuples with different transport protocol on
original and reply tuples, also from Zhang.
9) Validate offset and length in nft_exthdr, make sure they are under
sizeof(u8), from Laura Garcia Liebana.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ic_close_devs() calls kfree() for all devices's ic_device. Since commit
2647cffb2b ("net: ipconfig: Support using "delayed" DHCP replies")
the active device's ic_device is still used however to print the
ipconfig summary which results in an oops if the memory is already
changed. So delay freeing until after the autoconfig results are
reported.
Fixes: 2647cffb2b ("net: ipconfig: Support using "delayed" DHCP replies")
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the direct assignment of offset and length attributes included in
nft_exthdr structure from u32 data to u8.
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
push the lock down, after earlier patches we can rely on rcu to
make sure state struct won't go away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Before xfrm_state_find() can use rcu_read_lock instead of xfrm_state_lock
we need to switch users of the hash table to assign/obtain the pointers
with the appropriate rcu helpers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Once xfrm_state_find is lockless we have to cope with a concurrent
resize opertion.
We use a sequence counter to block in case a resize is in progress
and to detect if we might have missed a state that got moved to
a new hash table.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The hash table backend memory and the state structs are free'd via
kfree/vfree.
Once we only rely on rcu during lookups we have to make sure no other cpu
is currently accessing this before doing the free.
Free operations already happen from worker so we can use synchronize_rcu
to wait until concurrent readers are done.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Once xfrm_state_lookup_byaddr no longer acquires the state lock another
cpu might be freeing the state entry at the same time.
To detect this we use atomic_inc_not_zero, we then signal -EAGAIN to
caller in case our result was stale.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This is required once we allow lockless access of bydst/bysrc hash tables.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The xfrm_replay structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Adding fdb entries pointing to the bridge device uses fdb_insert(),
which lacks various checks and does not respect added_by_user flag.
As a result, some inconsistent behavior can happen:
* Adding temporary entries succeeds but results in permanent entries.
* Same goes for "dynamic" and "use".
* Changing mac address of the bridge device causes deletion of
user-added entries.
* Replacing existing entries looks successful from userspace but actually
not, regardless of NLM_F_EXCL flag.
Use the same logic as other entries and fix them.
Fixes: 3741873b4f ("bridge: allow adding of fdb entries pointing to the bridge device")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 0ddcf43d5d ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
fib_local is set but not used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When executing the script included below, the netns delete operation
hangs with the following message (repeated at 10 second intervals):
kernel:unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 1
This occurs because a reference to the lo interface in the "secure" netns
is still held by a dst entry in the xfrm bundle cache in the init netns.
Address this problem by garbage collecting the tunnel netns flow cache
when a cross-namespace vti interface receives a NETDEV_DOWN notification.
A more detailed description of the problem scenario (referencing commands
in the script below):
(1) ip link add vti_test type vti local 1.1.1.1 remote 1.1.1.2 key 1
The vti_test interface is created in the init namespace. vti_tunnel_init()
attaches a struct ip_tunnel to the vti interface's netdev_priv(dev),
setting the tunnel net to &init_net.
(2) ip link set vti_test netns secure
The vti_test interface is moved to the "secure" netns. Note that
the associated struct ip_tunnel still has tunnel->net set to &init_net.
(3) ip netns exec secure ping -c 4 -i 0.02 -I 192.168.100.1 192.168.200.1
The first packet sent using the vti device causes xfrm_lookup() to be
called as follows:
dst = xfrm_lookup(tunnel->net, skb_dst(skb), fl, NULL, 0);
Note that tunnel->net is the init namespace, while skb_dst(skb) references
the vti_test interface in the "secure" namespace. The returned dst
references an interface in the init namespace.
Also note that the first parameter to xfrm_lookup() determines which flow
cache is used to store the computed xfrm bundle, so after xfrm_lookup()
returns there will be a cached bundle in the init namespace flow cache
with a dst referencing a device in the "secure" namespace.
(4) ip netns del secure
Kernel begins to delete the "secure" namespace. At some point the
vti_test interface is deleted, at which point dst_ifdown() changes
the dst->dev in the cached xfrm bundle flow from vti_test to lo (still
in the "secure" namespace however).
Since nothing has happened to cause the init namespace's flow cache
to be garbage collected, this dst remains attached to the flow cache,
so the kernel loops waiting for the last reference to lo to go away.
<Begin script>
ip link add br1 type bridge
ip link set dev br1 up
ip addr add dev br1 1.1.1.1/8
ip netns add secure
ip link add vti_test type vti local 1.1.1.1 remote 1.1.1.2 key 1
ip link set vti_test netns secure
ip netns exec secure ip link set vti_test up
ip netns exec secure ip link s lo up
ip netns exec secure ip addr add dev lo 192.168.100.1/24
ip netns exec secure ip route add 192.168.200.0/24 dev vti_test
ip xfrm policy flush
ip xfrm state flush
ip xfrm policy add dir out tmpl src 1.1.1.1 dst 1.1.1.2 \
proto esp mode tunnel mark 1
ip xfrm policy add dir in tmpl src 1.1.1.2 dst 1.1.1.1 \
proto esp mode tunnel mark 1
ip xfrm state add src 1.1.1.1 dst 1.1.1.2 proto esp spi 1 \
mode tunnel enc des3_ede 0x112233445566778811223344556677881122334455667788
ip xfrm state add src 1.1.1.2 dst 1.1.1.1 proto esp spi 1 \
mode tunnel enc des3_ede 0x112233445566778811223344556677881122334455667788
ip netns exec secure ping -c 4 -i 0.02 -I 192.168.100.1 192.168.200.1
ip netns del secure
<End script>
Reported-by: Hangbin Liu <haliu@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Jan Tluka <jtluka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once a packet has been posted to a connection in the data_ready handler, we
mustn't try reposting if we then find that the connection is dying as the
refcount has been given over to the dying connection and the packet might
no longer exist.
Losing the packet isn't a problem as the peer will retransmit.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The call state machine processor sets up the message parameters for a UDP
message that it might need to transmit in advance on the basis that there's
a very good chance it's going to have to transmit either an ACK or an
ABORT. This requires it to look in the connection struct to retrieve some
of the parameters.
However, if the call is complete, the call connection pointer may be NULL
to dissuade the processor from transmitting a message. However, there are
some situations where the processor is still going to be called - and it's
still going to set up message parameters whether it needs them or not.
This results in a NULL pointer dereference at:
net/rxrpc/call_event.c:837
To fix this, skip the message pre-initialisation if there's no connection
attached.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
If rxrpc_new_client_call() fails to make a connection, the call record that
it allocated needs to be marked as RXRPC_CALL_RELEASED before it is passed
to rxrpc_put_call() to indicate that it no longer has any attachment to the
AF_RXRPC socket.
Without this, an assertion failure may occur at:
net/rxrpc/call_object:635
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
A newly added bugfix caused an uninitialized variable to be
used for printing debug output. This is harmless as long
as the debug setting is disabled, but otherwise leads to an
immediate crash.
gcc warns about this when -Wmaybe-uninitialized is enabled:
net/rxrpc/call_object.c: In function 'rxrpc_release_call':
net/rxrpc/call_object.c:496:163: error: 'sp' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
The initialization was removed but one of the users remains.
This adds back the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 372ee16386 ("rxrpc: Fix races between skb free, ACK generation and replying")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Currently, user can add a conntrack with different l4proto via nfnetlink.
For example, original tuple is TCP while reply tuple is SCTP. This is
invalid combination, we should report EINVAL to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Like NFQNL_MSG_VERDICT_BATCH do, we should also reject the verdict
request when the portid is not same with the initial portid(maybe
from another process).
Fixes: 97d32cf944 ("netfilter: nfnetlink_queue: batch verdict support")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
User can use NFQA_EXP to attach expectations to conntracks, but we
forget to put back nf_conntrack_expect when it is inserted successfully,
i.e. in this normal case, expect's use refcnt will be 3. So even we
unlink it and put it back later, the use refcnt is still 1, then the
memory will be leaked forever.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The 'name' filed in struct nf_conntrack_expect_policy{} is not a
pointer, so check it is NULL or not will always return true. Even if the
name is empty, slash will always be displayed like follows:
# cat /proc/net/nf_conntrack_expect
297 l3proto = 2 proto=6 src=1.1.1.1 dst=2.2.2.2 sport=1 dport=1025 ftp/
^
Fixes: 3a8fc53a45 ("netfilter: nf_ct_helper: allocate 16 bytes for the helper and policy names")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The files provided by batman-adv via debugfs are currently converted to
netlink. Tools which are not yet converted to use the netlink interface may
still rely on the old debugfs files. But systems which already upgraded
their tools can save some space by disabling this feature. The default
configuration of batman-adv on amd64 can reduce the size of the module by
around 11% when this feature is disabled.
$ size net/batman-adv/batman-adv.ko*
text data bss dec hex filename
150507 10395 4160 165062 284c6 net/batman-adv/batman-adv.ko.y
137106 7099 2112 146317 23b8d net/batman-adv/batman-adv.ko.n
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Switch-like virtual interfaces like bridge or openvswitch don't destroy
itself when all their attached netdevices dissappear. Instead they only
remove the link to the unregistered device and keep working until they get
removed manually.
This has the benefit that all configurations for this interfaces are kept
and daemons reacting to rtnl events can just add new slave interfaces
without going through the complete configuration of the switch-like
netdevice.
Handling unregister events of client devices similar in batman-adv allows
users to drop their current workaround of dummy netdevices attached to
batman-adv soft-interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is hard to understand why the refcnt is increased when it isn't done
near the actual place the new reference is used. So using kref_get right
before the place which requires the reference and in the same function
helps to avoid accidental problems caused by incorrect reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Set the netnsof flag on the family structure, indicating it can
be used with different network name spaces.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Dump the list of bridge loop avoidance backbones via the netlink socket.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
The bridge loop avoidange is the main information for the debugging of of
bridge loop detection problems. It is therefore necessary when comparing
the bla claim tables.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Dump the list of bridge loop avoidance claims via the netlink socket.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: add policy for attributes, fix includes, fix
soft_iface reference leak]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
[sw@simonwunderlich.de: fix kerneldoc, fix error reporting]
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Dump the list of gateways via the netlink socket.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: integrate in batadv_algo_ops]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Add BATADV_CMD_GET_GATEWAYS commands, using handlers bat_gw_dump in
batadv_algo_ops. Will always return -EOPNOTSUPP for now, as no
implementations exist yet.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Dump the algo V originators and neighbours.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven@narfation.org: Fix includes, fix algo_ops integration]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Add BATADV_CMD_GET_ORIGINATORS and BATADV_CMD_GET_NEIGHBORS commands,
using handlers bat_orig_dump and bat_neigh_dump in batadv_algo_ops. Will
always return -EOPNOTSUPP for now, as no implementations exist yet.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven@narfation.org: Rewrite based on new algo_ops structures]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
The TTVN is the main information for the debugging of translation table
problems. It is therefore necessary when comparing the global translation
tables.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
This adds the commands BATADV_CMD_GET_TRANSTABLE_LOCAL and
BATADV_CMD_GET_TRANSTABLE_GLOBAL, which correspond to the transtable_local
and transtable_global debugfs files.
The batadv_tt_client_flags enum is moved to the UAPI to expose it as part
of the netlink API.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: add policy for attributes, fix includes]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
[sw@simonwunderlich.de: fix VID attributes content]
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
BATADV_CMD_GET_HARDIFS will return the list of hardifs (including index,
name and MAC address) of all hardifs for a given softif.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: Reduce the number of changes to
BATADV_CMD_GET_HARDIFS, add policy for attributes]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
BATADV_CMD_GET_ROUTING_ALGOS is used to get the list of supported routing
algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: Reduce the number of changes to
BATADV_CMD_GET_ROUTING_ALGOS, fix includes]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Debugfs is not netns aware. It thus has problems when the same
interface name exists in multiple network name spaces.
Work around this by not creating entries for interfaces in name spaces
other than the default name space. This means meshes in network
namespaces cannot be managed via debugfs, but there will soon be a
netlink interface which is netns aware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
batman-adv tries to prevent the user from placing a batX soft
interface into another batman mesh as a hard interface. It does this
by walking up the devices list of parents and ensures they are all
none batX interfaces. iflink can point to an interface in a different
namespace, so also retrieve the parents name space when finding the
parent and use it when doing the comparison.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven@narfation.org: Fix alignments, simplify parent netns retrieval]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
The debug messages of _batadv_update_route were printed before the actual
route change is done. At this point it is not really known which
curr_router will be replaced. Thus the messages could print the wrong
operation.
Printing the debug messages after the operation was done avoids this
problem.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
This silences the following coccinelle warning:
"WARNING: sum of probable bitmasks, consider |"
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The function batadv_send_skb_unicast is not acquiring a reference for an
orig_node nor removing it from any datastructure. It still reduces the
reference counter for an object which is still in the hands of the caller.
This is confusing and can lead in the future to problems in the reference
handling of the caller function.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The translation table (global, local) is usually the part of batman-adv
which has the most dynamical allocated objects. Most of them
(tt_local_entry, tt_global_entry, tt_orig_list_entry, tt_change_node,
tt_req_node, tt_roam_node) are equally sized. So it makes sense to have
them allocated from a kmem_cache for each type.
This approach allowed a small wireless router (TP-Link TL-841NDv8; SLUB
allocator) to store 34% more translation table entries compared to the
current implementation.
[1] https://open-mesh.org/projects/batman-adv/wiki/Kmalloc-kmem-cache-tests
Reported-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
This patch abstracts the forward packet creation into the new function
batadv_forw_packet_alloc().
The queue counting and interface reference counters are now handled
internally within batadv_forw_packet_alloc() and its
batadv_forw_packet_free() counterpart. This should reduce the risk of
having reference/queue counting bugs again and should increase
code readibility.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.c:1105:9-10: WARNING: return of 0/1 in function 'batadv_bla_process_claim' with return type bool
Return statements in functions returning bool should use
true/false instead of 1/0.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/boolreturn.cocci
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The difference between tq1 and tq2 are calculated the same way in two
separate functions.
This patch moves the common code to a separate function
'batadv_iv_ogm_neigh_diff' which handles everything necessary. The other
two functions can then handle errors and use the difference directly.
Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
[sven@narfation.org: rebased on current version, initialize return variable
in batadv_iv_ogm_neigh_diff, add kerneldoc, convert to bool return type]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Now that the GW-mode code is algorithm specific, batman-adv expects the
routing algorithm to implement some APIs to make it work.
However, such APIs are not mandatory, therefore we might have algorithms
not providing them. In this case all the sysfs knobs related to GW-mode
should be deactivated to make sure that settings injected by the user
for this feature are rejected.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Since the GW selection logic has been made routing protocol specific
it is now possible for B.A.T.M.A.N V to have its own mechanism by
providing the API implementation.
Implement the GW specific API in the B.A.T.M.A.N. V protocol in
order to provide a working GW selection mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Each routing protocol may have its own specific logic about
gateway election which is potentially based on the metric being
used.
Create two GW specific API functions and move the current election
logic in the B.A.T.M.A.N. IV specific code.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The B.A.T.M.A.N. V algorithm uses a different metric compared to its
predecessor and for this reason the logic used to compute the best
Gateway is also changed. This means that the GW selection class
fed to this logic has a semantics that depends on the algorithm being
used.
Make the parsing and printing routine of the GW selection class
routing algorithm specific. Each algorithm can now parse (and print)
this value independently.
If no API is provided by any algorithm, the default is to use the
current mechanism of considering such value like an integer between
1 and 255.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The kobject_put is only removing the sysfs entry and corresponding entries
when its reference counter becomes zero. This tends to lead to collisions
when a device is moved between two different network namespaces because
some of the sysfs files have to be removed first and then added again to
the already moved sysfs entry.
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 290 at lib/kobject.c:240 kobject_add_internal+0x5ec/0x8a0
kobject_add_internal failed for batman_adv with -EEXIST, don't try to register things with the same name in the same directory.
But the caller of kobject_put can already remove the sysfs entry before it
does the kobject_put. This removal is done even when the reference counter
is not yet zero and thus avoids the problem.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Postponing the removal of the interface breaks the expected behavior of
NETDEV_UNREGISTER and NETDEV_PRE_TYPE_CHANGE. This is especially
problematic when an interface is removed and added in quick succession.
This reverts commit 5bc44dc845 ("batman-adv: postpone sysfs removal when
unregistering").
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The legacy sysfs interface to modify interfaces belonging to batman-adv
is run inside a region holding s_lock. And to add a net_device, it has
to also get the rtnl_lock. This is exactly the other way around than in
other virtual net_devices and conflicts with netdevice notifier which
executes inside rtnl_lock.
The inverted lock situation is currently solved by executing the removal
of netdevices via workqueue. The workqueue isn't executed inside
rtnl_lock and thus can independently get the s_lock and the rtnl_lock.
But this workaround fails when the netdevice notifier creates events in
quick succession and the earlier triggered removal of a net_device isn't
processed in the workqueue before the adding of the new netdevice (with
same name) event is issued.
Instead the legacy sysfs interface store events have to be enqueued in
a workqueue to loose the s_lock. The worker is then free to get the
required locks and the deadlock is avoided.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The batman-adv module can automatically be loaded when operations over the
rtnl link are triggered. This requires only the correct rtnl link name in
the module header.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Some operations in batadv_algo_ops are optional and marked as such in the
kerneldoc. But some of them miss the "(optional)" in their kerneldoc. These
have to also be marked to give an implementor of an algorithm the correct
background information without looking in the code calling these function
pointers.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
This is helpful to detect at compile-time errors related to format
strings.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code using this variable has been commented out in the past as it
was causing issues in upperlimited link-sharing scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch simplifies how we update fsc and calculate vt from it - while
keeping the expected functionality identical with how hfsc behaves
curently. It also fixes a certain issue introduced with
a very old patch.
The idea is, that instead of correcting cl_vt before fsc curve update
(rtsc_min) and correcting cl_vt after calculation (rtsc_y2x) to keep
cl_vt local to the current period - we can simply rely on virtual times
and curve values always being in sync - analogously to how rsc and usc
function, except that we use virtual time here.
Why hasn't it been done since the beginning this way ? The likely scenario
(basing on the code trying to correct curves whenever possible) was to
keep the virtual times as small as possible - as they have tendency to
"gallop" forward whenever their siblings and other fair sharing
subtrees are idling. On top of that, current code is subtly bugged, so
cumulative time (without any corrections) is always kept and used in
init_vf() when a new backlog period begins (using cl_cvtoff).
Is cumulative value safe ? Generally yes, though corner cases are easy
to create. For example consider:
1gbit interface
some 100kbit leaf, everything else idle
With current tick (64ns) 1s is 15625000 ticks, but the leaf is alone and
it's virtual time, so in reality it's 10000 times more. ITOW 38 bits are
needed to hold 1 second. 54 - 1 day, 59 - 1 month, 63 - 1 year (all
logarithms rounded up). It's getting somewhat dangerous, but also
requires setup excusing this kind of values not mentioning permanently
backlogged class for a year. In near most extreme case (10gbit, 10kbit
leaf), we have "enough" to hold ~13.6 days in 64 bits.
Well, the issue remains mostly theoretical and cl_cvtoff has been
working fine for all those years. Sensible configuration are de-facto
immune to this issue, and not so sensible can solve it with a cronjob
and its period inversely proportional to the insanity of such setup =)
Now let's explain the subtle bug mentioned earlier.
The issue is related to how offsets are kept and how we calculate
virtual times and update fair service curve(s). The issue itself is
subtle, but easy to observe with long m1 segments. It was introduced in
rather old patch:
Commit 99296150c7: "[NET_SCHED]: O(1) children vtoff adjustment
in HFSC scheduler"
(available in git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tglx/history.git)
Originally when a new backlog period was started, cl_vtoff of each
sibling was updated with cl_cvtmax from past period - naturally moving
all cl_vt to proper starting point. That patch adjusted it so cumulative
offset is kept in the parent, and there is no need for traversing the
list (as any subsequent child activation derives new vt from already
active sibling(s)).
But with this change, cl_vtoff (of each sibling) is no longer persistent
across the inactivity periods, as it's calculated from parent's
cl_cvtoff on a new backlog period, conflicting with the following curve
correction from the previous period:
if (cl->cl_virtual.x == vt) {
cl->cl_virtual.x -= cl->cl_vtoff;
cl->cl_vtoff = 0;
}
This essentially tries to keep curve as if it was local to the period
and resets cl_vtoff (cumulative vt offset of the class) to 0 when
possible (read: when we have an intersection or if a new curve is below
the old one). But then it's recalculated from cl_cvtoff on next active
period. Then rtsc_min() call preceding the above if() doesn't really
do what we expect it to do in such scenario - as it calculates the
minimum of corrected curve (from the previous backlog period) and the
new uncorrected curve (with offset derived from cl_cvtoff).
Example:
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:0 classid 1:1 hfsc ls m2 100mbit ul m2 100mbit
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:1 classid 1:10 hfsc ls m1 80mbit d 10s m2 20mbit
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:1 classid 1:11 hfsc ls m2 20mbit
start B, keep it backlogged, let it run 6s (30s worth of vt as A is idle)
pause B briefly to force cl_cvtoff update in parent (whole 1:1 going idle)
start A, let it run 10s
pause A briefly to force rtsc_min()
At this point we would expect A to continue at 20mbit after a brief
moment of 80mbit. But instead A will use 80mbit for full 10s again. It's
the effect of first correcting A (during 'start A'), and then - after
unpausing - calculating rtsc_min() from old corrected and new uncorrected
curve.
The patch fixes this bug and keepis vt and fsc in sync (virtual times
are cumulative, not local to the backlog period).
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on RFC3376 5.1 and RFC3810 6.1
If the per-interface listening change that triggers the new report is
a filter mode change, then the next [Robustness Variable] State
Change Reports will include a Filter Mode Change Record. This
applies even if any number of source list changes occur in that
period.
Old State New State State Change Record Sent
--------- --------- ------------------------
INCLUDE (A) EXCLUDE (B) TO_EX (B)
EXCLUDE (A) INCLUDE (B) TO_IN (B)
So we should not send source-list change if there is a filter-mode change.
Here are two scenarios:
1. Group deleted and filter mode is EXCLUDE, which means we need send a
TO_IN { }.
2. Not group deleted, but has pcm->crcount, which means we need send a
normal filter-mode-change.
At the same time, if the type is ALLOW or BLOCK, and have psf->sf_crcount,
we stop add records and decrease sf_crcount directly
Reference: https://www.ietf.org/mail-archive/web/magma/current/msg01274.html
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ipconfig learned to handle "delayed replies" in the previous
commit, there is no reason any more to delay sending a first request per
device.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dhcp code only waits 1s between sending DHCP requests on different
devices and only accepts an answer for the device that sent out the last
request. Only the timeout at the end of a loop is increased iteratively
which favours only the last device. This makes it impossible to work
with a dhcp server that takes little more than 1s connected to a device
that is not the last one.
Instead of also increasing the inter-device timeout, teach the code to
handle delayed replies.
To accomplish that, make *ic_dev track the current ic_device instead of
the current net_device and adapt all users accordingly. The relevant
change then is to reset d to ic_dev on a reply to assert that the
followup request goes through the right device.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This simplifies understanding what happens when there is more than one
device.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Admin should be able to set any state. Currently, this fails
when lladdr is not changed and state is changed from
NUD_CONNECTED to NUD_STALE:
ip neigh add 192.168.8.1 lladdr 00:11:22:33:44:55 nud perm dev wlan0
ip neigh show to 192.168.8.1
192.168.8.1 dev wlan0 lladdr 00:11:22:33:44:55 PERMANENT
ip neigh change 192.168.8.1 lladdr 00:11:22:33:44:55 nud stale dev wlan0
ip neigh show to 192.168.8.1
192.168.8.1 dev wlan0 lladdr 00:11:22:33:44:55 PERMANENT
Problem may be from 2.1.X days.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Reviewed-by: Chunhui He <hchunhui@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 52253db924 ("sctp: also point GSO head_skb to the sk when
it's available") used event->chunk->head_skb to get the head_skb in
sctp_ulpevent_set_owner().
But at that moment, the event->chunk was NULL, as it cloned the skb
in sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg(). Therefore, that patch didn't really
work.
This patch is to move the event->chunk initialization before calling
sctp_ulpevent_receive_data() so that it uses event->chunk when it's
valid.
Fixes: 52253db924 ("sctp: also point GSO head_skb to the sk when it's available")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When having skbs on ingress with CHECKSUM_COMPLETE, tc BPF programs don't
push rcsum of mac header back in and after BPF run back pull out again as
opposed to some other subsystems (ovs, for example).
For cases like q-in-q, meaning when a vlan tag for offloading is already
present and we're about to push another one, then skb_vlan_push() pushes the
inner one into the skb, increasing mac header and skb_postpush_rcsum()'ing
the 4 bytes vlan header diff. Likewise, for the reverse operation in
skb_vlan_pop() for the case where vlan header needs to be pulled out of the
skb, we're decreasing the mac header and skb_postpull_rcsum()'ing the 4 bytes
rcsum of the vlan header that was removed.
However mangling the rcsum here will lead to hw csum failure for BPF case,
since we're pulling or pushing data that was not part of the current rcsum.
Changing tc BPF programs in general to push/pull rcsum around BPF_PROG_RUN()
is also not really an option since current behaviour is ABI by now, but apart
from that would also mean to do quite a bit of useless work in the sense that
usually 12 bytes need to be rcsum pushed/pulled also when we don't need to
touch this vlan related corner case. One way to fix it would be to push the
necessary rcsum fixup down into vlan helpers that are (mostly) slow-path
anyway.
Fixes: 4e10df9a60 ("bpf: introduce bpf_skb_vlan_push/pop() helpers")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_skb_store_bytes() invocations above L2 header need BPF_F_RECOMPUTE_CSUM
flag for updates, so that CHECKSUM_COMPLETE will be fixed up along the way.
Where we ran into an issue with bpf_skb_store_bytes() is when we did a
single-byte update on the IPv6 hoplimit despite using BPF_F_RECOMPUTE_CSUM
flag; simple ping via ICMPv6 triggered a hw csum failure as a result. The
underlying issue has been tracked down to a buffer alignment issue.
Meaning, that csum_partial() computations via skb_postpull_rcsum() and
skb_postpush_rcsum() pair invoked had a wrong result since they operated on
an odd address for the hoplimit, while other computations were done on an
even address. This mix doesn't work as-is with skb_postpull_rcsum(),
skb_postpush_rcsum() pair as it always expects at least half-word alignment
of input buffers, which is normally the case. Thus, instead of these helpers
using csum_sub() and (implicitly) csum_add(), we need to use csum_block_sub(),
csum_block_add(), respectively. For unaligned offsets, they rotate the sum
to align it to a half-word boundary again, otherwise they work the same as
csum_sub() and csum_add().
Adding __skb_postpull_rcsum(), __skb_postpush_rcsum() variants that take the
offset as an input and adapting bpf_skb_store_bytes() to them fixes the hw
csum failures again. The skb_postpull_rcsum(), skb_postpush_rcsum() helpers
use a 0 constant for offset so that the compiler optimizes the offset & 1
test away and generates the same code as with csum_sub()/_add().
Fixes: 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up to commit f8ffad69c9 ("bpf: add skb_postpush_rcsum and fix
dev_forward_skb occasions") to fix an issue for dev_queue_xmit() redirect
locations which need CHECKSUM_COMPLETE fixups on ingress.
For the same reasons as described in f8ffad69c9 already, we of course
also need this here, since dev_queue_xmit() on a veth device will let us
end up in the dev_forward_skb() helper again to cross namespaces.
Latter then calls into skb_postpull_rcsum() to pull out L2 header, so
that netif_rx_internal() sees CHECKSUM_COMPLETE as it is expected. That
is, CHECKSUM_COMPLETE on ingress covering L2 _payload_, not L2 headers.
Also here we have to address bpf_redirect() and bpf_clone_redirect().
Fixes: 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper")
Fixes: 27b29f6305 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect() helper")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 'ss' always adds TCPF_CLOSE to idiag_states flags, sctp_diag can't
rely upon TCPF_LISTEN flag solely being present when listening sockets
are requested.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The asoc's timer value is not kept in asoc->timeouts array but in it's
primary transport instead.
Furthermore, we must export the timer only if it is pending, otherwise
the value will underrun when stored in an unsigned variable and
user space will only see a very large timeout value.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callback function of call_rcu() just calls a kfree(), so we
can use kfree_rcu() instead of call_rcu() + callback function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/ceph/mon_client.c:577:6: warning:
symbol 'cancel_generic_request' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
In case of error, the function ceph_alloc_page_vector() returns
ERR_PTR() and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value
check should be replaced with IS_ERR().
Fixes: 1907920324 ('libceph: support for sending notifies')
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Passing nsproxy into sysctl_table_root.lookup was a premature
optimization in attempt to avoid depending on current. The
directory /proc/self/sys has not appeared and if and when
it does this code will need to be reviewed closely and reworked
anyway. So remove the premature optimization.
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Do not drop packet when CSeq is 0 as 0 is also a valid value for CSeq.
simple_strtoul() will return 0 either when all digits are 0
or if there are no digits at all. Therefore when simple_strtoul()
returns 0 we check if first character is digit 0 or not.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If we find a matching element that is inactive with no descendants, we
jump to the found label, then crash because of nul-dereference on the
left branch.
Fix this by checking that the element is active and not an interval end
and skipping the logic that only applies to the tree iteration.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tested-by: Anders K. Pedersen <akp@akp.dk>
Commit 96d1327ac2 ("netfilter: h323: Use mod_timer instead of
set_expect_timeout") just simplify the source codes
if (!del_timer(&exp->timeout))
return 0;
add_timer(&exp->timeout);
to mod_timer(&exp->timeout, jiffies + info->timeout * HZ);
This is not correct, and introduce a race codition:
CPU0 CPU1
- timer expire
process_rcf expectation_timed_out
lock(exp_lock) -
find_exp waiting exp_lock...
re-activate timer!! waiting exp_lock...
unlock(exp_lock) lock(exp_lock)
- unlink expect
- free(expect)
- unlock(exp_lock)
So when the timer expires again, we will access the memory that
was already freed.
Replace mod_timer with mod_timer_pending here to fix this problem.
Fixes: 96d1327ac2 ("netfilter: h323: Use mod_timer instead of set_expect_timeout")
Cc: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This reverts commit 3d5fdff46c.
Ben Hutchings pointed out that the commit isn't safe since it assumes
that the structure used by the driver is iw_point, when in fact there's
no way to know about that.
Fortunately, the only driver in the tree that ever runs this code path
is the wilc1000 staging driver, so it doesn't really matter.
Clearly I should have investigated this better before applying, sorry.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [though I guess it doesn't matter much]
Fixes: 3d5fdff46c ("wext: Fix 32 bit iwpriv compatibility issue with 64 bit Kernel")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* fix 80+80 bandwidth warning
* fix powersave with mac80211 TXQ implementation
* use correct way to free SKBs from multicast buffering
* mesh: fix operation ordering to work with all drivers
* mesh: end service period even when peer goes away
* mesh: correct HT opmode validity checks
* pass hw pointer from mac80211 to driver in TPT method,
fixing a bug (in a bit the wrong way, but that's what
we have right now)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=4hWm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-08-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
First set of fixes for the current cycle:
* fix 80+80 bandwidth warning
* fix powersave with mac80211 TXQ implementation
* use correct way to free SKBs from multicast buffering
* mesh: fix operation ordering to work with all drivers
* mesh: end service period even when peer goes away
* mesh: correct HT opmode validity checks
* pass hw pointer from mac80211 to driver in TPT method,
fixing a bug (in a bit the wrong way, but that's what
we have right now)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- New vsock device support in host and guest
- Platform IOMMU support in host and guest,
including compatibility quirks for legacy systems.
- Misc fixes and cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXofvbAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpUTIH/iEoK9h636tBayXy0PXkPby0
6fMaRFy6H1HgEttgDhJE8Pqg/ba3qaW9Em0fHyFq7Mp2waFHAZ8hAT8phC6TAK3c
CIBnfzyyuI8u3N9SnNOfelPVcwCBfuALuuTsXB/rwKbYQEVv+U5Rdt3Vyx9+lXkj
P005klz7PfqxFhQrrnj4Eh7VawtHwmMuLH8YoWpCZpM71dHPo6eL+3ftKwhH2boo
qK86uVprwba03Pewpm13vQnotemfVfUUkjXd4EJpG3dx7E0KZosuj0ZG9OV8mPGQ
Cl2gBdUhocdJgeUnAHmf6tumYi9KFlYfy6xLy44YMmN7FL3E9nQjaKZp25UKfiM=
=ztIm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost updates from Michael Tsirkin:
- new vsock device support in host and guest
- platform IOMMU support in host and guest, including compatibility
quirks for legacy systems.
- misc fixes and cleanups.
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
VSOCK: Use kvfree()
vhost: split out vringh Kconfig
vhost: detect 32 bit integer wrap around
vhost: new device IOTLB API
vhost: drop vringh dependency
vhost: convert pre sorted vhost memory array to interval tree
vhost: introduce vhost memory accessors
VSOCK: Add Makefile and Kconfig
VSOCK: Introduce vhost_vsock.ko
VSOCK: Introduce virtio_transport.ko
VSOCK: Introduce virtio_vsock_common.ko
VSOCK: defer sock removal to transports
VSOCK: transport-specific vsock_transport functions
vhost: drop vringh dependency
vop: pull in vhost Kconfig
virtio: new feature to detect IOMMU device quirk
balloon: check the number of available pages in leak balloon
vhost: lockless enqueuing
vhost: simplify work flushing
Inside the kafs filesystem it is possible to occasionally have a call
processed and terminated before we've had a chance to check whether we need
to clean up the rx queue for that call because afs_send_simple_reply() ends
the call when it is done, but this is done in a workqueue item that might
happen to run to completion before afs_deliver_to_call() completes.
Further, it is possible for rxrpc_kernel_send_data() to be called to send a
reply before the last request-phase data skb is released. The rxrpc skb
destructor is where the ACK processing is done and the call state is
advanced upon release of the last skb. ACK generation is also deferred to
a work item because it's possible that the skb destructor is not called in
a context where kernel_sendmsg() can be invoked.
To this end, the following changes are made:
(1) kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() is added. This should be called whenever
an skb is emptied so as to crank the ACK and call states. This does
not release the skb, however. kernel_rxrpc_free_skb() must now be
called to achieve that. These together replace
rxrpc_kernel_data_delivered().
(2) kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() is wrapped by afs_data_consumed().
This makes afs_deliver_to_call() easier to work as the skb can simply
be discarded unconditionally here without trying to work out what the
return value of the ->deliver() function means.
The ->deliver() functions can, via afs_data_complete(),
afs_transfer_reply() and afs_extract_data() mark that an skb has been
consumed (thereby cranking the state) without the need to
conditionally free the skb to make sure the state is correct on an
incoming call for when the call processor tries to send the reply.
(3) rxrpc_recvmsg() now has to call kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() when it
has finished with a packet and MSG_PEEK isn't set.
(4) rxrpc_packet_destructor() no longer calls rxrpc_hard_ACK_data().
Because of this, we no longer need to clear the destructor and put the
call before we free the skb in cases where we don't want the ACK/call
state to be cranked.
(5) The ->deliver() call-type callbacks are made to return -EAGAIN rather
than 0 if they expect more data (afs_extract_data() returns -EAGAIN to
the delivery function already), and the caller is now responsible for
producing an abort if that was the last packet.
(6) There are many bits of unmarshalling code where:
ret = afs_extract_data(call, skb, last, ...);
switch (ret) {
case 0: break;
case -EAGAIN: return 0;
default: return ret;
}
is to be found. As -EAGAIN can now be passed back to the caller, we
now just return if ret < 0:
ret = afs_extract_data(call, skb, last, ...);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
(7) Checks for trailing data and empty final data packets has been
consolidated as afs_data_complete(). So:
if (skb->len > 0)
return -EBADMSG;
if (!last)
return 0;
becomes:
ret = afs_data_complete(call, skb, last);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
(8) afs_transfer_reply() now checks the amount of data it has against the
amount of data desired and the amount of data in the skb and returns
an error to induce an abort if we don't get exactly what we want.
Without these changes, the following oops can occasionally be observed,
particularly if some printks are inserted into the delivery path:
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP
Modules linked in: kafs(E) af_rxrpc(E) [last unloaded: af_rxrpc]
CPU: 0 PID: 1305 Comm: kworker/u8:3 Tainted: G E 4.7.0-fsdevel+ #1303
Hardware name: ASUS All Series/H97-PLUS, BIOS 2306 10/09/2014
Workqueue: kafsd afs_async_workfn [kafs]
task: ffff88040be041c0 ti: ffff88040c070000 task.ti: ffff88040c070000
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8108fd3c>] [<ffffffff8108fd3c>] __lock_acquire+0xcf/0x15a1
RSP: 0018:ffff88040c073bc0 EFLAGS: 00010002
RAX: 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: ffff88040d29a710
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff88040d29a710
RBP: ffff88040c073c70 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000001
R10: 0000000000000001 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: 0000000000000000
R13: 0000000000000000 R14: ffff88040be041c0 R15: ffffffff814c928f
FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88041fa00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 00007fa4595f4750 CR3: 0000000001c14000 CR4: 00000000001406f0
Stack:
0000000000000006 000000000be04930 0000000000000000 ffff880400000000
ffff880400000000 ffffffff8108f847 ffff88040be041c0 ffffffff81050446
ffff8803fc08a920 ffff8803fc08a958 ffff88040be041c0 ffff88040c073c38
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8108f847>] ? mark_held_locks+0x5e/0x74
[<ffffffff81050446>] ? __local_bh_enable_ip+0x9b/0xa1
[<ffffffff8108f9ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x16d/0x189
[<ffffffff810915f4>] lock_acquire+0x122/0x1b6
[<ffffffff810915f4>] ? lock_acquire+0x122/0x1b6
[<ffffffff814c928f>] ? skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffff81609dbf>] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x35/0x49
[<ffffffff814c928f>] ? skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffff814c928f>] skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffffa009aa92>] afs_deliver_to_call+0x344/0x39d [kafs]
[<ffffffffa009ab37>] afs_process_async_call+0x4c/0xd5 [kafs]
[<ffffffffa0099e9c>] afs_async_workfn+0xe/0x10 [kafs]
[<ffffffff81063a3a>] process_one_work+0x29d/0x57c
[<ffffffff81064ac2>] worker_thread+0x24a/0x385
[<ffffffff81064878>] ? rescuer_thread+0x2d0/0x2d0
[<ffffffff810696f5>] kthread+0xf3/0xfb
[<ffffffff8160a6ff>] ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x40
[<ffffffff81069602>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x1cf/0x1cf
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_device->ndo_set_rx_headroom (introduced in
871b642ade) says
"Setting a negtaive value reset the rx headroom
to the default value".
It seems that the OVS implementation in
3a927bc7cf overlooked this and sets
dev->needed_headroom unconditionally.
This doesn't have an immediate effect, but can mess up later
LL_RESERVED_SPACE calculations, such as done in
net/ipv6/mcast.c:mld_newpack. For reference, this issue was found
from a skb_panic raised there after the length calculations had given
the wrong result.
Note the other current users of this interface
(drivers/net/tun.c:tun_set_headroom and
drivers/net/veth.c:veth_set_rx_headroom) are both checking this
correctly thus need no modification.
Thanks to Ben for some pointers from the crash dumps!
Cc: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1361414
Signed-off-by: Ian Wienand <iwienand@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't want to miss a lease period renewal due to the TCP connection
failing to reconnect in a timely fashion. To ensure this doesn't happen,
cap the reconnection timer so that we retry the connection attempt
at least every 1/2 lease period.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
When the connect attempt fails and backs off, we should start the clock
at the last connection attempt, not time at which we queue up the
reconnect job.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
If the net.ipv6.conf.*.use_temp_addr sysctl is set to '2',
then TCP connections over IPv6 will prefer a 'private' source
address.
These eventually expire and become invalid, typically after a week,
but the time is configurable.
When the local address becomes invalid the client will not be able to
receive replies from the server. Eventually the connection will timeout
or break and a new connection will be established, but this can take
half an hour (typically TCP connection break time).
RFC 4941, which describes private IPv6 addresses, acknowledges that some
applications might not work well with them and that the application may
explicitly a request non-temporary (i.e. "public") address.
I believe this is correct for SUNRPC clients. Without this change, a
client will occasionally experience a long delay if private addresses
have been enabled.
The privacy offered by private addresses is of little value for an NFS
server which requires client authentication.
For NFSv3 this will often not be a problem because idle connections are
closed after 5 minutes. For NFSv4 connections never go idle due to the
period RENEW (or equivalent) request.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
It's possible to have simultaneous upcalls for the same UIDs but
different GSS service. In that case, we need to allow for the
upcall to gssd to proceed so that not the same context is used
by two different GSS services. Some servers lock the use of context
to the GSS service.
Signed-off-by: Olga Kornievskaia <kolga@netapp.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v3.9+
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The variable is added to allow the driver an easy access to
it's own hw->priv when the op is invoked.
This fixes a crash in wlcore because it was relying on a
station pointer that wasn't initialized yet. It's the wrong
way to fix the crash, but it solves the problem for now and
it does make sense to have the hw pointer here.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
[rewrite commit message, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE validation rejected correct
flag combinations, e.g. IEEE80211_HT_OP_MODE_PROTECTION_NONHT_MIXED |
IEEE80211_HT_OP_MODE_NON_HT_STA_PRSNT.
Doing just a range-check allows setting flags that don't exist (0x8)
and invalid flag combinations.
Implements some checks based on IEEE 802.11 2012 8.4.2.59 "HT
Operation element".
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
[reword commit message, simplify a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If QoS frame with EOSP (end of service period) subfield=1 sent by local
peer was not acked by remote peer, local peer did not end the MPSP. This
prevents local peer from going to DOZE state. And if the remote peer
goes away without closing connection, local peer continues AWAKE state
and wastes battery.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code currently assumes that buffered multicast PS frames don't have
a pending ACK frame for tx status reporting.
However, hostapd sends a broadcast deauth frame on teardown for which tx
status is requested. This can lead to the "Have pending ack frames"
warning on module reload.
Fix this by using ieee80211_free_txskb/ieee80211_purge_tx_queue.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Trond made a change to the server's tcp logic that allows a fast
client to better take advantage of high bandwidth networks, but
may increase the risk that a single client could starve other
clients; a new sunrpc.svc_rpc_per_connection_limit parameter
should help mitigate this in the (hopefully unlikely) event this
becomes a problem in practice.
Tom Haynes added a minimal flex-layout pnfs server, which is of
no use in production for now--don't build it unless you're doing
client testing or further server development.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJXo7HNAAoJECebzXlCjuG+zqUP/RxO5jZjBhNI8/ayGdDW/Jnq
s0Fu6B+aNRV3GnugmIeI4tWNGnPyERNzFtjLKlnwaasz/oW4qBLqGbNUWC5xKARS
erODs0hM/1aCYWwNBEc5qXP2u23HrWVuQ+B5fg42ACyliKFGq5faDRmf6XGU/1kB
8unXGWPAiLiNZD/bWP91fYhThlLgpfHBFZ7M3G2IqmzWZTSELPzwp1bpRWt7yWQQ
z1oYtXToycbwz3yPVk3cXtaoqpjDUVZf2Guqgqi1BwEyEtYOSaYo1VHNsKDf4OId
QXQh64AqIK4uszpvtNhvsEaAECN7IiB+N4n2laFiQVmAf8Hfl3AnV/gKeD4lKmTj
TY6knnjZO/X88wn80MB7JR1H1WXvvzNIHwNR95qfub/lVKX+C+0AORRtYhi5F9ec
ixNs/z1ImLpYxAjiP/T5anD5xcX2S+LcSv7kRjhEufqNFtRAIqBZO9ZWbCdXAAyE
tcH9Cru4jeIlFO/y6O61EVrn9FFj2+0uu+7urefNRQ2Y9pmKeculJrLF6WO8WHms
4IzXMmjZK+358RVdX2Ji5Hw6rBDvfgP+LjB8Jn8CeIiNRONEjT+2/AYQcfk61aLb
INUbk6G6Vfd8iMO4aaRI9tmW+vKCOZa0IbnrNE1oHKp/AKBDr25i5YPSCsnl3r4Q
iR7rRe9FIkfqBpbfjVFv
=mo54
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfsd-4.8' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
"Highlights:
- Trond made a change to the server's tcp logic that allows a fast
client to better take advantage of high bandwidth networks, but may
increase the risk that a single client could starve other clients;
a new sunrpc.svc_rpc_per_connection_limit parameter should help
mitigate this in the (hopefully unlikely) event this becomes a
problem in practice.
- Tom Haynes added a minimal flex-layout pnfs server, which is of no
use in production for now--don't build it unless you're doing
client testing or further server development"
* tag 'nfsd-4.8' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (32 commits)
nfsd: remove some dead code in nfsd_create_locked()
nfsd: drop unnecessary MAY_EXEC check from create
nfsd: clean up bad-type check in nfsd_create_locked
nfsd: remove unnecessary positive-dentry check
nfsd: reorganize nfsd_create
nfsd: check d_can_lookup in fh_verify of directories
nfsd: remove redundant zero-length check from create
nfsd: Make creates return EEXIST instead of EACCES
SUNRPC: Detect immediate closure of accepted sockets
SUNRPC: accept() may return sockets that are still in SYN_RECV
nfsd: allow nfsd to advertise multiple layout types
nfsd: Close race between nfsd4_release_lockowner and nfsd4_lock
nfsd/blocklayout: Make sure calculate signature/designator length aligned
xfs: abstract block export operations from nfsd layouts
SUNRPC: Remove unused callback xpo_adjust_wspace()
SUNRPC: Change TCP socket space reservation
SUNRPC: Add a server side per-connection limit
SUNRPC: Micro optimisation for svc_data_ready
SUNRPC: Call the default socket callbacks instead of open coding
SUNRPC: lock the socket while detaching it
...
The use of config_enabled() against config options is ambiguous. In
practical terms, config_enabled() is equivalent to IS_BUILTIN(), but the
author might have used it for the meaning of IS_ENABLED(). Using
IS_ENABLED(), IS_BUILTIN(), IS_MODULE() etc. makes the intention
clearer.
This commit replaces config_enabled() with IS_ENABLED() where possible.
This commit is only touching bool config options.
I noticed two cases where config_enabled() is used against a tristate
option:
- config_enabled(CONFIG_HWMON)
[ drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/thermal.c ]
- config_enabled(CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_CLASS_DEVICE)
[ drivers/gpu/drm/gma500/opregion.c ]
I did not touch them because they should be converted to IS_BUILTIN()
in order to keep the logic, but I was not sure it was the authors'
intention.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1465215656-20569-1-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Stas Sergeev <stsp@list.ru>
Cc: Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@imgtec.com>
Cc: Joshua Kinard <kumba@gentoo.org>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com>
Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Cc: Markos Chandras <markos.chandras@imgtec.com>
Cc: "Dmitry V. Levin" <ldv@altlinux.org>
Cc: yu-cheng yu <yu-cheng.yu@intel.com>
Cc: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Will Drewry <wad@chromium.org>
Cc: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Cc: Huacai Chen <chenhc@lemote.com>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Leonid Yegoshin <Leonid.Yegoshin@imgtec.com>
Cc: Rafal Milecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: James Cowgill <James.Cowgill@imgtec.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Alex Smith <alex.smith@imgtec.com>
Cc: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Cc: Qais Yousef <qais.yousef@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jiang Liu <jiang.liu@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@iki.fi>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Cc: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Cc: Hidehiro Kawai <hidehiro.kawai.ez@hitachi.com>
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@hack.frob.com>
Cc: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Cc: Tony Wu <tung7970@gmail.com>
Cc: Huaitong Han <huaitong.han@intel.com>
Cc: Sumit Semwal <sumit.semwal@linaro.org>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Cc: "Maciej W. Rozycki" <macro@imgtec.com>
Cc: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
ovs_ct_find_existing() issues a warning if an existing conntrack entry
classified as IP_CT_NEW is found, with the premise that this should
not happen. However, a newly confirmed, non-expected conntrack entry
remains IP_CT_NEW as long as no reply direction traffic is seen. This
has resulted into somewhat confusing kernel log messages. This patch
removes this check and warning.
Fixes: 289f2253 ("openvswitch: Find existing conntrack entry after upcall.")
Suggested-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jarno@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers (e.g. wl18xx) expect that the last stage in the
de-initialization process will be stopping the beacons, similar to AP flow.
Update ieee80211_stop_mesh() flow accordingly.
As peers can be removed dynamically, this would not impact other drivers.
Tested also on Ralink RT3572 chipset.
Signed-off-by: Maital Hahn <maitalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Machani <yanivma@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* RADOS namespace support in libceph and CephFS (Zheng Yan and myself).
The stopgaps added in 4.5 to deny access to inodes in namespaces are
removed and CEPH_FEATURE_FS_FILE_LAYOUT_V2 feature bit is now fully
supported.
* A large rework of the MDS cap flushing code (Zheng Yan).
* Handle some of ->d_revalidate() in RCU mode (Jeff Layton). We were
overly pessimistic before, bailing at the first sight of LOOKUP_RCU.
On top of that we've got a few CephFS bug fixes, a couple of cleanups
and Arnd's workaround for a weird genksyms issue.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iQEcBAABCAAGBQJXoKLJAAoJEEp/3jgCEfOLDTUIAIcctpKUiNBokc95mQaXYl34
j7lPIaD0/Ur7JPt4nMdtlywYJYSVV2c+SglHztj/+fv0G4bWbLVEFRruh9SwKIci
PzttcmycIAqSn1f5gBZwyQbGuffd/F0EnBj7fFjcukt01i3s1ZQ7t4XtLGtAV0Ts
aIfFtx9SqWig57Z1OZqNgnhnOoh6IqNbic3FL5Hvdl5N5pFbBcQho6Vzoa5O1osH
URG6RmCcO4nykfSoxiivE7UZ+CImsXHkRD7rupBuIjqjZ8wvmZqQF5qxnkb9Dw2F
IkNhrHkTSIiv4EsNPLAETTnFSozrL1nEykKr2FBW+ti8nxNcav+8FgVapqLvFIw=
=gQ0/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'ceph-for-4.8-rc1' of git://github.com/ceph/ceph-client
Pull Ceph updates from Ilya Dryomov:
"The highlights are:
- RADOS namespace support in libceph and CephFS (Zheng Yan and
myself). The stopgaps added in 4.5 to deny access to inodes in
namespaces are removed and CEPH_FEATURE_FS_FILE_LAYOUT_V2 feature
bit is now fully supported
- A large rework of the MDS cap flushing code (Zheng Yan)
- Handle some of ->d_revalidate() in RCU mode (Jeff Layton). We were
overly pessimistic before, bailing at the first sight of LOOKUP_RCU
On top of that we've got a few CephFS bug fixes, a couple of cleanups
and Arnd's workaround for a weird genksyms issue"
* tag 'ceph-for-4.8-rc1' of git://github.com/ceph/ceph-client: (34 commits)
ceph: fix symbol versioning for ceph_monc_do_statfs
ceph: Correctly return NXIO errors from ceph_llseek
ceph: Mark the file cache as unreclaimable
ceph: optimize cap flush waiting
ceph: cleanup ceph_flush_snaps()
ceph: kick cap flushes before sending other cap message
ceph: introduce an inode flag to indicates if snapflush is needed
ceph: avoid sending duplicated cap flush message
ceph: unify cap flush and snapcap flush
ceph: use list instead of rbtree to track cap flushes
ceph: update types of some local varibles
ceph: include 'follows' of pending snapflush in cap reconnect message
ceph: update cap reconnect message to version 3
ceph: mount non-default filesystem by name
libceph: fsmap.user subscription support
ceph: handle LOOKUP_RCU in ceph_d_revalidate
ceph: allow dentry_lease_is_valid to work under RCU walk
ceph: clear d_fsinfo pointer under d_lock
ceph: remove ceph_mdsc_lease_release
ceph: don't use ->d_time
...
Ensure that we don't forget to set up the disconnection timer for the
case when a connect request is fulfilled after the RPC request that
initiated it has timed out or been interrupted.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The logic was inverted here, set the bit if frames are pending.
Fixes: ba8c3d6f16 ("mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The switch on chandef->width is missing a break on the
NL8211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80 case; currently we get a WARN_ON when
center_freq2 is non-zero because of the missing break.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable virtio-vsock and vhost-vsock.
Signed-off-by: Asias He <asias@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
VM sockets virtio transport implementation. This driver runs in the
guest.
Signed-off-by: Asias He <asias@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
This module contains the common code and header files for the following
virtio_transporto and vhost_vsock kernel modules.
Signed-off-by: Asias He <asias@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The virtio transport will implement graceful shutdown and the related
SO_LINGER socket option. This requires orphaning the sock but keeping
it in the table of connections after .release().
This patch adds the vsock_remove_sock() function and leaves it up to the
transport when to remove the sock.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
struct vsock_transport contains function pointers called by AF_VSOCK
core code. The transport may want its own transport-specific function
pointers and they can be added after struct vsock_transport.
Allow the transport to fetch vsock_transport. It can downcast it to
access transport-specific function pointers.
The virtio transport will use this.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
This modification is useful for debugging issues that happen while
the socket is being initialised.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
We're seeing traces of the following form:
[10952.396347] svc: transport ffff88042ba4a 000 dequeued, inuse=2
[10952.396351] svc: tcp_accept ffff88042ba4 a000 sock ffff88042a6e4c80
[10952.396362] nfsd: connect from 10.2.6.1, port=187
[10952.396364] svc: svc_setup_socket ffff8800b99bcf00
[10952.396368] setting up TCP socket for reading
[10952.396370] svc: svc_setup_socket created ffff8803eb10a000 (inet ffff88042b75b800)
[10952.396373] svc: transport ffff8803eb10a000 put into queue
[10952.396375] svc: transport ffff88042ba4a000 put into queue
[10952.396377] svc: server ffff8800bb0ec000 waiting for data (to = 3600000)
[10952.396380] svc: transport ffff8803eb10a000 dequeued, inuse=2
[10952.396381] svc_recv: found XPT_CLOSE
[10952.396397] svc: svc_delete_xprt(ffff8803eb10a000)
[10952.396398] svc: svc_tcp_sock_detach(ffff8803eb10a000)
[10952.396399] svc: svc_sock_detach(ffff8803eb10a000)
[10952.396412] svc: svc_sock_free(ffff8803eb10a000)
i.e. an immediate close of the socket after initialisation.
The culprit appears to be the test at the end of svc_tcp_init, which
checks if the newly created socket is in the TCP_ESTABLISHED state,
and immediately closes it if not. The evidence appears to suggest that
the socket might still be in the SYN_RECV state at this time.
The fix is to check for both states, and then to add a check in
svc_tcp_state_change() to ensure we don't close the socket when
it transitions into TCP_ESTABLISHED.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
If the connect attempt immediately fails with an EADDRNOTAVAIL error, then
that means our choice of source port number was bad.
This error is expected when we set the SO_REUSEPORT socket option and we
have 2 sockets sharing the same source and destination address and port
combinations.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Fixes: 402e23b4ed ("SUNRPC: Fix stupid typo in xs_sock_set_reuseport")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.0+
Commit 141ddefce7 ("sctp: change sk state to CLOSED instead of
CLOSING in sctp_sock_migrate") changed sk state to CLOSED if the
assoc is closed when sctp_accept clones a new sk.
If there is still data in sk receive queue, users will not be able
to read it any more, as sctp_recvmsg returns directly if sk state
is CLOSED.
This patch is to add CLOSED state check in sctp_recvmsg to allow
reading data from TCP-style sk with CLOSED state as what TCP does.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch, once sctp received SHUTDOWN or shutdown with RD,
sk->sk_shutdown would be set with RCV_SHUTDOWN, and all events would
be dropped in sctp_ulpq_tail_event(). It would cause:
1. some notifications couldn't be received by users. like
SCTP_SHUTDOWN_COMP generated by sctp_sf_do_4_C().
2. sctp would also never trigger sk_data_ready when the association
was closed, making it harder to identify the end of the association
by calling recvmsg() and getting an EOF. It was not convenient for
kernel users.
The check here should be stopping delivering DATA chunks after receiving
SHUTDOWN, and stopping delivering ANY chunks after sctp_close().
So this patch is to allow notifications to enqueue into receive queue
even if sk->sk_shutdown is set to RCV_SHUTDOWN in sctp_ulpq_tail_event,
but if sk->sk_shutdown == RCV_SHUTDOWN | SEND_SHUTDOWN, it drops all
events.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp needs to queue auth chunk back when we know that we are going
to generate another segment. But commit f1533cce60 ("sctp: fix
panic when sending auth chunks") requeues the last chunk processed
which is probably not the auth chunk.
It causes panic when calculating the MAC in sctp_auth_calculate_hmac(),
as the incorrect offset of the auth chunk in skb->data.
This fix is to requeue it by using packet->auth.
Fixes: f1533cce60 ("sctp: fix panic when sending auth chunks")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_select_initial_window() intends to advertise a window
scaling for the maximum possible window size. To do so,
it considers the maximum of net.ipv4.tcp_rmem[2] and
net.core.rmem_max as the only possible upper-bounds.
However, users with CAP_NET_ADMIN can use SO_RCVBUFFORCE
to set the socket's receive buffer size to values
larger than net.ipv4.tcp_rmem[2] and net.core.rmem_max.
Thus, SO_RCVBUFFORCE is effectively ignored by
tcp_select_initial_window().
To fix this, consider the maximum of net.ipv4.tcp_rmem[2],
net.core.rmem_max and socket's initial buffer space.
Fixes: b0573dea1f ("[NET]: Introduce SO_{SND,RCV}BUFFORCE socket options")
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using list_move() instead of list_del() + list_add().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the error handling case of nla_nest_start() failed read_unlock_bh()
is called to unlock a lock that had not been taken yet. sparse warns
about the context imbalance as the following:
net/tipc/monitor.c:799:23: warning:
context imbalance in '__tipc_nl_add_monitor' - different lock contexts for basic block
Fixes: cf6f7e1d51 ('tipc: dump monitor attributes')
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Highlights include:
Stable bugfixes:
- nfs: don't create zero-length requests
- Several LAYOUTGET bugfixes
Features:
- Several performance related features
- More aggressive caching when we can rely on close-to-open cache
consistency
- Remove serialisation of O_DIRECT reads and writes
- Optimise several code paths to not flush to disk unnecessarily. However
allow for the idiosyncracies of pNFS for those layout types that need
to issue a LAYOUTCOMMIT before the metadata can be updated on the server.
- SUNRPC updates to the client data receive path
- pNFS/SCSI support RH/Fedora dm-mpath device nodes
- pNFS files/flexfiles can now use unprivileged ports when the generic NFS
mount options allow it.
Bugfixes:
- Don't use RDMA direct data placement together with data integrity or
privacy security flavours
- Remove the RDMA ALLPHYSICAL memory registration mode as it has potential
security holes.
- Several layout recall fixes to improve NFSv4.1 protocol compliance.
- Fix an Oops in the pNFS files and flexfiles connection setup to the DS
- Allow retry of operations that used a returned delegation stateid
- Don't mark the inode as revalidated if a LAYOUTCOMMIT is outstanding
- Fix writeback races in nfs4_copy_range() and nfs42_proc_deallocate()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=WNyE
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.8-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client updates from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Stable bugfixes:
- nfs: don't create zero-length requests
- several LAYOUTGET bugfixes
Features:
- several performance related features
- more aggressive caching when we can rely on close-to-open
cache consistency
- remove serialisation of O_DIRECT reads and writes
- optimise several code paths to not flush to disk unnecessarily.
However allow for the idiosyncracies of pNFS for those layout
types that need to issue a LAYOUTCOMMIT before the metadata can
be updated on the server.
- SUNRPC updates to the client data receive path
- pNFS/SCSI support RH/Fedora dm-mpath device nodes
- pNFS files/flexfiles can now use unprivileged ports when
the generic NFS mount options allow it.
Bugfixes:
- Don't use RDMA direct data placement together with data
integrity or privacy security flavours
- Remove the RDMA ALLPHYSICAL memory registration mode as
it has potential security holes.
- Several layout recall fixes to improve NFSv4.1 protocol
compliance.
- Fix an Oops in the pNFS files and flexfiles connection
setup to the DS
- Allow retry of operations that used a returned delegation
stateid
- Don't mark the inode as revalidated if a LAYOUTCOMMIT is
outstanding
- Fix writeback races in nfs4_copy_range() and
nfs42_proc_deallocate()"
* tag 'nfs-for-4.8-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (104 commits)
pNFS: Actively set attributes as invalid if LAYOUTCOMMIT is outstanding
NFSv4: Clean up lookup of SECINFO_NO_NAME
NFSv4.2: Fix warning "variable ‘stateids’ set but not used"
NFSv4: Fix warning "no previous prototype for ‘nfs4_listxattr’"
SUNRPC: Fix a compiler warning in fs/nfs/clnt.c
pNFS: Remove redundant smp_mb() from pnfs_init_lseg()
pNFS: Cleanup - do layout segment initialisation in one place
pNFS: Remove redundant stateid invalidation
pNFS: Remove redundant pnfs_mark_layout_returned_if_empty()
pNFS: Clear the layout metadata if the server changed the layout stateid
pNFS: Cleanup - don't open code pnfs_mark_layout_stateid_invalid()
NFS: pnfs_mark_matching_lsegs_return() should match the layout sequence id
pNFS: Do not set plh_return_seq for non-callback related layoutreturns
pNFS: Ensure layoutreturn acts as a completion for layout callbacks
pNFS: Fix CB_LAYOUTRECALL stateid verification
pNFS: Always update the layout barrier seqid on LAYOUTGET
pNFS: Always update the layout stateid if NFS_LAYOUT_INVALID_STID is set
pNFS: Clear the layout return tracking on layout reinitialisation
pNFS: LAYOUTRETURN should only update the stateid if the layout is valid
nfs: don't create zero-length requests
...
Pull security subsystem updates from James Morris:
"Highlights:
- TPM core and driver updates/fixes
- IPv6 security labeling (CALIPSO)
- Lots of Apparmor fixes
- Seccomp: remove 2-phase API, close hole where ptrace can change
syscall #"
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (156 commits)
apparmor: fix SECURITY_APPARMOR_HASH_DEFAULT parameter handling
tpm: Add TPM 2.0 support to the Nuvoton i2c driver (NPCT6xx family)
tpm: Factor out common startup code
tpm: use devm_add_action_or_reset
tpm2_i2c_nuvoton: add irq validity check
tpm: read burstcount from TPM_STS in one 32-bit transaction
tpm: fix byte-order for the value read by tpm2_get_tpm_pt
tpm_tis_core: convert max timeouts from msec to jiffies
apparmor: fix arg_size computation for when setprocattr is null terminated
apparmor: fix oops, validate buffer size in apparmor_setprocattr()
apparmor: do not expose kernel stack
apparmor: fix module parameters can be changed after policy is locked
apparmor: fix oops in profile_unpack() when policy_db is not present
apparmor: don't check for vmalloc_addr if kvzalloc() failed
apparmor: add missing id bounds check on dfa verification
apparmor: allow SYS_CAP_RESOURCE to be sufficient to prlimit another task
apparmor: use list_next_entry instead of list_entry_next
apparmor: fix refcount race when finding a child profile
apparmor: fix ref count leak when profile sha1 hash is read
apparmor: check that xindex is in trans_table bounds
...
Pull userns vfs updates from Eric Biederman:
"This tree contains some very long awaited work on generalizing the
user namespace support for mounting filesystems to include filesystems
with a backing store. The real world target is fuse but the goal is
to update the vfs to allow any filesystem to be supported. This
patchset is based on a lot of code review and testing to approach that
goal.
While looking at what is needed to support the fuse filesystem it
became clear that there were things like xattrs for security modules
that needed special treatment. That the resolution of those concerns
would not be fuse specific. That sorting out these general issues
made most sense at the generic level, where the right people could be
drawn into the conversation, and the issues could be solved for
everyone.
At a high level what this patchset does a couple of simple things:
- Add a user namespace owner (s_user_ns) to struct super_block.
- Teach the vfs to handle filesystem uids and gids not mapping into
to kuids and kgids and being reported as INVALID_UID and
INVALID_GID in vfs data structures.
By assigning a user namespace owner filesystems that are mounted with
only user namespace privilege can be detected. This allows security
modules and the like to know which mounts may not be trusted. This
also allows the set of uids and gids that are communicated to the
filesystem to be capped at the set of kuids and kgids that are in the
owning user namespace of the filesystem.
One of the crazier corner casees this handles is the case of inodes
whose i_uid or i_gid are not mapped into the vfs. Most of the code
simply doesn't care but it is easy to confuse the inode writeback path
so no operation that could cause an inode write-back is permitted for
such inodes (aka only reads are allowed).
This set of changes starts out by cleaning up the code paths involved
in user namespace permirted mounts. Then when things are clean enough
adds code that cleanly sets s_user_ns. Then additional restrictions
are added that are possible now that the filesystem superblock
contains owner information.
These changes should not affect anyone in practice, but there are some
parts of these restrictions that are changes in behavior.
- Andy's restriction on suid executables that does not honor the
suid bit when the path is from another mount namespace (think
/proc/[pid]/fd/) or when the filesystem was mounted by a less
privileged user.
- The replacement of the user namespace implicit setting of MNT_NODEV
with implicitly setting SB_I_NODEV on the filesystem superblock
instead.
Using SB_I_NODEV is a stronger form that happens to make this state
user invisible. The user visibility can be managed but it caused
problems when it was introduced from applications reasonably
expecting mount flags to be what they were set to.
There is a little bit of work remaining before it is safe to support
mounting filesystems with backing store in user namespaces, beyond
what is in this set of changes.
- Verifying the mounter has permission to read/write the block device
during mount.
- Teaching the integrity modules IMA and EVM to handle filesystems
mounted with only user namespace root and to reduce trust in their
security xattrs accordingly.
- Capturing the mounters credentials and using that for permission
checks in d_automount and the like. (Given that overlayfs already
does this, and we need the work in d_automount it make sense to
generalize this case).
Furthermore there are a few changes that are on the wishlist:
- Get all filesystems supporting posix acls using the generic posix
acls so that posix_acl_fix_xattr_from_user and
posix_acl_fix_xattr_to_user may be removed. [Maintainability]
- Reducing the permission checks in places such as remount to allow
the superblock owner to perform them.
- Allowing the superblock owner to chown files with unmapped uids and
gids to something that is mapped so the files may be treated
normally.
I am not considering even obvious relaxations of permission checks
until it is clear there are no more corner cases that need to be
locked down and handled generically.
Many thanks to Seth Forshee who kept this code alive, and putting up
with me rewriting substantial portions of what he did to handle more
corner cases, and for his diligent testing and reviewing of my
changes"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (30 commits)
fs: Call d_automount with the filesystems creds
fs: Update i_[ug]id_(read|write) to translate relative to s_user_ns
evm: Translate user/group ids relative to s_user_ns when computing HMAC
dquot: For now explicitly don't support filesystems outside of init_user_ns
quota: Handle quota data stored in s_user_ns in quota_setxquota
quota: Ensure qids map to the filesystem
vfs: Don't create inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs
cred: Reject inodes with invalid ids in set_create_file_as()
fs: Check for invalid i_uid in may_follow_link()
vfs: Verify acls are valid within superblock's s_user_ns.
userns: Handle -1 in k[ug]id_has_mapping when !CONFIG_USER_NS
fs: Refuse uid/gid changes which don't map into s_user_ns
selinux: Add support for unprivileged mounts from user namespaces
Smack: Handle labels consistently in untrusted mounts
Smack: Add support for unprivileged mounts from user namespaces
fs: Treat foreign mounts as nosuid
fs: Limit file caps to the user namespace of the super block
userns: Remove the now unnecessary FS_USERNS_DEV_MOUNT flag
userns: Remove implicit MNT_NODEV fragility.
...
Whenever thresholds are changed the hash tables are rebuilt. This is
done by enumerating all policies and hashing and inserting them into
the right table according to the thresholds and direction.
Because socket policies are also contained in net->xfrm.policy_all but
no hash tables are defined for their direction (dir + XFRM_POLICY_MAX)
this causes a NULL or invalid pointer dereference after returning from
policy_hash_bysel() if the rebuild is done while any socket policies
are installed.
Since the rebuild after changing thresholds is scheduled this crash
could even occur if the userland sets thresholds seemingly before
installing any socket policies.
Fixes: 53c2e285f9 ("xfrm: Do not hash socket policies")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This changes the vfs dentry hashing to mix in the parent pointer at the
_beginning_ of the hash, rather than at the end.
That actually improves both the hash and the code generation, because we
can move more of the computation to the "static" part of the dcache
setup, and do less at lookup runtime.
It turns out that a lot of other hash users also really wanted to mix in
a base pointer as a 'salt' for the hash, and so the slightly extended
interface ends up working well for other cases too.
Users that want a string hash that is purely about the string pass in a
'salt' pointer of NULL.
* merge branch 'salted-string-hash':
fs/dcache.c: Save one 32-bit multiply in dcache lookup
vfs: make the string hashes salt the hash
Add pool namesapce pointer to struct ceph_file_layout and struct
ceph_object_locator. Pool namespace is used by when mapping object
to PG, it's also used when composing OSD request.
The namespace pointer in struct ceph_file_layout is RCU protected.
So libceph can read namespace without taking lock.
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
[idryomov@gmail.com: ceph_oloc_destroy(), misc minor changes]
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
The data structure is for storing namesapce string. It allows namespace
string to be shared between cephfs inodes with same layout. This data
structure can also be referenced by OSD request.
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Define new ceph_file_layout structure and rename old ceph_file_layout
to ceph_file_layout_legacy. This is preparation for adding namespace
to ceph_file_layout structure.
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Unified UDP encapsulation offload methods for drivers, from
Alexander Duyck.
2) Make DSA binding more sane, from Andrew Lunn.
3) Support QCA9888 chips in ath10k, from Anilkumar Kolli.
4) Several workqueue usage cleanups, from Bhaktipriya Shridhar.
5) Add XDP (eXpress Data Path), essentially running BPF programs on RX
packets as soon as the device sees them, with the option to mirror
the packet on TX via the same interface. From Brenden Blanco and
others.
6) Allow qdisc/class stats dumps to run lockless, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add VLAN support to b53 and bcm_sf2, from Florian Fainelli.
8) Simplify netlink conntrack entry layout, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add ipv4 forwarding support to mlxsw spectrum driver, from Ido
Schimmel, Yotam Gigi, and Jiri Pirko.
10) Add SKB array infrastructure and convert tun and macvtap over to it.
From Michael S Tsirkin and Jason Wang.
11) Support qdisc packet injection in pktgen, from John Fastabend.
12) Add neighbour monitoring framework to TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
13) Add NV congestion control support to TCP, from Lawrence Brakmo.
14) Add GSO support to SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.
15) Allow GRO and RPS to function on macsec devices, from Paolo Abeni.
16) Support MPLS over IPV4, from Simon Horman.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1622 commits)
xgene: Fix build warning with ACPI disabled.
be2net: perform temperature query in adapter regardless of its interface state
l2tp: Correctly return -EBADF from pppol2tp_getname.
net/mlx5_core/health: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
net: ipmr/ip6mr: update lastuse on entry change
macsec: ensure rx_sa is set when validation is disabled
tipc: dump monitor attributes
tipc: add a function to get the bearer name
tipc: get monitor threshold for the cluster
tipc: make cluster size threshold for monitoring configurable
tipc: introduce constants for tipc address validation
net: neigh: disallow transition to NUD_STALE if lladdr is unchanged in neigh_update()
MAINTAINERS: xgene: Add driver and documentation path
Documentation: dtb: xgene: Add MDIO node
dtb: xgene: Add MDIO node
drivers: net: xgene: ethtool: Use phy_ethtool_gset and sset
drivers: net: xgene: Use exported functions
drivers: net: xgene: Enable MDIO driver
drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility
drivers: net: phy: xgene: Add MDIO driver
...
During fuzzing I regularly run into this WARN(). According to Herbert Xu,
this "certainly shouldn't be a WARN, it probably shouldn't print anything
either".
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
AFAICT this message is just printed whenever input validation fails.
This is a normal failure and we shouldn't be dumping the stack over it.
Looks like it was originally a printk that was maybe incorrectly
upgraded to a WARN:
commit 62db5cfd70
Author: stephen hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Date: Wed May 12 06:37:06 2010 +0000
xfrm: add severity to printk
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc bits
- ocfs2
- most(?) of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (125 commits)
thp: fix comments of __pmd_trans_huge_lock()
cgroup: remove unnecessary 0 check from css_from_id()
cgroup: fix idr leak for the first cgroup root
mm: memcontrol: fix documentation for compound parameter
mm: memcontrol: remove BUG_ON in uncharge_list
mm: fix build warnings in <linux/compaction.h>
mm, thp: convert from optimistic swapin collapsing to conservative
mm, thp: fix comment inconsistency for swapin readahead functions
thp: update Documentation/{vm/transhuge,filesystems/proc}.txt
shmem: split huge pages beyond i_size under memory pressure
thp: introduce CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGE_PAGECACHE
khugepaged: add support of collapse for tmpfs/shmem pages
shmem: make shmem_inode_info::lock irq-safe
khugepaged: move up_read(mmap_sem) out of khugepaged_alloc_page()
thp: extract khugepaged from mm/huge_memory.c
shmem, thp: respect MADV_{NO,}HUGEPAGE for file mappings
shmem: add huge pages support
shmem: get_unmapped_area align huge page
shmem: prepare huge= mount option and sysfs knob
mm, rmap: account shmem thp pages
...
Unix sockets can consume a significant amount of system memory, hence
they should be accounted to kmemcg.
Since unix socket buffers are always allocated from process context, all
we need to do to charge them to kmemcg is set __GFP_ACCOUNT in
sock->sk_allocation mask.
Eric asked:
> 1) What happens when a buffer, allocated from socket <A> lands in a
> different socket <B>, maybe owned by another user/process.
>
> Who owns it now, in term of kmemcg accounting ?
We never move memcg charges. E.g. if two processes from different
cgroups are sharing a memory region, each page will be charged to the
process which touched it first. Or if two processes are working with
the same directory tree, inodes and dentries will be charged to the
first user. The same is fair for unix socket buffers - they will be
charged to the sender.
> 2) Has performance impact been evaluated ?
I ran netperf STREAM_STREAM with default options in a kmemcg on a 4 core
x2 HT box. The results are below:
# clients bandwidth (10^6bits/sec)
base patched
1 67643 +- 725 64874 +- 353 - 4.0 %
4 193585 +- 2516 186715 +- 1460 - 3.5 %
8 194820 +- 377 187443 +- 1229 - 3.7 %
So the accounting doesn't come for free - it takes ~4% of performance.
I believe we could optimize it by using per cpu batching not only on
charge, but also on uncharge in memcg core, but that's beyond the scope
of this patch set - I'll take a look at this later.
Anyway, if performance impact is found to be unacceptable, it is always
possible to disable kmem accounting at boot time (cgroup.memory=nokmem)
or not use memory cgroups at runtime at all (thanks to jump labels
there'll be no overhead even if they are compiled in).
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/fcfe6cae27a59fbc5e40145664b3cf085a560c68.1464079538.git.vdavydov@virtuozzo.com
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If 'tunnel' is NULL we should return -EBADF but the 'end_put_sess' path
unconditionally sets 'error' back to zero. Rework the error path so it
more closely matches pppol2tp_sendmsg.
Fixes: fd558d186d ("l2tp: Split pppol2tp patch into separate l2tp and ppp parts")
Signed-off-by: Phil Turnbull <phil.turnbull@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently lastuse is updated on entry creation and cache hit, but it should
also be updated on entry change. Since both on add and update the ttl array
is updated we can simply update the lastuse in ipmr_update_thresholds.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit, we dump the monitor attributes when queried.
The link monitor attributes are separated into two kinds:
1. general attributes per bearer
2. specific attributes per node/peer
This style resembles the socket attributes and the nametable
publications per socket.
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new function to get the bearer name from
its id. This is used in subsequent commit.
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit, we add support to fetch the configured
cluster monitoring threshold.
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit, we introduce support to configure the minimum
threshold to activate the new link monitoring algorithm.
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit, we introduce defines for tipc address size,
offset and mask specification for Zone.Cluster.Node.
There is no functional change in this commit.
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NUD_STALE is used when the caller(e.g. arp_process()) can't guarantee
neighbour reachability. If the entry was NUD_VALID and lladdr is unchanged,
the entry state should not be changed.
Currently the code puts an extra "NUD_CONNECTED" condition. So if old state
was NUD_DELAY or NUD_PROBE (they are NUD_VALID but not NUD_CONNECTED), the
state can be changed to NUD_STALE.
This may cause problem. Because NUD_STALE lladdr doesn't guarantee
reachability, when we send traffic, the state will be changed to
NUD_DELAY. In normal case, if we get no confirmation (by dst_confirm()),
we will change the state to NUD_PROBE and send probe traffic. But now the
state may be reset to NUD_STALE again(e.g. by broadcast ARP packets),
so the probe traffic will not be sent. This situation may happen again and
again, and packets will be sent to an non-reachable lladdr forever.
The fix is to remove the "NUD_CONNECTED" condition. After that the
"NEIGH_UPDATE_F_WEAK_OVERRIDE" condition (used by IPv6) in that branch will
be redundant, so remove it.
This change may increase probe traffic, but it's essential since NUD_STALE
lladdr is unreliable. To ensure correctness, we prefer to resolve lladdr,
when we can't get confirmation, even while remote packets try to set
NUD_STALE state.
Signed-off-by: Chunhui He <hchunhui@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull s390 updates from Martin Schwidefsky:
"There are a couple of new things for s390 with this merge request:
- a new scheduling domain "drawer" is added to reflect the unusual
topology found on z13 machines. Performance tests showed up to 8
percent gain with the additional domain.
- the new crc-32 checksum crypto module uses the vector-galois-field
multiply and sum SIMD instruction to speed up crc-32 and crc-32c.
- proper __ro_after_init support, this requires RO_AFTER_INIT_DATA in
the generic vmlinux.lds linker script definitions.
- kcov instrumentation support. A prerequisite for that is the
inline assembly basic block cleanup, which is the reason for the
net/iucv/iucv.c change.
- support for 2GB pages is added to the hugetlbfs backend.
Then there are two removals:
- the oprofile hardware sampling support is dead code and is removed.
The oprofile user space uses the perf interface nowadays.
- the ETR clock synchronization is removed, this has been superseeded
be the STP clock synchronization. And it always has been
"interesting" code..
And the usual bug fixes and cleanups"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux: (82 commits)
s390/pci: Delete an unnecessary check before the function call "pci_dev_put"
s390/smp: clean up a condition
s390/cio/chp : Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
s390/chsc: improve channel path descriptor determination
s390/chsc: sanitize fmt check for chp_desc determination
s390/cio: make fmt1 channel path descriptor optional
s390/chsc: fix ioctl CHSC_INFO_CU command
s390/cio/device_ops: fix kernel doc
s390/cio: allow to reset channel measurement block
s390/console: Make preferred console handling more consistent
s390/mm: fix gmap tlb flush issues
s390/mm: add support for 2GB hugepages
s390: have unique symbol for __switch_to address
s390/cpuinfo: show maximum thread id
s390/ptrace: clarify bits in the per_struct
s390: stack address vs thread_info
s390: remove pointless load within __switch_to
s390: enable kcov support
s390/cpumf: use basic block for ecctr inline assembly
s390/hypfs: use basic block for diag inline assembly
...
After the previous patch, struct tc_action should be enough
to represent the generic tc action, tcf_common is not necessary
any more. This patch gets rid of it to make tc action code
more readable.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tc_action is confusing, currently we use it for two purposes:
1) Pass in arguments and carry out results from helper functions
2) A generic representation for tc actions
The first one is error-prone, since we need to make sure we don't
miss anything. This patch aims to get rid of this use, by moving
tc_action into tcf_common, so that they are allocated together
in hashtable and can be cast'ed easily.
And together with the following patch, we could really make
tc_action a generic representation for all tc actions and each
type of action can inherit from it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a612769774 ("udp: prevent bugcheck if filter truncates packet
too much"), there followed various other fixes for similar cases such
as f4979fcea7 ("rose: limit sk_filter trim to payload").
Latter introduced a new helper sk_filter_trim_cap(), where we can pass
the trim limit directly to the socket filter handling. Make use of it
here as well with sizeof(struct udphdr) as lower cap limit and drop the
extra skb->len test in UDP's input path.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"This update provides the following changes:
- The rework of the timer wheel which addresses the shortcomings of
the current wheel (cascading, slow search for next expiring timer,
etc). That's the first major change of the wheel in almost 20
years since Finn implemted it.
- A large overhaul of the clocksource drivers init functions to
consolidate the Device Tree initialization
- Some more Y2038 updates
- A capability fix for timerfd
- Yet another clock chip driver
- The usual pile of updates, comment improvements all over the place"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (130 commits)
tick/nohz: Optimize nohz idle enter
clockevents: Make clockevents_subsys static
clocksource/drivers/time-armada-370-xp: Fix return value check
timers: Implement optimization for same expiry time in mod_timer()
timers: Split out index calculation
timers: Only wake softirq if necessary
timers: Forward the wheel clock whenever possible
timers/nohz: Remove pointless tick_nohz_kick_tick() function
timers: Optimize collect_expired_timers() for NOHZ
timers: Move __run_timers() function
timers: Remove set_timer_slack() leftovers
timers: Switch to a non-cascading wheel
timers: Reduce the CPU index space to 256k
timers: Give a few structs and members proper names
hlist: Add hlist_is_singular_node() helper
signals: Use hrtimer for sigtimedwait()
timers: Remove the deprecated mod_timer_pinned() API
timers, net/ipv4/inet: Initialize connection request timers as pinned
timers, drivers/tty/mips_ejtag: Initialize the poll timer as pinned
timers, drivers/tty/metag_da: Initialize the poll timer as pinned
...
I was seeing a lot of these:
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at mm/slab.h:388
in_atomic(): 0, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 14971, name: trinity-c2
Preemption disabled at:[<ffffffff819bcd46>] rhashtable_walk_start+0x46/0x150
[<ffffffff81149abb>] preempt_count_add+0x1fb/0x280
[<ffffffff83295722>] _raw_spin_lock+0x12/0x40
[<ffffffff811aac87>] console_unlock+0x2f7/0x930
[<ffffffff811ab5bb>] vprintk_emit+0x2fb/0x520
[<ffffffff811aba6a>] vprintk_default+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffff812c171a>] printk+0x94/0xb0
[<ffffffff811d6ed0>] print_stack_trace+0xe0/0x170
[<ffffffff8115835e>] ___might_sleep+0x3be/0x460
[<ffffffff81158490>] __might_sleep+0x90/0x1a0
[<ffffffff8139b823>] kmem_cache_alloc+0x153/0x1e0
[<ffffffff819bca1e>] rhashtable_walk_init+0xfe/0x2d0
[<ffffffff82ec64de>] sctp_transport_walk_start+0x1e/0x60
[<ffffffff82edd8ad>] sctp_transport_seq_start+0x4d/0x150
[<ffffffff8143a82b>] seq_read+0x27b/0x1180
[<ffffffff814f97fc>] proc_reg_read+0xbc/0x180
[<ffffffff813d471b>] __vfs_read+0xdb/0x610
[<ffffffff813d4d3a>] vfs_read+0xea/0x2d0
[<ffffffff813d615b>] SyS_pread64+0x11b/0x150
[<ffffffff8100334c>] do_syscall_64+0x19c/0x410
[<ffffffff832960a5>] return_from_SYSCALL_64+0x0/0x6a
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
Apparently we always need to call rhashtable_walk_stop(), even when
rhashtable_walk_start() fails:
* rhashtable_walk_start - Start a hash table walk
* @iter: Hash table iterator
*
* Start a hash table walk. Note that we take the RCU lock in all
* cases including when we return an error. So you must always call
* rhashtable_walk_stop to clean up.
otherwise we never call rcu_read_unlock() and we get the splat above.
Fixes: 53fa1036 ("sctp: fix some rhashtable functions using in sctp proc/diag")
See-also: 53fa1036 ("sctp: fix some rhashtable functions using in sctp proc/diag")
See-also: f2dba9c6 ("rhashtable: Introduce rhashtable_walk_*")
Cc: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The locking tree was busier in this cycle than the usual pattern - a
couple of major projects happened to coincide.
The main changes are:
- implement the atomic_fetch_{add,sub,and,or,xor}() API natively
across all SMP architectures (Peter Zijlstra)
- add atomic_fetch_{inc/dec}() as well, using the generic primitives
(Davidlohr Bueso)
- optimize various aspects of rwsems (Jason Low, Davidlohr Bueso,
Waiman Long)
- optimize smp_cond_load_acquire() on arm64 and implement LSE based
atomic{,64}_fetch_{add,sub,and,andnot,or,xor}{,_relaxed,_acquire,_release}()
on arm64 (Will Deacon)
- introduce smp_acquire__after_ctrl_dep() and fix various barrier
mis-uses and bugs (Peter Zijlstra)
- after discovering ancient spin_unlock_wait() barrier bugs in its
implementation and usage, strengthen its semantics and update/fix
usage sites (Peter Zijlstra)
- optimize mutex_trylock() fastpath (Peter Zijlstra)
- ... misc fixes and cleanups"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (67 commits)
locking/atomic: Introduce inc/dec variants for the atomic_fetch_$op() API
locking/barriers, arch/arm64: Implement LDXR+WFE based smp_cond_load_acquire()
locking/static_keys: Fix non static symbol Sparse warning
locking/qspinlock: Use __this_cpu_dec() instead of full-blown this_cpu_dec()
locking/atomic, arch/tile: Fix tilepro build
locking/atomic, arch/m68k: Remove comment
locking/atomic, arch/arc: Fix build
locking/Documentation: Clarify limited control-dependency scope
locking/atomic, arch/rwsem: Employ atomic_long_fetch_add()
locking/atomic, arch/qrwlock: Employ atomic_fetch_add_acquire()
locking/atomic, arch/mips: Convert to _relaxed atomics
locking/atomic, arch/alpha: Convert to _relaxed atomics
locking/atomic: Remove the deprecated atomic_{set,clear}_mask() functions
locking/atomic: Remove linux/atomic.h:atomic_fetch_or()
locking/atomic: Implement atomic{,64,_long}_fetch_{add,sub,and,andnot,or,xor}{,_relaxed,_acquire,_release}()
locking/atomic: Fix atomic64_relaxed() bits
locking/atomic, arch/xtensa: Implement atomic_fetch_{add,sub,and,or,xor}()
locking/atomic, arch/x86: Implement atomic{,64}_fetch_{add,sub,and,or,xor}()
locking/atomic, arch/tile: Implement atomic{,64}_fetch_{add,sub,and,or,xor}()
locking/atomic, arch/sparc: Implement atomic{,64}_fetch_{add,sub,and,or,xor}()
...
The head skb for GSO packets won't travel through the inner depths of
SCTP stack as it doesn't contain any chunks on it. That means skb->sk
doesn't get set and then when sctp_recvmsg() calls
sctp_inet6_skb_msgname() on the head_skb it panics, as this last needs
to check flags at the socket (sp->v4mapped).
The fix is to initialize skb->sk for th head skb once we are able to do
it. That is, when the first chunk is processed.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check for a -ve error is redundant, remove it and just
immediately return the return value from the call to
seq_open_net.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Default kernel behavior is to delete IPv6 addresses on link
down, which entails deletion of the multicast and the
subnet-router anycast addresses. These deletions do not
happen with sysctl setting to keep global IPv6 addresses on
link down, so every link down/up causes an increment of the
anycast and multicast refcounts. These bogus refcounts may
stop these addrs from being removed on subsequent calls to
delete them. The solution is to leave the groups for the
multicast and subnet anycast on link down for the callflow
when global IPv6 addresses are kept.
Fixes: f1705ec197 ("net: ipv6: Make address flushing on ifdown optional")
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 486bdee013 ("sctp: add support for RPS and RFS")
saves skb->hash into sk->sk_rxhash so that the inet_* can
record it to flow table.
But sctp uses sock_common_recvmsg as .recvmsg instead
of inet_recvmsg, sock_common_recvmsg doesn't invoke
sock_rps_record_flow to record the flow. It may cause
that the receiver has no chances to record the flow if
it doesn't send msg or poll the socket.
So this patch fixes it by using inet_recvmsg as .recvmsg
in sctp.
Fixes: 486bdee013 ("sctp: add support for RPS and RFS")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8626c56c82 ("bridge: fix potential use-after-free when hook
returns QUEUE or STOLEN verdict") caused LLDP packets arriving through a
bridge port to be re-injected to the Rx path with skb->dev set to the
bridge device, but this breaks the lldpad daemon.
The lldpad daemon opens a packet socket with protocol set to ETH_P_LLDP
for any valid device on the system, which doesn't not include soft
devices such as bridge and VLAN.
Since packet sockets (ptype_base) are processed in the Rx path after the
Rx handler, LLDP packets with skb->dev set to the bridge device never
reach the lldpad daemon.
Fix this by making the bridge's Rx handler re-inject LLDP packets with
RX_HANDLER_PASS, which effectively restores the behaviour prior to the
mentioned commit.
This means netfilter will never receive LLDP packets coming through a
bridge port, as I don't see a way in which we can have okfn() consume
the packet without breaking existing behaviour. I've already carried out
a similar fix for STP packets in commit 56fae404fb ("bridge: Fix
incorrect re-injection of STP packets").
Fixes: 8626c56c82 ("bridge: fix potential use-after-free when hook returns QUEUE or STOLEN verdict")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes sctp support ipv6 nonlocal bind by adding
sp->inet.freebind and net->ipv6.sysctl.ip_nonlocal_bind
check in sctp_v6_available as what sctp did to support
ipv4 nonlocal bind (commit cdac4e0774).
Reported-by: Shijoe George <spanjikk@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the __output_custom() routine we currently use with
bpf_skb_copy(). I missed that when len is larger than the size of the
current handle, we can issue multiple invocations of copy_func, and
__output_custom() advances destination but also source buffer by the
written amount of bytes. When we have __output_custom(), this is actually
wrong since in that case the source buffer points to a non-linear object,
in our case an skb, which the copy_func helper is supposed to walk.
Therefore, since this is non-linear we thus need to pass the offset into
the helper, so that copy_func can use it for extracting the data from
the source object.
Therefore, adjust the callback signatures properly and pass offset
into the skb_header_pointer() invoked from bpf_skb_copy() callback. The
__DEFINE_OUTPUT_COPY_BODY() is adjusted to accommodate for two things:
i) to pass in whether we should advance source buffer or not; this is
a compile-time constant condition, ii) to pass in the offset for
__output_custom(), which we do with help of __VA_ARGS__, so everything
can stay inlined as is currently. Both changes allow for adapting the
__output_* fast-path helpers w/o extra overhead.
Fixes: 555c8a8623 ("bpf: avoid stack copy and use skb ctx for event output")
Fixes: 7e3f977edd ("perf, events: add non-linear data support for raw records")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc-4.9 and higher warn about the newly added NSCI code:
net/ncsi/ncsi-manage.c: In function 'ncsi_process_next_channel':
net/ncsi/ncsi-manage.c:1003:2: error: 'old_state' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
The warning is a false positive and therefore harmless, but it would be good to
avoid it anyway. I have determined that the barrier in the spin_unlock_irqsave()
is what confuses gcc to the point that it cannot track whether the variable
was unused or not.
This rearranges the code in a way that makes it obvious to gcc that old_state
is always initialized at the time of use, functionally this should not
change anything.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the ageing_time type in br_set_ageing_time() from u32 to what it
is expected to be, i.e. a clock_t.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
br_stp_enable_bridge() does take the br->lock spinlock. Fix its wrongly
pasted comment and use the same as br_stp_disable_bridge().
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the work that have been done on offloading classifiers like u32
and flower, now the match-all classifier hw offloading is possible. if
the interface supports tc offloading.
To control the offloading, two tc flags have been introduced: skip_sw and
skip_hw. Typical usage:
tc filter add dev eth25 parent ffff: \
matchall skip_sw \
action mirred egress mirror \
dev eth27
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The matchall classifier matches every packet and allows the user to apply
actions on it. This filter is very useful in usecases where every packet
should be matched, for example, packet mirroring (SPAN) can be setup very
easily using that filter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
they are:
1) Count pre-established connections as active in "least connection"
schedulers such that pre-established connections to avoid overloading
backend servers on peak demands, from Michal Kubecek via Simon Horman.
2) Address a race condition when resizing the conntrack table by caching
the bucket size when fulling iterating over the hashtable in these
three possible scenarios: 1) dump via /proc/net/nf_conntrack,
2) unlinking userspace helper and 3) unlinking custom conntrack timeout.
From Liping Zhang.
3) Revisit early_drop() path to perform lockless traversal on conntrack
eviction under stress, use del_timer() as synchronization point to
avoid two CPUs evicting the same entry, from Florian Westphal.
4) Move NAT hlist_head to nf_conn object, this simplifies the existing
NAT extension and it doesn't increase size since recent patches to
align nf_conn, from Florian.
5) Use rhashtable for the by-source NAT hashtable, also from Florian.
6) Don't allow --physdev-is-out from OUTPUT chain, just like
--physdev-out is not either, from Hangbin Liu.
7) Automagically set on nf_conntrack counters if the user tries to
match ct bytes/packets from nftables, from Liping Zhang.
8) Remove possible_net_t fields in nf_tables set objects since we just
simply pass the net pointer to the backend set type implementations.
9) Fix possible off-by-one in h323, from Toby DiPasquale.
10) early_drop() may be called from ctnetlink patch, so we must hold
rcu read size lock from them too, this amends Florian's patch #3
coming in this batch, from Liping Zhang.
11) Use binary search to validate jump offset in x_tables, this
addresses the O(n!) validation that was introduced recently
resolve security issues with unpriviledge namespaces, from Florian.
12) Fix reference leak to connlabel in error path of nft_ct, from Zhang.
13) Three updates for nft_log: Fix log prefix leak in error path. Bail
out on loglevel larger than debug in nft_log and set on the new
NF_LOG_F_COPY_LEN flag when snaplen is specified. Again from Zhang.
14) Allow to filter rule dumps in nf_tables based on table and chain
names.
15) Simplify connlabel to always use 128 bits to store labels and
get rid of unused function in xt_connlabel, from Florian.
16) Replace set_expect_timeout() by mod_timer() from the h323 conntrack
helper, by Gao Feng.
17) Put back x_tables module reference in nft_compat on error, from
Liping Zhang.
18) Add a reference count to the x_tables extensions cache in
nft_compat, so we can remove them when unused and avoid a crash
if the extensions are rmmod, again from Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is the big tty and serial driver update for 4.8-rc1.
Lots of good cleanups from Jiri on a number of vt and other tty related
things, and the normal driver updates. Full details are in the
shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iFYEABECABYFAleVPbQPHGdyZWdAa3JvYWguY29tAAoJEDFH1A3bLfspWXgAn046
QCMeFya4J1zjYjcGXJzNfGMUAKCHxha8Xe65cc0LDz8mNB0MgzjHEg==
=ED8v
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-4.8-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull tty/serial driver updates from Greg KH:
"Here is the big tty and serial driver update for 4.8-rc1.
Lots of good cleanups from Jiri on a number of vt and other tty
related things, and the normal driver updates. Full details are in
the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues"
* tag 'tty-4.8-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (90 commits)
tty/serial: atmel: enforce tasklet init and termination sequences
serial: sh-sci: Stop transfers in sci_shutdown()
serial: 8250_ingenic: drop #if conditional surrounding earlycon code
serial: 8250_mtk: drop !defined(MODULE) conditional
serial: 8250_uniphier: drop !defined(MODULE) conditional
earlycon: mark earlycon code as __used iif the caller is built-in
tty/serial/8250: use mctrl_gpio helpers
serial: mctrl_gpio: enable API usage only for initialized mctrl_gpios struct
serial: mctrl_gpio: add modem control read routine
tty/serial/8250: make UART_MCR register access consistent
serial: 8250_mid: Read RX buffer on RX DMA timeout for DNV
serial: 8250_dma: Export serial8250_rx_dma_flush()
dmaengine: hsu: Export hsu_dma_get_status()
tty: serial: 8250: add CON_CONSDEV to flags
tty: serial: samsung: add byte-order aware bit functions
tty: serial: samsung: fixup accessors for endian
serial: sirf: make fifo functions static
serial: mps2-uart: make driver explicitly non-modular
serial: mvebu-uart: free the IRQ in ->shutdown()
serial/bcm63xx_uart: use correct alias naming
...
Fix the report:
net/sunrpc/clnt.c:2580:1: warning: ‘static’ is not at beginning of declaration [-Wold-style-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
that caused misdirected requests, tagged for stable.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iQEcBAABCAAGBQJXk4kSAAoJEEp/3jgCEfOLvpsIAKJTs1ELIQ5RmfvwdvqyqI0N
DoSA6rBYIwQvjqBjevJw72w5HKR7hhJoxaEjXEFrw9zbRmXMNnlk5xZpgD8vy5E3
1iCA8LtscFp4ld4ZNWIus45mUpf6/a5ugPd9Mr3V5C4J05LWqZeXufpAHNHyFbII
++hTu6J/RAg8DddEUhBcDl7c65tQpc8ai0h8ll0pLRYNFLPeCoYO3yTitEYax4fR
i6erB3+7pNWnZIsPnUTrXS4B2NG5kPmflVkD7UH9i14PwdQ4QO85LSXD1o8xYrpa
Occ9EvgFuT8zTJHckCEcT2Y0dINz2uHiE05DUea3Udz82keV9zKeZhZUDwJ95RE=
=P1qk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'ceph-for-4.7-rc8' of git://github.com/ceph/ceph-client
Pull ceph fix from Ilya Dryomov:
"A fix for a long-standing bug in the incremental osdmap handling code
that caused misdirected requests, tagged for stable"
The tag is signed with a brand new key - Sage is on vacation and I
didn't anticipate this"
* tag 'ceph-for-4.7-rc8' of git://github.com/ceph/ceph-client:
libceph: apply new_state before new_up_client on incrementals
We "cache" the loaded match/target modules and reuse them, but when the
modules are removed, we still point to them. Then we may end up with
invalid memory references when using iptables-compat to add rules later.
Input the following commands will reproduce the kernel crash:
# iptables-compat -A INPUT -j LOG
# iptables-compat -D INPUT -j LOG
# rmmod xt_LOG
# iptables-compat -A INPUT -j LOG
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffffffffa05a9010
IP: [<ffffffff813f783e>] strcmp+0xe/0x30
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa05acc43>] nft_target_select_ops+0x83/0x1f0 [nft_compat]
[<ffffffffa058a177>] nf_tables_expr_parse+0x147/0x1f0 [nf_tables]
[<ffffffffa058e541>] nf_tables_newrule+0x301/0x810 [nf_tables]
[<ffffffff8141ca00>] ? nla_parse+0x20/0x100
[<ffffffffa057fa8f>] nfnetlink_rcv+0x33f/0x53d [nfnetlink]
[<ffffffffa057f94b>] ? nfnetlink_rcv+0x1fb/0x53d [nfnetlink]
[<ffffffff817116b8>] netlink_unicast+0x178/0x220
[<ffffffff81711a5b>] netlink_sendmsg+0x2fb/0x3a0
[<ffffffff816b7fc8>] sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50
[<ffffffff816b8a7e>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x28e/0x2a0
[<ffffffff816bcb7e>] ? release_sock+0x1e/0xb0
[<ffffffff81804ac5>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x35/0x40
[<ffffffff816bcbe2>] ? release_sock+0x82/0xb0
[<ffffffff816b93d4>] __sys_sendmsg+0x54/0x90
[<ffffffff816b9422>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffff81805172>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1a/0xa9
So when nobody use the related match/target module, there's no need to
"cache" it. And nft_[match|target]_release are useless anymore, remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the user specify the invalid NFTA_MATCH_INFO/NFTA_TARGET_INFO attr
or memory alloc fail, we should call module_put to the related match
or target. Otherwise, we cannot remove the module even nobody use it.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simplify the code without any side effect. The set_expect_timeout is
used to modify the timer expired time. It tries to delete timer, and
add it again. So we could use mod_timer directly.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The conntrack label extension is currently variable-sized, e.g. if
only 2 labels are used by iptables rules then the labels->bits[] array
will only contain one element.
We track size of each label storage area in the 'words' member.
But in nftables and openvswitch we always have to ask for worst-case
since we don't know what bit will be used at configuration time.
As most arches are 64bit we need to allocate 24 bytes in this case:
struct nf_conn_labels {
u8 words; /* 0 1 */
/* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */
long unsigned bits[2]; /* 8 24 */
Make bits a fixed size and drop the words member, it simplifies
the code and only increases memory requirements on x86 when
less than 64bit labels are required.
We still only allocate the extension if its needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, osd_weight and osd_state fields are updated in the encoding
order. This is wrong, because an incremental map may look like e.g.
new_up_client: { osd=6, addr=... } # set osd_state and addr
new_state: { osd=6, xorstate=EXISTS } # clear osd_state
Suppose osd6's current osd_state is EXISTS (i.e. osd6 is down). After
applying new_up_client, osd_state is changed to EXISTS | UP. Carrying
on with the new_state update, we flip EXISTS and leave osd6 in a weird
"!EXISTS but UP" state. A non-existent OSD is considered down by the
mapping code
2087 for (i = 0; i < pg->pg_temp.len; i++) {
2088 if (ceph_osd_is_down(osdmap, pg->pg_temp.osds[i])) {
2089 if (ceph_can_shift_osds(pi))
2090 continue;
2091
2092 temp->osds[temp->size++] = CRUSH_ITEM_NONE;
and so requests get directed to the second OSD in the set instead of
the first, resulting in OSD-side errors like:
[WRN] : client.4239 192.168.122.21:0/2444980242 misdirected client.4239.1:2827 pg 2.5df899f2 to osd.4 not [1,4,6] in e680/680
and hung rbds on the client:
[ 493.566367] rbd: rbd0: write 400000 at 11cc00000 (0)
[ 493.566805] rbd: rbd0: result -6 xferred 400000
[ 493.567011] blk_update_request: I/O error, dev rbd0, sector 9330688
The fix is to decouple application from the decoding and:
- apply new_weight first
- apply new_state before new_up_client
- twiddle osd_state flags if marking in
- clear out some of the state if osd is destroyed
Fixes: http://tracker.ceph.com/issues/14901
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.15+: 6dd74e44dc: libceph: set 'exists' flag for newly up osd
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.15+
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Durgin <jdurgin@redhat.com>
sock_cmsg_send() can return different error codes and not only
-EINVAL, and we should properly propagate them.
Fixes: c14ac9451c ("sock: enable timestamping using control messages")
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the first NFC pull request for 4.8. We have:
- A fairly large NFC digital stack patchset:
* RTOX fixes.
* Proper DEP RWT support.
* ACK and NACK PDUs handling fixes, in both initiator
and target modes.
* A few memory leak fixes.
- A conversion of the nfcsim driver to use the digital stack.
The driver supports the DEP protocol in both NFC-A and NFC-F.
- Error injection through debugfs for the nfcsim driver.
- Improvements to the port100 driver for the Sony USB chipset, in
particular to the command abort and cancellation code paths.
- A few minor fixes for the pn533, trf7970a and fdp drivers.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=yrVP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.8-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC 4.8 pull request
This is the first NFC pull request for 4.8. We have:
- A fairly large NFC digital stack patchset:
* RTOX fixes.
* Proper DEP RWT support.
* ACK and NACK PDUs handling fixes, in both initiator
and target modes.
* A few memory leak fixes.
- A conversion of the nfcsim driver to use the digital stack.
The driver supports the DEP protocol in both NFC-A and NFC-F.
- Error injection through debugfs for the nfcsim driver.
- Improvements to the port100 driver for the Sony USB chipset, in
particular to the command abort and cancellation code paths.
- A few minor fixes for the pn533, trf7970a and fdp drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IFLA_XDP_ATTACHED nested attribute is meant for read-only, and while
do_setlink properly ignores it, it should be more paranoid and reject
commands that try to set it.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the table and/or chain attributes are set in a rule dump request,
we filter out the rules based on this selection.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There's a similar problem in xt_NFLOG, and was fixed by commit 7643507fe8
("netfilter: xt_NFLOG: nflog-range does not truncate packets"). Only set
copy_len here does not work, so we should enable NF_LOG_F_COPY_LEN also.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
User can specify the log level larger than 7(debug level) via
nfnetlink, this is invalid. So in this case, we should report
EINVAL to the userspace.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Suppose that we specify the NFTA_LOG_PREFIX, then NFTA_LOG_LEVEL
and NFTA_LOG_GROUP are specified together or nf_logger_find_get
call returns fail, i.e. expr init fail, memory leak will happen.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add nf_ct_helper_init(), nf_conntrack_helpers_register() and
nf_conntrack_helpers_unregister() functions to avoid repetitive
opencoded initialization in helpers.
This patch keeps an id parameter for nf_ct_helper_init() not to break
helper matching by name that has been inconsistently exposed to
userspace through ports, eg. ftp-2121, and through an incremental id,
eg. tftp-1.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-07-19
Here's likely the last bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.8 kernel:
- Fix for L2CAP setsockopt
- Fix for is_suspending flag handling in btmrvl driver
- Addition of Bluetooth HW & FW info fields to debugfs
- Fix to use int instead of char for callback status.
The last one (from Geert Uytterhoeven) is actually not purely a
Bluetooth (or 802.15.4) patch, but it was agreed with other maintainers
that we take it through the bluetooth-next tree.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sets the bpf program represented by fd as an early filter in the rx path
of the netdev. The fd must have been created as BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP.
Providing a negative value as fd clears the program. Getting the fd back
via rtnl is not possible, therefore reading of this value merely
provides a bool whether the program is valid on the link or not.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add one new netdev op for drivers implementing the BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP
filter. The single op is used for both setup/query of the xdp program,
modelled after ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new bpf prog type that is intended to run in early stages of the
packet rx path. Only minimal packet metadata will be available, hence a
new context type, struct xdp_md, is exposed to userspace. So far only
expose the packet start and end pointers, and only in read mode.
An XDP program must return one of the well known enum values, all other
return codes are reserved for future use. Unfortunately, this
restriction is hard to enforce at verification time, so take the
approach of warning at runtime when such programs are encountered. Out
of bounds return codes should alias to XDP_ABORTED.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an issue that a syscall (e.g. sendto syscall) cannot
work correctly. Since the sendto syscall doesn't have msg_control buffer,
the sock_tx_timestamp() in packet_snd() cannot work correctly because
the socks.tsflags is set to 0.
So, this patch sets the socks.tsflags to sk->sk_tsflags as default.
Fixes: c14ac9451c ("sock: enable timestamping using control messages")
Reported-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Reported-by: Keita Kobayashi <keita.kobayashi.ym@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces NCSI AEN packet handlers that result in (A) the
currently active channel is reconfigured; (B) Currently active
channel is deconfigured and disabled, another channel is chosen
as active one and configured. Case (B) won't happen if hardware
arbitration has been enabled, the channel that was in active
state is suspended simply.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This manages NCSI packages and channels:
* The available packages and channels are enumerated in the first
time of calling ncsi_start_dev(). The channels' capabilities are
probed in the meanwhile. The NCSI network topology won't change
until the NCSI device is destroyed.
* There in a queue in every NCSI device. The element in the queue,
channel, is waiting for configuration (bringup) or suspending
(teardown). The channel's state (inactive/active) indicates the
futher action (configuration or suspending) will be applied on the
channel. Another channel's state (invisible) means the requested
action is being applied.
* The hardware arbitration will be enabled if all available packages
and channels support it. All available channels try to provide
service when hardware arbitration is enabled. Otherwise, one channel
is selected as the active one at once.
* When channel is in active state, meaning it's providing service, a
timer started to retrieve the channe's link status. If the channel's
link status fails to be updated in the determined period, the channel
is going to be reconfigured. It's the error handling implementation
as defined in NCSI spec.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NCSI response packets are sent to MC (Management Controller)
from the remote end. They are responses of NCSI command packets
for multiple purposes: completion status of NCSI command packets,
return NCSI channel's capability or configuration etc.
This defines struct to represent NCSI response packets and introduces
function ncsi_rcv_rsp() which will be used to receive NCSI response
packets and parse them.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NCSI command packets are sent from MC (Management Controller)
to remote end. They are used for multiple purposes: probe existing
NCSI package/channel, retrieve NCSI channel's capability, configure
NCSI channel etc.
This defines struct to represent NCSI command packets and introduces
function ncsi_xmit_cmd(), which will be used to transmit NCSI command
packet according to the request. The request is represented by struct
ncsi_cmd_arg.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NCSI spec (DSP0222) defines several objects: package, channel, mode,
filter, version and statistics etc. This introduces the data structs
to represent those objects and implement functions to manage them.
Also, this introduces CONFIG_NET_NCSI for the newly implemented NCSI
stack.
* The user (e.g. netdev driver) dereference NCSI device by
"struct ncsi_dev", which is embedded to "struct ncsi_dev_priv".
The later one is used by NCSI stack internally.
* Every NCSI device can have multiple packages simultaneously, up
to 8 packages. It's represented by "struct ncsi_package" and
identified by 3-bits ID.
* Every NCSI package can have multiple channels, up to 32. It's
represented by "struct ncsi_channel" and identified by 5-bits ID.
* Every NCSI channel has version, statistics, various modes and
filters. They are represented by "struct ncsi_channel_version",
"struct ncsi_channel_stats", "struct ncsi_channel_mode" and
"struct ncsi_channel_filter" separately.
* Apart from AEN (Asynchronous Event Notification), the NCSI stack
works in terms of command and response. This introduces "struct
ncsi_req" to represent a complete NCSI transaction made of NCSI
request and response.
link: https://www.dmtf.org/sites/default/files/standards/documents/DSP0222_1.1.0.pdf
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute.
The ageing time is passed as milliseconds.
Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical
switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with
the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given:
- tap0 and vxlan0 are bridged
- vxlan0 stacked on eth0, eth0 having small mtu (e.g. 1400)
Assume GSO skbs arriving from tap0 having a gso_size as determined by
user-provided virtio_net_hdr (e.g. 1460 corresponding to VM mtu of 1500).
After encapsulation these skbs have skb_gso_network_seglen that exceed
eth0's ip_skb_dst_mtu.
These skbs are accidentally passed to ip_finish_output2 AS IS.
Alas, each final segment (segmented either by validate_xmit_skb or by
hardware UFO) would be larger than eth0 mtu.
As a result, those above-mtu segments get dropped on certain networks.
This behavior is not aligned with the NON-GSO case:
Assume a non-gso 1500-sized IP packet arrives from tap0. After
encapsulation, the vxlan datagram is fragmented normally at the
ip_finish_output-->ip_fragment code path.
The expected behavior for the GSO case would be segmenting the
"gso-oversized" skb first, then fragmenting each segment according to
dst mtu, and finally passing the resulting fragments to ip_finish_output2.
'ip_finish_output_gso' already supports this "Slowpath" behavior,
according to the IPSKB_FRAG_SEGS flag, which is only set during ipv4
forwarding (not set in the bridged case).
In order to support the bridged case, we'll mark skbs arriving from an
ingress interface that get udp-encaspulated as "allowed to be fragmented",
causing their network_seglen to be validated by 'ip_finish_output_gso'
(and fragment if needed).
Note the TUNNEL_DONT_FRAGMENT tun_flag is still honoured (both in the
gso and non-gso cases), which serves users wishing to forbid
fragmentation at the udp tunnel endpoint.
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This flag indicates whether fragmentation of segments is allowed.
Formerly this policy was hardcoded according to IPSKB_FORWARDED (set by
either ip_forward or ipmr_forward).
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current min/max resvport settings are independently limited
by the entire range of allowed ports, so max_resvport can be
set to a port lower than min_resvport.
Prevent inversion of min/max values when set through sysfs and
module parameter by setting the limits dependent on each other.
Signed-off-by: Frank Sorenson <sorenson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The current min/max resvport settings are independently limited
by the entire range of allowed ports, so max_resvport can be
set to a port lower than min_resvport.
Prevent inversion of min/max values when set through sysctl by
setting the limits dependent on each other.
Signed-off-by: Frank Sorenson <sorenson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The range calculation for choosing the random reserved port will panic
with divide-by-zero when min_resvport == max_resvport, a range of one
port, not zero.
Fix the reserved port range calculation by adding one to the difference.
Signed-off-by: Frank Sorenson <sorenson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Author: Frank Sorenson <sorenson@redhat.com>
Date: 2016-06-27 13:55:48 -0500
sunrpc: Fix bit count when setting hashtable size to power-of-two
The hashtable size is incorrectly calculated as the next higher
power-of-two when being set to a power-of-two. fls() returns the
bit number of the most significant set bit, with the least
significant bit being numbered '1'. For a power-of-two, fls()
will return a bit number which is one higher than the number of bits
required, leading to a hashtable which is twice the requested size.
In addition, the value of (1 << nbits) will always be at least num,
so the test will never be true.
Fix the hash table size calculation to correctly set hashtable
size, and eliminate the unnecessary check.
Signed-off-by: Frank Sorenson <sorenson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
A generic_cred can be used to look up a unx_cred or a gss_cred, so it's
not really safe to use the the generic_cred->acred->ac_flags to store
the NO_CRKEY_TIMEOUT flag. A lookup for a unx_cred triggered while the
KEY_EXPIRE_SOON flag is already set will cause both NO_CRKEY_TIMEOUT and
KEY_EXPIRE_SOON to be set in the ac_flags, leaving the user associated
with the auth_cred to be in a state where they're perpetually doing 4K
NFS_FILE_SYNC writes.
This can be reproduced as follows:
1. Mount two NFS filesystems, one with sec=krb5 and one with sec=sys.
They do not need to be the same export, nor do they even need to be from
the same NFS server. Also, v3 is fine.
$ sudo mount -o v3,sec=krb5 server1:/export /mnt/krb5
$ sudo mount -o v3,sec=sys server2:/export /mnt/sys
2. As the normal user, before accessing the kerberized mount, kinit with
a short lifetime (but not so short that renewing the ticket would leave
you within the 4-minute window again by the time the original ticket
expires), e.g.
$ kinit -l 10m -r 60m
3. Do some I/O to the kerberized mount and verify that the writes are
wsize, UNSTABLE:
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/krb5/file bs=1M count=1
4. Wait until you're within 4 minutes of key expiry, then do some more
I/O to the kerberized mount to ensure that RPC_CRED_KEY_EXPIRE_SOON gets
set. Verify that the writes are 4K, FILE_SYNC:
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/krb5/file bs=1M count=1
5. Now do some I/O to the sec=sys mount. This will cause
RPC_CRED_NO_CRKEY_TIMEOUT to be set:
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/sys/file bs=1M count=1
6. Writes for that user will now be permanently 4K, FILE_SYNC for that
user, regardless of which mount is being written to, until you reboot
the client. Renewing the kerberos ticket (assuming it hasn't already
expired) will have no effect. Grabbing a new kerberos ticket at this
point will have no effect either.
Move the flag to the auth->au_flags field (which is currently unused)
and rename it slightly to reflect that it's no longer associated with
the auth_cred->ac_flags. Add the rpc_auth to the arg list of
rpcauth_cred_key_to_expire and check the au_flags there too. Finally,
add the inode to the arg list of nfs_ctx_key_to_expire so we can
determine the rpc_auth to pass to rpcauth_cred_key_to_expire.
Signed-off-by: Scott Mayhew <smayhew@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
We only get nf_connlabels if the user add ct label set expr successfully,
but we will also put nf_connlabels if the user delete ct lable get expr.
This is mismathced, and will cause ct label expr cannot work properly.
Also, if we init something fail, we should put nf_connlabels back.
Otherwise, we may waste to alloc the memory that will never be used.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Do not cache pointers into the skb linear segment across sk_filter.
The function call can trigger pskb_expand_head.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In kernel HTB keeps tokens in signed 64-bit in nanoseconds. In netlink
protocol these values are converted into pshed ticks (64ns for now) and
truncated to 32-bit. In struct tc_htb_xstats fields "tokens" and "ctokens"
are declared as unsigned 32-bit but they could be negative thus tool 'tc'
prints them as signed. Big values loose higher bits and/or become negative.
This patch clamps tokens in xstat into range from INT_MIN to INT_MAX.
In this way it's easier to understand what's going on here.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dummy ruleset I used to test the original validation change was broken,
most rules were unreachable and were not tested by mark_source_chains().
In some cases rulesets that used to load in a few seconds now require
several minutes.
sample ruleset that shows the behaviour:
echo "*filter"
for i in $(seq 0 100000);do
printf ":chain_%06x - [0:0]\n" $i
done
for i in $(seq 0 100000);do
printf -- "-A INPUT -j chain_%06x\n" $i
printf -- "-A INPUT -j chain_%06x\n" $i
printf -- "-A INPUT -j chain_%06x\n" $i
done
echo COMMIT
[ pipe result into iptables-restore ]
This ruleset will be about 74mbyte in size, with ~500k searches
though all 500k[1] rule entries. iptables-restore will take forever
(gave up after 10 minutes)
Instead of always searching the entire blob for a match, fill an
array with the start offsets of every single ipt_entry struct,
then do a binary search to check if the jump target is present or not.
After this change ruleset restore times get again close to what one
gets when reverting 3647234101 (~3 seconds on my workstation).
[1] every user-defined rule gets an implicit RETURN, so we get
300k jumps + 100k userchains + 100k returns -> 500k rule entries
Fixes: 3647234101 ("netfilter: x_tables: validate targets of jumps")
Reported-by: Jeff Wu <wujiafu@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jeff Wu <wujiafu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If we hit any of the error conditions inside xfrm_dump_sa(), then
xfrm_state_walk_init() never gets called. However, we still call
xfrm_state_walk_done() from xfrm_dump_sa_done(), which will crash
because the state walk was never initialized properly.
We can fix this by setting cb->args[0] only after we've processed the
first element and checking this before calling xfrm_state_walk_done().
Fixes: d3623099d3 ("ipsec: add support of limited SA dump")
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Some Bluetooth controllers allow for reading hardware and firmware
related vendor specific infos. If they are available, then they can be
exposed via debugfs now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When we retrieve imtu value from userspace we should use 16 bit pointer
cast instead of 32 as it's defined that way in headers. Fixes setsockopt
calls on big-endian platforms.
Signed-off-by: Amadeusz Sławiński <amadeusz.slawinski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
commit 90017accff ("sctp: Add GSO support") didn't register SCTP GSO
offloading for IPv6 and yet didn't put any restrictions on generating
GSO packets while in IPv6, which causes all IPv6 GSO'ed packets to be
silently dropped.
The fix is to properly register the offload this time.
Fixes: 90017accff ("sctp: Add GSO support")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d46e416c11 missed to update some other places which checked for
the socket being TCP-style AND Established state, as Closing state has
some overlapping with the previous understanding of Established.
Without this fix, one of the effects is that some already queued rx
messages may not be readable anymore depending on how the association
teared down, and sending may also not be possible if peer initiated the
shutdown.
Also merge two if() blocks into one condition on sctp_sendmsg().
Cc: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Fixes: d46e416c11 ("sctp: sctp should change socket state when shutdown is received")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for hardware offloading of ipmr/ip6mr we need an
interface that allows to check (and later update) the age of entries.
Relying on stats alone can show activity but not actual age of the entry,
furthermore when there're tens of thousands of entries a lot of the
hardware implementations only support "hit" bits which are cleared on
read to denote that the entry was active and shouldn't be aged out,
these can then be naturally translated into age timestamp and will be
compatible with the software forwarding age. Using a lastuse entry doesn't
affect performance because the members in that cache line are written to
along with the age.
Since all new users are encouraged to use ipmr via netlink, this is
exported via the RTA_EXPIRES attribute.
Also do a minor local variable declaration style adjustment - arrange them
longest to shortest.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Shrijeet Mukherjee <shm@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
CC: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macsec can't cope with mtu frames which need vlan tag insertion, and
vlan device set the default mtu equal to the underlying dev's one.
By default vlan over macsec devices use invalid mtu, dropping
all the large packets.
This patch adds a netif helper to check if an upper vlan device
needs mtu reduction. The helper is used during vlan devices
initialization to set a valid default and during mtu updating to
forbid invalid, too bit, mtu values.
The helper currently only check if the lower dev is a macsec device,
if we get more users, we need to update only the helper (possibly
reserving an additional IFF bit).
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch we had two flavors of most forwarding functions -
_forward and _deliver, the difference being that the latter are used
when the packets are locally originated. Instead of all this function
pointer passing and code duplication, we can just pass a boolean noting
that the packet was locally originated and use that to perform the
necessary checks in __br_forward. This gives a minor performance
improvement but more importantly consolidates the forwarding paths.
Also add a kernel doc comment to explain the exported br_forward()'s
arguments.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently if the packet is going to be received locally we set skb0 or
sometimes called skb2 variables to the original skb. This can get
confusing and also we can avoid one conditional on the fast path by
simply using a boolean and passing it around. Thanks to Roopa for the
name suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes one conditional from the unicast path by using the fact
that skb is NULL only when the packet is multicast or is local.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial style changes in br_handle_frame_finish.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there were less than 2 entries in the multipath list, then
xprt_iter_next_entry_multiple() would never advance beyond the
first entry, which is correct for round robin behaviour, but not
for the list iteration.
The end result would be infinite looping in rpc_clnt_iterate_for_each_xprt()
as we would never see the xprt == NULL condition fulfilled.
Reported-by: Oleg Drokin <green@linuxhacker.ru>
Fixes: 80b14d5e61 ("SUNRPC: Add a structure to track multiple transports")
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
This adds kernel-doc style descriptions for 6 functions and
fixes 1 typo.
Signed-off-by: Richard Sailer <richard@weltraumpflege.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work addresses a couple of issues bpf_skb_event_output()
helper currently has: i) We need two copies instead of just a
single one for the skb data when it should be part of a sample.
The data can be non-linear and thus needs to be extracted via
bpf_skb_load_bytes() helper first, and then copied once again
into the ring buffer slot. ii) Since bpf_skb_load_bytes()
currently needs to be used first, the helper needs to see a
constant size on the passed stack buffer to make sure BPF
verifier can do sanity checks on it during verification time.
Thus, just passing skb->len (or any other non-constant value)
wouldn't work, but changing bpf_skb_load_bytes() is also not
the proper solution, since the two copies are generally still
needed. iii) bpf_skb_load_bytes() is just for rather small
buffers like headers, since they need to sit on the limited
BPF stack anyway. Instead of working around in bpf_skb_load_bytes(),
this work improves the bpf_skb_event_output() helper to address
all 3 at once.
We can make use of the passed in skb context that we have in
the helper anyway, and use some of the reserved flag bits as
a length argument. The helper will use the new __output_custom()
facility from perf side with bpf_skb_copy() as callback helper
to walk and extract the data. It will pass the data for setup
to bpf_event_output(), which generates and pushes the raw record
with an additional frag part. The linear data used in the first
frag of the record serves as programmatically defined meta data
passed along with the appended sample.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per-socket rate limit for 'challenge acks' was introduced in the
context of limiting ack loops:
commit f2b2c582e8 ("tcp: mitigate ACK loops for connections as tcp_sock")
And I think it can be extended to rate limit all 'challenge acks' on a
per-socket basis.
Since we have the global tcp_challenge_ack_limit, this patch allows for
tcp_challenge_ack_limit to be set to a large value and effectively rely on
the per-socket limit, or set tcp_challenge_ack_limit to a lower value and
still prevents a single connections from consuming the entire challenge ack
quota.
It further moves in the direction of eliminating the global limit at some
point, as Eric Dumazet has suggested. This a follow-up to:
Subject: tcp: make challenge acks less predictable
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Yue Cao <ycao009@ucr.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rxrpc_lookup_peer() function returns NULL on error, it never returns
error pointers.
Fixes: 8496af50eb ('rxrpc: Use RCU to access a peer's service connection tree')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RDS probe-ping to compute how many paths may be used with
the peer, and to synchronously start the multiple paths. If mprds is
supported, hash outgoing traffic to one of multiple paths in rds_sendmsg()
when multipath RDS is supported by the transport.
CC: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some code duplication in rds_tcp_reset_callbacks() can be avoided
by having the function call rds_tcp_restore_callbacks() and
rds_tcp_set_callbacks().
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the existing comments in rds_tcp_listen_data_ready() indicate,
it is possible under some race-windows to get to this function with the
accept() socket. If that happens, we could run into a sequence whereby
thread 1 thread 2
rds_tcp_accept_one() thread
sets up new_sock via ->accept().
The sk_user_data is now
sock_def_readable
data comes in for new_sock,
->sk_data_ready is called, and
we land in rds_tcp_listen_data_ready
rds_tcp_set_callbacks()
takes the sk_callback_lock and
sets up sk_user_data to be the cp
read_lock sk_callback_lock
ready = cp
unlock sk_callback_lock
page fault on ready
In the above sequence, we end up with a panic on a bad page reference
when trying to execute (*ready)(). Instead we need to call
sock_def_readable() safely, which is what this patch achieves.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helper serves to know if two switchdev port netdevices belong to the
same HW ASIC, e.g to figure out if forwarding offload is possible between them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently only read-only checks are performed up to the point on where
we check if peer is ECN capable, checks which we can avoid otherwise.
The flag ecn_ce_done is only used to perform this check once per
incoming packet, and nothing more.
Thus this patch moves the peer check up.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not clear that flag when switching to a new skb from a GSO skb
because it would cause ECN processing to happen multiple times per GSO
skb, which is not wanted. Instead, let it be processed once per chunk.
That is, in other words, once per IP header available.
Fixes: 90017accff ("sctp: Add GSO support")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Identifying address family operations during rx path is not something
expensive but it's ugly to the eye to have it done multiple times,
specially when we already validated it during initial rx processing.
This patch takes advantage of the now shared sctp_input_cb and make the
pointer to the operations readily available.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP will try to access original IP headers on sctp_recvmsg in order to
copy the addresses used. There are also other places that do similar access
to IP or even SCTP headers. But after 90017accff ("sctp: Add GSO
support") they aren't always there because they are only present in the
header skb.
SCTP handles the queueing of incoming data by cloning the incoming skb
and limiting to only the relevant payload. This clone has its cb updated
to something different and it's then queued on socket rx queue. Thus we
need to fix this in two moments.
For rx path, not related to socket queue yet, this patch uses a
partially copied sctp_input_cb to such GSO frags. This restores the
ability to access the headers for this part of the code.
Regarding the socket rx queue, it removes iif member from sctp_event and
also add a chunk pointer on it.
With these changes we're always able to reach the headers again.
The biggest change here is that now the sctp_chunk struct and the
original skb are only freed after the application consumed the buffer.
Note however that the original payload was already like this due to the
skb cloning.
For iif, SCTP's IPv4 code doesn't use it, so no change is necessary.
IPv6 now can fetch it directly from original's IPv6 CB as the original
skb is still accessible.
In the future we probably can simplify sctp_v*_skb_iif() stuff, as
sctp_v4_skb_iif() was called but it's return value not used, and now
it's not even called, but such cleanup is out of scope for this change.
Fixes: 90017accff ("sctp: Add GSO support")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next patch needs 8 bytes in there. sctp_ulpevent has a hole due to
bad alignment; msg_flags is using 4 bytes while it actually uses only 2, so
we shrink it, and iif member (4 bytes) which can be easily fetched from
another place once the next patch is there, so we remove it and thus
creating space for 8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We process input path in other files too and having access to it is
nice, so move it to a header where it's shared.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-07-13
Here's our main bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.8 kernel:
- Fixes and cleanups in 802.15.4 and 6LoWPAN code
- Fix out of bounds issue in btmrvl driver
- Fixes to Bluetooth socket recvmsg return values
- Use crypto_cipher_encrypt_one() instead of crypto_skcipher
- Cleanup of Bluetooth connection sysfs interface
- New Authentication failure reson code for Disconnected mgmt event
- New USB IDs for Atheros, Qualcomm and Intel Bluetooth controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current server rpc tcp code attempts to predict how much writeable
socket space will be available to a given RPC call before accepting it
for processing. On a 40GigE network, we've found this throttles
individual clients long before the network or disk is saturated. The
server may handle more clients easily, but the bandwidth of individual
clients is still artificially limited.
Instead of trying (and failing) to predict how much writeable socket space
will be available to the RPC call, just fall back to the simple model of
deferring processing until the socket is uncongested.
This may increase the risk of fast clients starving slower clients; in
such cases, the previous patch allows setting a hard per-connection
limit.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Allow the user to limit the number of requests serviced through a single
connection, to help prevent faster clients from starving slower clients.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Don't call svc_xprt_enqueue() if the XPT_DATA flag is already set.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Rather than code up our own versions of the socket callbacks, just
call the defaults.
This also allows us to merge svc_udp_data_ready() and svc_tcp_data_ready().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Prevent callbacks from triggering while we're detaching the socket.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Dropping and/or deferring requests has an impact on performance. Let's
make sure we can trace those events.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Add a tracepoint to track when the processing of incoming RPC data gets
deferred due to out-of-space issues on the outgoing transport.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
GSS-Proxy doesn't produce very much debug logging at all. Printing out
the gss minor status will aid in troubleshooting if the
GSS_Accept_sec_context upcall fails.
Signed-off-by: Scott Mayhew <smayhew@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Dccp verifies packet integrity, including length, at initial rcv in
dccp_invalid_packet, later pulls headers in dccp_enqueue_skb.
A call to sk_filter in-between can cause __skb_pull to wrap skb->len.
skb_copy_datagram_msg interprets this as a negative value, so
(correctly) fails with EFAULT. The negative length is reported in
ioctl SIOCINQ or possibly in a DCCP_WARN in dccp_close.
Introduce an sk_receive_skb variant that caps how small a filter
program can trim packets, and call this in dccp with the header
length. Excessively trimmed packets are now processed normally and
queued for reception as 0B payloads.
Fixes: 7c657876b6 ("[DCCP]: Initial implementation")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sockets can have a filter program attached that drops or trims
incoming packets based on the filter program return value.
Rose requires data packets to have at least ROSE_MIN_LEN bytes. It
verifies this on arrival in rose_route_frame and unconditionally pulls
the bytes in rose_recvmsg. The filter can trim packets to below this
value in-between, causing pull to fail, leaving the partial header at
the time of skb_copy_datagram_msg.
Place a lower bound on the size to which sk_filter may trim packets
by introducing sk_filter_trim_cap and call this for rose packets.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increment the mgmt revision due to the recently added new
reason code for the Disconnected event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Define a tracepoint and allow user to trace messages going to and from
hardware associated with devlink instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/dsa/dsa2.c:680:6: warning:
symbol '_dsa_unregister_switch' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
security initialized after alloc workqueue, so we should exit security
before destroy workqueue in the error handing.
Fixes: 648af7fca1 ("rxrpc: Absorb the rxkad security module")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree.
they are:
1) Fix leak in the error path of nft_expr_init(), from Liping Zhang.
2) Tracing from nf_tables cannot be disabled, also from Zhang.
3) Fix an integer overflow on 32bit archs when setting the number of
hashtable buckets, from Florian Westphal.
4) Fix configuration of ipvs sync in backup mode with IPv6 address,
from Quentin Armitage via Simon Horman.
5) Fix incorrect timeout calculation in nft_ct NFT_CT_EXPIRATION,
from Florian Westphal.
6) Skip clash resolution in conntrack insertion races if NAT is in
place.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The clash resolution is not easy to apply if the NAT table is
registered. Even if no NAT rules are installed, the nul-binding ensures
that a unique tuple is used, thus, the packet that loses race gets a
different source port number, as described by:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=146818011604484&w=2
Clash resolution with NAT is also problematic if addresses/port range
ports are used since the conntrack that wins race may describe a
different mangling that we may have earlier applied to the packet via
nf_nat_setup_info().
Fixes: 71d8c47fc6 ("netfilter: conntrack: introduce clash resolution on insertion race")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tested-by: Marc Dionne <marc.c.dionne@gmail.com>
User can add ct entry via nfnetlink(IPCTNL_MSG_CT_NEW), and if the total
number reach the nf_conntrack_max, we will try to drop some ct entries.
But in this case(the main function call path is ctnetlink_create_conntrack
-> nf_conntrack_alloc -> early_drop), rcu_read_lock is not held, so race
with hash resize will happen.
Fixes: 242922a027 ("netfilter: conntrack: simplify early_drop")
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The Makefile controlling compilation of this file is obj-y,
meaning that it currently is never being built as a module.
Since MODULE_ALIAS is a no-op for non-modular code, we can simply
remove the MODULE_ALIAS_NETPROTO variant used here.
We replace module.h with kmod.h since the file does make use of
request_module() in order to load other modules from here.
We don't have to worry about init.h coming in via the removed
module.h since the file explicitly includes init.h already.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In test situations with many nodes and a heavily stressed system we have
observed that the transmission broadcast link may fail due to an
excessive number of retransmissions of the same packet. In such
situations we need to reset all unicast links to all peers, in order to
reset and re-synchronize the broadcast link.
In this commit, we add a new function tipc_bearer_reset_all() to be used
in such situations. The function scans across all bearers and resets all
their pertaining links.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a new receiver peer has been added to the broadcast transmission
link, we allow immediate transmission of new broadcast packets, trusting
that the new peer will not accept the packets until it has received the
previously sent unicast broadcast initialiation message. In the same
way, the sender must not accept any acknowledges until it has itself
received the broadcast initialization from the peer, as well as
confirmation of the reception of its own initialization message.
Furthermore, when a receiver peer goes down, the sender has to produce
the missing acknowledges from the lost peer locally, in order ensure
correct release of the buffers that were expected to be acknowledged by
the said peer.
In a highly stressed system we have observed that contact with a peer
may come up and be lost before the above mentioned broadcast initial-
ization and confirmation have been received. This leads to the locally
produced acknowledges being rejected, and the non-acknowledged buffers
to linger in the broadcast link transmission queue until it fills up
and the link goes into permanent congestion.
In this commit, we remedy this by temporarily setting the corresponding
broadcast receive link state to ESTABLISHED and the 'bc_peer_is_up'
state to true before we issue the local acknowledges. This ensures that
those acknowledges will always be accepted. The mentioned state values
are restored immediately afterwards when the link is reset.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At first contact between two nodes, an endpoint might sometimes have
time to send out a LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE packet before it has received
the broadcast initialization packet from the peer, i.e., before it has
received a valid broadcast packet number to add to the 'bc_ack' field
of the protocol message.
This means that the peer endpoint will receive a protocol packet with an
invalid broadcast acknowledge value of 0. Under unlucky circumstances
this may lead to the original, already received acknowledge value being
overwritten, so that the whole broadcast link goes stale after a while.
We fix this by delaying the setting of the link field 'bc_peer_is_up'
until we know that the peer really has received our own broadcast
initialization message. The latter is always sent out as the first
unicast message on a link, and always with seqeunce number 1. Because
of this, we only need to look for a non-zero unicast acknowledge value
in the arriving STATE messages, and once that is confirmed we know we
are safe and can set the mentioned field. Before this moment, we must
ignore all broadcast acknowledges from the peer.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sergei Trofimovich reported that pulse audio sends SCM_CREDENTIALS
as a control message to TCP. Since __sock_cmsg_send does not
support SCM_RIGHTS and SCM_CREDENTIALS, it returns an error and
hence breaks pulse audio over TCP.
SCM_RIGHTS and SCM_CREDENTIALS are sent on the SOL_SOCKET layer
but they semantically belong to SOL_UNIX. Since all
cmsg-processing functions including sock_cmsg_send ignore control
messages of other layers, it is best to ignore SCM_RIGHTS
and SCM_CREDENTIALS for consistency (and also for fixing pulse
audio over TCP).
Fixes: c14ac9451c ("sock: enable timestamping using control messages")
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reported-by: Sergei Trofimovich <slyfox@gentoo.org>
Tested-by: Sergei Trofimovich <slyfox@gentoo.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vegard Nossum is reporting for a crash in fib_dump_info
when nh_dev = NULL and fib_nhs == 1:
Pid: 50, comm: netlink.exe Not tainted 4.7.0-rc5+
RIP: 0033:[<00000000602b3d18>]
RSP: 0000000062623890 EFLAGS: 00010202
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 000000006261b800 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000024 RDI: 000000006245ba00
RBP: 00000000626238f0 R08: 000000000000029c R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 0000000062468038 R11: 000000006245ba00 R12: 000000006245ba00
R13: 00000000625f96c0 R14: 00000000601e16f0 R15: 0000000000000000
Kernel panic - not syncing: Kernel mode fault at addr 0x2e0, ip 0x602b3d18
CPU: 0 PID: 50 Comm: netlink.exe Not tainted 4.7.0-rc5+ #581
Stack:
626238f0 960226a02 00000400 000000fe
62623910 600afca7 62623970 62623a48
62468038 00000018 00000000 00000000
Call Trace:
[<602b3e93>] rtmsg_fib+0xd3/0x190
[<602b6680>] fib_table_insert+0x260/0x500
[<602b0e5d>] inet_rtm_newroute+0x4d/0x60
[<60250def>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x8f/0x270
[<60267079>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xc9/0xe0
[<60250d4b>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x3b/0x50
[<60265400>] netlink_unicast+0x1a0/0x2c0
[<60265e47>] netlink_sendmsg+0x3f7/0x470
[<6021dc9a>] sock_sendmsg+0x3a/0x90
[<6021e0d0>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x300/0x360
[<6021fa64>] __sys_sendmsg+0x54/0xa0
[<6021fac0>] SyS_sendmsg+0x10/0x20
[<6001ea68>] handle_syscall+0x88/0x90
[<600295fd>] userspace+0x3fd/0x500
[<6001ac55>] fork_handler+0x85/0x90
$ addr2line -e vmlinux -i 0x602b3d18
include/linux/inetdevice.h:222
net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:1264
Problem happens when RTNH_F_LINKDOWN is provided from user space
when creating routes that do not use the flag, catched with
netlink fuzzer.
Currently, the kernel allows user space to set both flags
to nh_flags and fib_flags but this is not intentional, the
assumption was that they are not set. Fix this by rejecting
both flags with EINVAL.
Reported-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Fixes: 0eeb075fad ("net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Dinesh Dutt <ddutt@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Yue Cao claims that current host rate limiting of challenge ACKS
(RFC 5961) could leak enough information to allow a patient attacker
to hijack TCP sessions. He will soon provide details in an academic
paper.
This patch increases the default limit from 100 to 1000, and adds
some randomization so that the attacker can no longer hijack
sessions without spending a considerable amount of probes.
Based on initial analysis and patch from Linus.
Note that we also have per socket rate limiting, so it is tempting
to remove the host limit in the future.
v2: randomize the count of challenge acks per second, not the period.
Fixes: 282f23c6ee ("tcp: implement RFC 5961 3.2")
Reported-by: Yue Cao <ycao009@ucr.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a combination if #if conditionals and goto labels to unwind
tunnel4_init seems unwieldy. This patch takes a simpler approach of
directly unregistering previously registered protocols when an error
occurs.
This fixes a number of problems with the current implementation
including the potential presence of labels when they are unused
and the potential absence of unregister code when it is needed.
Fixes: 8afe97e5d4 ("tunnels: support MPLS over IPv4 tunnels")
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prsctp PRIO policy is a policy to abandon lower priority chunks when
asoc doesn't have enough snd buffer, so that the current chunk with
higher priority can be queued successfully.
Similar to TTL/RTX policy, we will set the priority of the chunk to
prsctp_param with sinfo->sinfo_timetolive in sctp_set_prsctp_policy().
So if PRIO policy is enabled, msg->expire_at won't work.
asoc->sent_cnt_removable will record how many chunks can be checked to
remove. If priority policy is enabled, when the chunk is queued into
the out_queue, we will increase sent_cnt_removable. When the chunk is
moved to abandon_queue or dequeue and free, we will decrease
sent_cnt_removable.
In sctp_sendmsg, we will check if there is enough snd buffer for current
msg and if sent_cnt_removable is not 0. Then try to abandon chunks in
sctp_prune_prsctp when sendmsg from the retransmit/transmited queue, and
free chunks from out_queue in right order until the abandon+free size >
msg_len - sctp_wfree. For the abandon size, we have to wait until it
sends FORWARD TSN, receives the sack and the chunks are really freed.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prsctp RTX policy is a policy to abandon chunks when they are
retransmitted beyond the max count.
This patch uses sent_count to count how many times one chunk has
been sent, and prsctp_param is the max rtx count, which is from
sinfo->sinfo_timetolive in sctp_set_prsctp_policy(). So similar
to TTL policy, if RTX policy is enabled, msg->expire_at won't
work.
Then in sctp_chunk_abandoned, this patch checks if chunk->sent_count
is bigger than chunk->prsctp_param to abandon this chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prsctp TTL policy is a policy to abandon chunks when they expire
at the specific time in local stack. It's similar with expires_at
in struct sctp_datamsg.
This patch uses sinfo->sinfo_timetolive to set the specific time for
TTL policy. sinfo->sinfo_timetolive is also used for msg->expires_at.
So if prsctp_enable or TTL policy is not enabled, msg->expires_at
still works as before.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds SCTP_PR_ASSOC_STATUS to sctp sockopt, which is used
to dump the prsctp statistics info from the asoc. The prsctp statistics
includes abandoned_sent/unsent from the asoc. abandoned_sent is the
count of the packets we drop packets from retransmit/transmited queue,
and abandoned_unsent is the count of the packets we drop from out_queue
according to the policy.
Note: another option for prsctp statistics dump described in rfc is
SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS, which is used to dump the prsctp statistics
info from each stream. But by now, linux doesn't yet have per stream
statistics info, it needs rfc6525 to be implemented. As the prsctp
statistics for each stream has to be based on per stream statistics,
we will delay it until rfc6525 is done in linux.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds SCTP_DEFAULT_PRINFO to sctp sockopt. It is used
to set/get sctp Partially Reliable Policies' default params,
which includes 3 policies (ttl, rtx, prio) and their values.
Still, if we set policy params in sndinfo, we will use the params
of sndinfo against chunks, instead of the default params.
In this patch, we will use 5-8bit of sp/asoc->default_flags
to store prsctp policies, and reuse asoc->default_timetolive
to store their values. It means if we enable and set prsctp
policy, prior ttl timeout in sctp will not work any more.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to section 4.5 of rfc7496, prsctp_enable should be per asoc.
We will add prsctp_enable to both asoc and ep, and replace the places
where it used net.sctp->prsctp_enable with asoc->prsctp_enable.
ep->prsctp_enable will be initialized with net.sctp->prsctp_enable, and
asoc->prsctp_enable will be initialized with ep->prsctp_enable. We can
also modify it's value through sockopt SCTP_PR_SUPPORTED.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before commit 778be232a2 ("NFS do not find client in NFSv4
pg_authenticate"), the Linux callback server replied with
RPC_AUTH_ERROR / RPC_AUTH_BADCRED, instead of dropping the CB
request. Let's restore that behavior so the server has a chance to
do something useful about it, and provide a warning that helps
admins correct the problem.
Fixes: 778be232a2 ("NFS do not find client in NFSv4 ...")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
If an RPC program does not set vs_dispatch and pc_func() returns
rpc_drop_reply, the server sends a reply anyway containing a single
word containing the value RPC_DROP_REPLY (in network byte-order, of
course). This is a nonsense RPC message.
Fixes: 9e701c6109 ("svcrpc: simpler request dropping")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Direct data placement is not allowed when using flavors that
guarantee integrity or privacy. When such security flavors are in
effect, don't allow the use of Read and Write chunks for moving
individual data items. All messages larger than the inline threshold
are sent via Long Call or Long Reply.
On my systems (CX-3 Pro on FDR), for small I/O operations, the use
of Long messages adds only around 5 usecs of latency in each
direction.
Note that when integrity or encryption is used, the host CPU touches
every byte in these messages. Even if it could be used, data
movement offload doesn't buy much in this case.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
fixup_copy_count should count only the number of bytes copied to the
page list. The head and tail are now always handled without a data
copy.
And the debugging at the end of rpcrdma_inline_fixup() is also no
longer necessary, since copy_len will be non-zero when there is reply
data in the tail (a normal and valid case).
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Now that rpcrdma_inline_fixup() updates only two fields in
rq_rcv_buf, a full memcpy of that structure to rq_private_buf is
unwarranted. Updating rq_private_buf fields only where needed also
better documents what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
While trying NFSv4.0/RDMA with sec=krb5p, I noticed small NFS READ
operations failed. After the client unwrapped the NFS READ reply
message, the NFS READ XDR decoder was not able to decode the reply.
The message was "Server cheating in reply", with the reported
number of received payload bytes being zero. Applications reported
a read(2) that returned -1/EIO.
The problem is rpcrdma_inline_fixup() sets the tail.iov_len to zero
when the incoming reply fits entirely in the head iovec. The zero
tail.iov_len confused xdr_buf_trim(), which then mangled the actual
reply data instead of simply removing the trailing GSS checksum.
As near as I can tell, RPC transports are not supposed to update the
head.iov_len, page_len, or tail.iov_len fields in the receive XDR
buffer when handling an incoming RPC reply message. These fields
contain the length of each component of the XDR buffer, and hence
the maximum number of bytes of reply data that can be stored in each
XDR buffer component. I've concluded this because:
- This is how xdr_partial_copy_from_skb() appears to behave
- rpcrdma_inline_fixup() already does not alter page_len
- call_decode() compares rq_private_buf and rq_rcv_buf and WARNs
if they are not exactly the same
Unfortunately, as soon as I tried the simple fix to just remove the
line that sets tail.iov_len to zero, I saw that the logic that
appends the implicit Write chunk pad inline depends on inline_fixup
setting tail.iov_len to zero.
To address this, re-organize the tail iovec handling logic to use
the same approach as with the head iovec: simply point tail.iov_base
to the correct bytes in the receive buffer.
While I remember all this, write down the conclusion in documenting
comments.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
When the remaining length of an incoming reply is longer than the
XDR buf's page_len, switch over to the tail iovec instead of
copying more than page_len bytes into the page list.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Currently, all three chunk list encoders each use a portion of the
one rl_segments array in rpcrdma_req. This is because the MWs for
each chunk list were preserved in rl_segments so that ro_unmap could
find and invalidate them after the RPC was complete.
However, now that MWs are placed on a per-req linked list as they
are registered, there is no longer any information in rpcrdma_mr_seg
that is shared between ro_map and ro_unmap_{sync,safe}, and thus
nothing in rl_segments needs to be preserved after
rpcrdma_marshal_req is complete.
Thus the rl_segments array can be used now just for the needs of
each rpcrdma_convert_iovs call. Once each chunk list is encoded, the
next chunk list encoder is free to re-use all of rl_segments.
This means all three chunk lists in one RPC request can now each
encode a full size data payload with no increase in the size of
rl_segments.
This is a key requirement for Kerberos support, since both the Call
and Reply for a single RPC transaction are conveyed via Long
messages (RDMA Read/Write). Both can be large.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Instead of placing registered MWs sparsely into the rl_segments
array, place these MWs on a per-req list.
ro_unmap_{sync,safe} can then simply pull those MWs off the list
instead of walking through the array.
This change significantly reduces the size of struct rpcrdma_req
by removing nsegs and rl_mw from every array element.
As an additional clean-up, chunk co-ordinates are returned in the
"*mw" output argument so they are no longer needed in every
array element.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Instead of leaving orphaned MRs to be released when the transport
is destroyed, release them immediately. The MR free list can now be
replenished if it becomes exhausted.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Frequent MR list exhaustion can impact I/O throughput, so enough MRs
are always created during transport set-up to prevent running out.
This means more MRs are created than most workloads need.
Commit 94f58c58c0 ("xprtrdma: Allow Read list and Reply chunk
simultaneously") introduced support for sending two chunk lists per
RPC, which consumes more MRs per RPC.
Instead of trying to provision more MRs, introduce a mechanism for
allocating MRs on demand. A few MRs are allocated during transport
set-up to kick things off.
This significantly reduces the average number of MRs per transport
while allowing the MR count to grow for workloads or devices that
need more MRs.
FRWR with mlx4 allocated almost 400 MRs per transport before this
patch. Now it starts with 32.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up, based on code audit: Remove the possibility that the
chunk list XDR encoders can return zero, which would be interpreted
as a NULL.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Commit c93c62231c ("xprtrdma: Disconnect on registration failure")
added a disconnect for some RPC marshaling failures. This is needed
only in a handful of cases, but it was triggering for simple stuff
like temporary resource shortages. Try to straighten this out.
Fix up the lower layers so they don't return -ENOMEM or other error
codes that the RPC client's FSM doesn't explicitly recognize.
Also fix up the places in the send_request path that do want a
disconnect. For example, when ib_post_send or ib_post_recv fail,
this is a sign that there is a send or receive queue resource
miscalculation. That should be rare, and is a sign of a software
bug. But xprtrdma can recover: disconnect to reset the transport and
start over.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Not having an rpcrdma_rep at call_allocate time can be a problem.
It means that send_request can't post a receive buffer to catch
the RPC's reply. Possible consequences are RPC timeouts or even
transport deadlock.
Instead of allowing an RPC to proceed if an rpcrdma_rep is
not available, return NULL to force call_allocate to wait and
try again.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: ALLPHYSICAL is gone and FMR has been converted to use
scatterlists. There are no more users of these functions.
This patch shrinks the size of struct rpcrdma_req by about 3500
bytes on x86_64. There is one of these structs for each RPC credit
(128 credits per transport connection).
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
No HCA or RNIC in the kernel tree requires the use of ALLPHYSICAL.
ALLPHYSICAL advertises in the clear on the network fabric an R_key
that is good for all of the client's memory. No known exploit
exists, but theoretically any user on the server can use that R_key
on the client's QP to read or update any part of the client's memory.
ALLPHYSICAL exposes the client to server bugs, including:
o base/bounds errors causing data outside the i/o buffer to be
accessed
o RDMA access after reply causing data corruption and/or integrity
fail
ALLPHYSICAL can't protect application memory regions from server
update after a local signal or soft timeout has terminated an RPC.
ALLPHYSICAL chunks are no larger than a page. Special cases to
handle small chunks and long chunk lists have been a source of
implementation complexity and bugs.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Based on code audit.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
I found that commit ead3f26e35 ("xprtrdma: Add ro_unmap_safe
memreg method"), which introduces ro_unmap_safe, never wired up the
FMR recovery worker.
The FMR and FRWR recovery work queues both do the same thing.
Instead of setting up separate individual work queues for this,
schedule a delayed worker to deal with them, since recovering MRs is
not performance-critical.
Fixes: ead3f26e35 ("xprtrdma: Add ro_unmap_safe memreg method")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The use of a scatterlist for handling DMA mapping and unmapping
was recently introduced in frwr_ops.c in commit 4143f34e01
("xprtrdma: Port to new memory registration API"). That commit did
not make a similar update to xprtrdma's FMR support because the
core ib_map_phys_fmr() and ib_unmap_fmr() APIs have not been changed
to take a scatterlist argument.
However, FMR still needs to do DMA mapping and unmapping. It appears
that RDS, for example, uses a scatterlist for this, then builds the
DMA addr array for the ib_map_phys_fmr call separately. I see that
SRP also utilizes a scatterlist for DMA mapping. xprtrdma can do
something similar.
This modernization is used immediately to properly defer DMA
unmapping during fmr_unmap_safe (a FIXME). It separates the DMA
unmapping coordinates from the rl_segments array. This array, being
part of an rpcrdma_req, is always re-used immediately when an RPC
exits. A scatterlist is allocated in memory independent of the
rl_segments array, so it can be preserved indefinitely (ie, until
the MR invalidation and DMA unmapping can actually be done by a
worker thread).
The FRWR and FMR DMA mapping code are slightly different from each
other now, and will diverge further when the "Check for holes" logic
can be removed from FRWR (support for SG_GAP MRs). So I chose not to
create helpers for the common-looking code.
Fixes: ead3f26e35 ("xprtrdma: Add ro_unmap_safe memreg method")
Suggested-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@lightbits.io>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Use the same naming convention used in other
RPC/RDMA-related data structures.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Moving these helpers in a separate patch makes later
patches more readable.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: FMR is about to replace the rpcrdma_map_one code with
scatterlists. Move the scatterlist fields out of the FRWR-specific
union and into the generic part of rpcrdma_mw.
One minor change: -EIO is now returned if FRWR registration fails.
The RPC is terminated immediately, since the problem is likely due
to a software bug, thus retrying likely won't help.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
ib_unmap_fmr() takes a list of FMRs to unmap. However, it does not
remove the FMRs from this list as it processes them. Other
ib_unmap_fmr() call sites are careful to remove FMRs from the list
after ib_unmap_fmr() returns.
Since commit 7c7a5390dc ("xprtrdma: Add ro_unmap_sync method for FMR")
fmr_op_unmap_sync passes more than one FMR to ib_unmap_fmr(), but
it didn't bother to remove the FMRs from that list once the call was
complete.
I've noticed some instability that could be related to list
tangling by the new fmr_op_unmap_sync() logic. In an abundance
of caution, add some defensive logic to clean up properly after
ib_unmap_fmr().
Fixes: 7c7a5390dc ("xprtrdma: Add ro_unmap_sync method for FMR")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
If socket filter truncates an udp packet below the length of UDP header
in udpv6_queue_rcv_skb() or udp_queue_rcv_skb(), it will trigger a
BUG_ON in skb_pull_rcsum(). This BUG_ON (and therefore a system crash if
kernel is configured that way) can be easily enforced by an unprivileged
user which was reported as CVE-2016-6162. For a reproducer, see
http://seclists.org/oss-sec/2016/q3/8
Fixes: e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before queueing")
Reported-by: Marco Grassi <marco.gra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Fix possible NULL pointer dereference for vlan_insert_tag (two patches)
- Fix reference handling in some features, which may lead to reference
leaks or invalid memory access (four patches)
- Fix speedy join: DHCP packets handled by the gateway feature should
be sent with 4-address unicast instead of 3-address unicast to make
speedy join work. This fixes/speeds up DHCP assignment for clients
which join a mesh for the first time. (one patch)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=7Z04
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-net-for-davem-20160708' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
Here are a couple batman-adv bugfix patches, all by Sven Eckelmann:
- Fix possible NULL pointer dereference for vlan_insert_tag (two patches)
- Fix reference handling in some features, which may lead to reference
leaks or invalid memory access (four patches)
- Fix speedy join: DHCP packets handled by the gateway feature should
be sent with 4-address unicast instead of 3-address unicast to make
speedy join work. This fixes/speeds up DHCP assignment for clients
which join a mesh for the first time. (one patch)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects an off-by-one error in the DecodeQ931 function in
the nf_conntrack_h323 module. This error could result in reading off
the end of a Q.931 frame.
Signed-off-by: Toby DiPasquale <toby@cbcg.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simon Horman says:
====================
IPVS Updates for v4.8
please consider these enhancements to the IPVS. This alters the behaviour
of the "least connection" schedulers such that pre-established connections
are included in the active connection count. This avoids overloading
servers when a large number of new connections arrive in a short space of
time - e.g. when clients reconnect after a node or network failure.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can pass the netns pointer as parameter to the functions that need to
gain access to it. From basechains, I didn't find any client for this
field anymore so let's remove this too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If we want to use ct packets expr, and add a rule like follows:
# nft add rule filter input ct packets gt 1 counter
We will find that no packets will hit it, because
nf_conntrack_acct is disabled by default. So It will
not work until we enable it manually via
"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_acct".
This is not friendly, so like xt_connbytes do, if the user
want to use ct byte/packet expr, enable nf_conntrack_acct
automatically.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
physdev_mt() will check skb->nf_bridge first, which was alloced in
br_nf_pre_routing. So if we want to use --physdev-out and physdev-is-out,
we need to match it in FORWARD or POSTROUTING chain. physdev_mt_check()
only checked physdev-out and missed physdev-is-out. Fix it and update the
debug message to make it clearer.
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo R Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It did use a fixed-size bucket list plus single lock to protect add/del.
Unlike the main conntrack table we only need to add and remove keys.
Convert it to rhashtable to get table autosizing and per-bucket locking.
The maximum number of entries is -- as before -- tied to the number of
conntracks so we do not need another upperlimit.
The change does not handle rhashtable_remove_fast error, only possible
"error" is -ENOENT, and that is something that can happen legitimetely,
e.g. because nat module was inserted at a later time and no src manip
took place yet.
Tested with http-client-benchmark + httpterm with DNAT and SNAT rules
in place.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simon Horman says:
====================
Second Round of IPVS Fixes for v4.7
The fix from Quentin Armitage allows the backup sync daemon to
be bound to a link-local mcast IPv6 address as is already the case
for IPv4.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The nat extension structure is 32bytes in size on x86_64:
struct nf_conn_nat {
struct hlist_node bysource; /* 0 16 */
struct nf_conn * ct; /* 16 8 */
union nf_conntrack_nat_help help; /* 24 4 */
int masq_index; /* 28 4 */
/* size: 32, cachelines: 1, members: 4 */
/* last cacheline: 32 bytes */
};
The hlist is needed to quickly check for possible tuple collisions
when installing a new nat binding. Storing this in the extension
area has two drawbacks:
1. We need ct backpointer to get the conntrack struct from the extension.
2. When reallocation of extension area occurs we need to fixup the bysource
hash head via hlist_replace_rcu.
We can avoid both by placing the hlist_head in nf_conn and place nf_conn in
the bysource hash rather than the extenstion.
We can also remove the ->move support; no other extension needs it.
Moving the entire nat extension into nf_conn would be possible as well but
then we have to add yet another callback for deletion from the bysource
hash table rather than just using nat extension ->destroy hook for this.
nf_conn size doesn't increase due to aligment, followup patch replaces
hlist_node with single pointer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We don't need to acquire the bucket lock during early drop, we can
use lockless traveral just like ____nf_conntrack_find.
The timer deletion serves as synchronization point, if another cpu
attempts to evict same entry, only one will succeed with timer deletion.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
From: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Similar to ctnl_untimeout, when hash resize happened, we should try
to do unhelp from the 0# bucket again.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Imagine such situation, nf_conntrack_htable_size now is 4096, we are doing
ctnl_untimeout, and iterate on 3000# bucket.
Meanwhile, another user try to reduce hash size to 2048, then all nf_conn
are removed to the new hashtable. When this hash resize operation finished,
we still try to itreate ct begin from 3000# bucket, find nothing to do and
just return.
We may miss unlinking some timeout objects. And later we will end up with
invalid references to timeout object that are already gone.
So when we find that hash resize happened, try to unlink timeout objects
from the 0# bucket again.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we do "cat /proc/net/nf_conntrack", and meanwhile resize the conntrack
hash table via /sys/module/nf_conntrack/parameters/hashsize, race will
happen, because reader can observe a newly allocated hash but the old size
(or vice versa). So oops will happen like follows：
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000017
IP: [<ffffffffa0418e21>] seq_print_acct+0x11/0x50 [nf_conntrack]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa0412f4e>] ? ct_seq_show+0x14e/0x340 [nf_conntrack]
[<ffffffff81261a1c>] seq_read+0x2cc/0x390
[<ffffffff812a8d62>] proc_reg_read+0x42/0x70
[<ffffffff8123bee7>] __vfs_read+0x37/0x130
[<ffffffff81347980>] ? security_file_permission+0xa0/0xc0
[<ffffffff8123cf75>] vfs_read+0x95/0x140
[<ffffffff8123e475>] SyS_read+0x55/0xc0
[<ffffffff817c2572>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1a/0xa4
It is very easy to reproduce this kernel crash.
1. open one shell and input the following cmds:
while : ; do
echo $RANDOM > /sys/module/nf_conntrack/parameters/hashsize
done
2. open more shells and input the following cmds:
while : ; do
cat /proc/net/nf_conntrack
done
3. just wait a monent, oops will happen soon.
The solution in this patch is based on Florian's Commit 5e3c61f981
("netfilter: conntrack: fix lookup race during hash resize"). And
add a wrapper function nf_conntrack_get_ht to get hash and hsize
suggested by Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When the target needs more time to process the received PDU, it sends
Response Timeout Extension (RTOX) PDU.
When the initiator receives a RTOX PDU, it must reply with a RTOX PDU
and extends the current rwt value with the formula:
rwt_int = rwt * rtox
This patch takes care of the rtox value passed by the target in the RTOX
PDU and extends the timeout for the next response accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When sending an ATR_REQ, the initiator must wait for the ATR_RES at
least 'RWT(nfcdep,activation) + dRWT(nfcdep)' and no more than
'RWT(nfcdep,activation) + dRWT(nfcdep) + dT(nfcdep,initiator)'. This
gives a timeout value between 1237 ms and 1337 ms. This patch defines
DIGITAL_ATR_RES_RWT to 1337 used for the timeout value of ATR_REQ
command.
For other DEP PDUs, the initiator must wait between 'RWT + dRWT(nfcdep)'
and 'RWT + dRWT(nfcdep) + dT(nfcdep,initiator)' where RWT is given by
the following formula: '(256 * 16 / f(c)) * 2^wt' where wt is the value
of the TO field in the ATR_RES response and is in the range between 0
and 14. This patch declares a mapping table for wt values and gives RWT
max values between 100 ms and 5049 ms.
This patch also defines DIGITAL_ATR_RES_TO_WT, the maximum wt value in
target mode, to 8.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch frees the RTOX resp sk_buff in initiator mode. It also makes
use of the free_resp exit point for ATN supervisor PDUs in both
initiator and target mode.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
With this patch, ACK PDU sk_buffs are now freed and code has been
refactored for better errors handling.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When the target receives a NACK PDU, it re-sends the last sent PDU.
ACK PDUs are received by the target as a reply from the initiator to
chained I-PDUs. There are 3 cases to handle:
- If the target has previously received 1 or more ATN PDUs and the PNI
in the ACK PDU is equal to the target PNI - 1, then it means that the
initiator did not received the last issued PDU from the target. In
this case it re-sends this PDU.
- If the target has received 1 or more ATN PDUs but the ACK PNI is not
the target PNI - 1, then this means that this ACK is the reply of the
previous chained I-PDU sent by the target. The target did not received
it on the first attempt and it is being re-sent by the initiator. The
process continues as usual.
- No ATN PDU received before this ACK PDU. This is the reply of a
chained I-PDU. The target keeps on processing its chained I-PDU.
The code has been refactored to avoid too many indentation levels.
Also, ACK and NACK PDUs were not freed. This is now fixed.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When the initiator sends a DEP_REQ I-PDU, the target device may not
reply in a timely manner. In this case the initiator device must send an
attention PDU (ATN) and if the recipient replies with an ATN PDU in
return, then the last I-PDU must be sent again by the initiator.
This patch fixes how the target handles I-PDU received after an ATN PDU
has been received.
There are 2 possible cases:
- The target has received the initial DEP_REQ and sends back the DEP_RES
but the initiator did not receive it. In this case, after the
initiator has sent an ATN PDU and the target replied it (with an ATN
as well), the initiator sends the saved skb of the initial DEP_REQ
again and the target replies with the saved skb of the initial
DEP_RES.
- Or the target did not even received the initial DEP_REQ. In this case,
after the ATN PDUs exchange, the initiator sends the saved skb and the
target simply passes it up, just as usual.
This behavior is controlled using the atn_count and the PNI field of the
digital device structure.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When allocating chained I-PDUs, there is no need to call skb_reserve()
since it's already done by digital_alloc_skb() and contains enough room
for the driver head and tail data.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch fixes the way an I-PDU is saved in case it needs to be sent
again. It is now copied using pskb_copy() and not simply referenced
using skb_get() since it could be modified by the driver.
digital_in_send_saved_skb() and digital_tg_send_saved_skb() still get a
reference on the saved skb which is re-sent but release it if the send
operation fails. That way the caller doesn't have to take care about skb
ref in case of error.
RTOX supervisor PDU must not be saved as this can override a previously
saved I-PDU that should be re-sent later on.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In the prep work I did before enabling BH while handling socket backlog,
I missed two points in DCCP :
1) dccp_v4_ctl_send_reset() uses bh_lock_sock(), assuming BH were
blocked. It is not anymore always true.
2) dccp_v4_route_skb() was using __IP_INC_STATS() instead of
IP_INC_STATS()
A similar fix was done for TCP, in commit 47dcc20a39
("ipv4: tcp: ip_send_unicast_reply() is not BH safe")
Fixes: 7309f8821f ("dccp: do not assume DCCP code is non preemptible")
Fixes: 5413d1babe ("net: do not block BH while processing socket backlog")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All inet6_netconf_notify_devconf() callers are in process context,
so we can use GFP_KERNEL allocations if we take care of not holding
a rwlock while not needed in ip6mr (we hold RTNL there)
Fixes: d67b8c616b ("netconf: advertise mc_forwarding status")
Fixes: f3a1bfb11c ("rtnl/ipv6: use netconf msg to advertise forwarding status")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_forward_change() runs with RTNL held.
We are allowed to sleep if required.
If we use __in_dev_get_rtnl() instead of __in_dev_get_rcu(),
we no longer have to use GFP_ATOMIC allocations in
inet_netconf_notify_devconf(), meaning we are less likely to miss
notifications under memory pressure, and wont touch precious memory
reserves either and risk dropping incoming packets.
inet_netconf_get_devconf() can also use GFP_KERNEL allocation.
Fixes: edc9e74893 ("rtnl/ipv4: use netconf msg to advertise forwarding status")
Fixes: 9e5511106f ("rtnl/ipv4: add support of RTM_GETNETCONF")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An important information for the napi_poll tracepoint is knowing
the work done (packets processed) by the napi_poll() call. Add
both the work done and budget, as they are related.
Handle trace_napi_poll() param change in dropwatch/drop_monitor
and in python perf script netdev-times.py in backward compat way,
as python fortunately supports optional parameter handling.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow MPLS routes on IPIP and SIT devices now that they
support forwarding MPLS packets.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the IPIP driver to support MPLS over IPv4. The implementation is an
extension of existing support for IPv4 over IPv4 and is based of multiple
inner-protocol support for the SIT driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the SIT driver to support MPLS over IPv4. This implementation
extends existing support for IPv6 over IPv4 and IPv4 over IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend tunnel support to MPLS over IPv4. The implementation extends the
existing differentiation between IPIP and IPv6 over IPv4 to also cover MPLS
over IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As was suggested this patch adds support for the different versions of MLD
and IGMP query types. Since the user visible structure is still in net-next
we can augment it instead of adding netlink attributes.
The distinction between the different IGMP/MLD query types is done as
suggested in Section 7.1, RFC 3376 [1] and Section 8.1, RFC 3810 [2] based
on query payload size and code for IGMP. Since all IGMP packets go through
multicast_rcv() and it uses ip_mc_check_igmp/ipv6_mc_check_mld we can be
sure that at least the ip/ipv6 header can be directly used.
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3376#section-7
[2] https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3810#section-8.1
Suggested-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCI_BREDR naming is confusing since it actually stands for Primary
Bluetooth Controller. Which is a term that has been used in the latest
standard. However from a legacy point of view there only really have
been Basic Rate (BR) and Enhanced Data Rate (EDR). Recent versions of
Bluetooth introduced Low Energy (LE) and made this terminology a little
bit confused since Dual Mode Controllers include BR/EDR and LE. To
simplify this the name HCI_PRIMARY stands for the Primary Controller
which can be a single mode or dual mode controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The controller device attributes are not used and expose no valuable
information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The connection link attributes are not used and expose no valuable
information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When we introduced GSO support, if using auth the auth chunk was being
left queued on the packet even after the final segment was generated.
Later on sctp_transmit_packet it calls sctp_packet_reset, which zeroed
the packet len while not accounting for this left-over. This caused more
space to be used the next packet due to the chunk still being queued,
but space which wasn't allocated as its size wasn't accounted.
The fix is to only queue it back when we know that we are going to
generate another segment.
Fixes: 90017accff ("sctp: Add GSO support")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The routing table of every switch in a tree is currently initialized to
all zeros. This is an issue since 0 is a valid port number.
Add a DSA_RTABLE_NONE=-1 constant to initialize the signed values of the
routing table pointing to other switches.
This fixes the device mapping of the mv88e6xxx driver where the port
pointing to the switch itself and to non-existent switches was wrongly
configured to be 0. It is now set to the expected 0xf value.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=1ZSd
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160706' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Improve conn/call lookup and fix call number generation [ver #3]
I've fixed a couple of patch descriptions and excised the patch that
duplicated the connections list for reconsideration at a later date.
For reference, the excised patch is sitting on the rxrpc-experimental
branch of my git tree, based on top of the rxrpc-rewrite branch. Diffing
it against yesterday's tag shows no differences.
Would you prefer the patch set to be emailed afresh instead of a git-pull
request?
David
---
Here's the next part of the AF_RXRPC rewrite. The two main purposes of
this set are to fix the call number handling and to make use of RCU when
looking up the connection or call to pass a received packet to.
Important changes in this set include:
(1) Avoidance of placing stack data into SG lists in rxkad so that kernel
stacks can become vmalloc'd (Herbert Xu).
(2) Calls cease pinning the connection they used as soon as possible,
which allows the connection to be discarded sooner and allows the call
channel on that connection to be reused earlier.
(3) Make each call channel on a connection have a separate and independent
call number space rather than having a shared number space for the
connection. Call numbers should increment monotonically per channel
on the client, and the server should ignore a call with a lower call
number for that channel than the latest it has seen. The RESPONSE
packet sets the minimum values of each call ID counter on a
connection.
(4) Look up calls by indexing the channel array on a connection rather
than by keeping calls in an rbtree on that connection. Also look up
calls using the channel array rather than using a hashtable.
The call hashtable can then be removed.
(5) Call terminal statuses are cached in the channel array for the last
call. It is assumed that if we the server have seen call N, then the
client no longer cares about call N-1 on the same channel.
This will allow retransmission of the terminal status in future
without the need to keep the rxrpc_call struct around.
(6) Peer lookups are moved out of common connection handling code and into
service connection handling code as client connections (a) must point
to a peer before they can be used and (b) are looked up by a
machine-unique connection ID directly, so we only need to look up the
peer first if we're going to deal with a service call.
(7) The reference count on a connection is held elevated by 1 whilst it is
alive (ie. idle unused connections have a refcount of 1). The reaper
will attempt to change the refcount from 1->0 and skip if this cannot
be done, whilst look ups only increment the refcount if it's non-zero.
This makes the implementation of RCU lookups easier as we don't have
to get a ref on the connection or a lock on the connection list to
prevent a connection being reaped whilst we're contemplating queueing
a packet that initiates a new service call upon it.
If we need to get a connection, but there's a dead connection in the
tree, we use rb_replace_node() to replace the dead one with a new one.
(8) Use a seqlock to validate the walk over the service connection rbtree
attached to a peer when it's being walked in RCU mode.
(9) Make the incoming call/connection packet handling code use RCU mode
and locks and make it only take a reference if the call/connection
gets queued on a workqueue.
The intention is that the next set will introduce the connection lifetime
management and capacity limits to prevent clients from overloading the
server.
There are some fixes too:
(1) Verifying that a packet coming in to a client connection came from the
expected source.
(2) Fix handling of connection failure in client call creation where we
don't reinitialise the list linkage block and a second attempt to
unlink the failed connection oopses and also we don't set the state
correctly, which causes an assertion failure.
(3) New service calls were being added to the socket's accept queue under
the wrong lock.
Changes:
(V2) In rxrpc_find_service_conn_rcu() initialised the sequence number to 0.
Fixed the RCU handling in conn_service.c by introducing and using
rb_replace_node_rcu() as an RCU-safe alternative in
rxrpc_publish_service_conn().
Modified and used rcu_dereference_raw() to avoid RCU sparse warnings
in rxrpc_find_service_conn_rcu().
Added in some missing RCU dereference wrappers. It seems to be
necessary to turn on CONFIG_PROVE_RCU_REPEATEDLY as well as
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER to get the static __rcu annotation checking
to happen.
Fixed some other sparse warnings, including a missing ntohs() in
jumbo packet processing.
(V3) Fixed some commit descriptions.
Excised the patch that duplicated the connection list to separate out
the procfs list for reconsideration at a later date.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hfsc_sched is huge (size: 920, cachelines: 15), but we can get it to 14
cachelines by placing level after filter_cnt (covering 4 byte hole) and
reducing period/nactive/flags to u32 (period is just a counter,
incremented when class becomes active -- 2**32 is plenty for this
purpose, also, long is only 32bit wide on 32bit platforms anyway).
cl_vtperiod is exported to userspace via tc_hfsc_stats, but its period
member is already u32, so no precision is lost there either.
Cc: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to compute timeout.expires - jiffies, not the other way around.
Add a helper, another patch can then later change more places in
conntrack code where we currently open-code this.
Will allow us to only change one place later when we remove per-ct timer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When receiving neighbour information with short address option field we
should check the complete range of invalid short addresses and set it to
one invalid address setting which is the unspecified address. This
address is also used when by creating at first a new neighbour entry to
indicate no short address is set.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The RIOT-OS stack does send intra-pan frames but don't set the intra pan
flag inside the mac header. It seems this is valid frame addressing but
inefficient. Anyway this patch adds a new function for intra pan
addressing, doesn't matter if intra pan flag or source and destination
are the same. The newly introduction function will be used to check on
intra pan addressing for 6lowpan.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If recvmsg is called with a destination buffer that is too small to
receive the contents of skb in its entirety, the return value from
recvmsg was inconsistent with common SOCK_SEQPACKET or SOCK_DGRAM
semantics.
If destination buffer provided by userspace is too small (e.g. len <
copied), then MSG_TRUNC flag is set and copied is returned. Instead, it
should return the length of the message, which is consistent with how
other datagram based sockets act. Quoting 'man recv':
"All three calls return the length of the message on successful comple‐
tion. If a message is too long to fit in the supplied buffer, excess
bytes may be discarded depending on the type of socket the message is
received from."
and
"MSG_TRUNC (since Linux 2.2)
For raw (AF_PACKET), Internet datagram (since Linux
2.4.27/2.6.8), netlink (since Linux 2.6.22), and UNIX datagram
(since Linux 3.4) sockets: return the real length of the packet
or datagram, even when it was longer than the passed buffer."
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If recvmsg is called with a destination buffer that is too small to
receive the contents of skb in its entirety, the return value from
recvmsg was inconsistent with common SOCK_SEQPACKET or SOCK_DGRAM
semantics.
If destination buffer provided by userspace is too small (e.g. len <
copied), then MSG_TRUNC flag is set and copied is returned. Instead, it
should return the length of the message, which is consistent with how
other datagram based sockets act. Quoting 'man recv':
"All three calls return the length of the message on successful comple‐
tion. If a message is too long to fit in the supplied buffer, excess
bytes may be discarded depending on the type of socket the message is
received from."
and
"MSG_TRUNC (since Linux 2.2)
For raw (AF_PACKET), Internet datagram (since Linux
2.4.27/2.6.8), netlink (since Linux 2.6.22), and UNIX datagram
(since Linux 3.4) sockets: return the real length of the packet
or datagram, even when it was longer than the passed buffer."
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch reverts commit f9d1ce8f81 ("ieee802154: fix netns settings").
The lowpan interface need to be created inside the net namespace where
the wpan interface is available. The wpan namespace can be changed only
by nl802154 before. Without this patch it's not possible to create a
lowpan interface for a wpan interface which isn't inside init_net
namespace.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds netns support for 802.15.4 subsystem. Most parts are
copy&pasted from wireless subsystem, it has the identically userspace
API.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a missing check to handle short address parsing for
802.15.4 6LoWPAN only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes a double unlock case to accessing neighbour private
data.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
SMP does ECB crypto on stack buffers. This is complicated and
fragile, and it will not work if the stack is virtually allocated.
Switch to the crypto_cipher interface, which is simpler and safer.
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some users observed that "least connection" distribution algorithm doesn't
handle well bursts of TCP connections from reconnecting clients after
a node or network failure.
This is because the algorithm counts active connection as worth 256
inactive ones where for TCP, "active" only means TCP connections in
ESTABLISHED state. In case of a connection burst, new connections are
handled before previous ones have finished the three way handshaking so
that all are still counted as "inactive", i.e. cheap ones. The become
"active" quickly but at that time, all of them are already assigned to one
real server (or few), resulting in highly unbalanced distribution.
Address this by counting the "pre-established" states as "active".
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
When using HEAD from
https://git.kernel.org/cgit/utils/kernel/ipvsadm/ipvsadm.git/,
the command:
ipvsadm --start-daemon backup --mcast-interface eth0.60 \
--mcast-group ff02::1:81
fails with the error message:
Argument list too long
whereas both:
ipvsadm --start-daemon master --mcast-interface eth0.60 \
--mcast-group ff02::1:81
and:
ipvsadm --start-daemon backup --mcast-interface eth0.60 \
--mcast-group 224.0.0.81
are successful.
The error message "Argument list too long" isn't helpful. The error occurs
because an IPv6 address is given in backup mode.
The error is in make_receive_sock() in net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_sync.c,
since it fails to set the interface on the address or the socket before
calling inet6_bind() (via sock->ops->bind), where the test
'if (!sk->sk_bound_dev_if)' failed.
Setting sock->sk->sk_bound_dev_if on the socket before calling
inet6_bind() resolves the issue.
Fixes: d33288172e ("ipvs: add more mcast parameters for the sync daemon")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Armitage <quentin@armitage.org.uk>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Pinned timers must carry the pinned attribute in the timer structure
itself, so convert the code to the new API.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: rt@linutronix.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160704094341.617891430@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
* beacon report (for radio measurement) support in cfg80211/mac80211
* hwsim: allow wmediumd in namespaces
* mac80211: extend 160MHz workaround to CSA IEs
* mesh: properly encrypt group-addressed privacy action frames
* mesh: allow setting peer AID
* first steps for MU-MIMO monitor mode
* along with various other cleanups and improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=R1qP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-07-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
One more set of new features:
* beacon report (for radio measurement) support in cfg80211/mac80211
* hwsim: allow wmediumd in namespaces
* mac80211: extend 160MHz workaround to CSA IEs
* mesh: properly encrypt group-addressed privacy action frames
* mesh: allow setting peer AID
* first steps for MU-MIMO monitor mode
* along with various other cleanups and improvements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next,
they are:
1) Don't use userspace datatypes in bridge netfilter code, from
Tobin Harding.
2) Iterate only once over the expectation table when removing the
helper module, instead of once per-netns, from Florian Westphal.
3) Extra sanitization in xt_hook_ops_alloc() to return error in case
we ever pass zero hooks, xt_hook_ops_alloc():
4) Handle NFPROTO_INET from the logging core infrastructure, from
Liping Zhang.
5) Autoload loggers when TRACE target is used from rules, this doesn't
change the behaviour in case the user already selected nfnetlink_log
as preferred way to print tracing logs, also from Liping Zhang.
6) Conntrack slabs with SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN to allow rearranging fields
by cache lines, increases the size of entries in 11% per entry.
From Florian Westphal.
7) Skip zone comparison if CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_ZONES=n, from Florian.
8) Remove useless defensive check in nf_logger_find_get() from Shivani
Bhardwaj.
9) Remove zone extension as place it in the conntrack object, this is
always include in the hashing and we expect more intensive use of
zones since containers are in place. Also from Florian Westphal.
10) Owner match now works from any namespace, from Eric Bierdeman.
11) Make sure we only reply with TCP reset to TCP traffic from
nf_reject_ipv4, patch from Liping Zhang.
12) Introduce --nflog-size to indicate amount of network packet bytes
that are copied to userspace via log message, from Vishwanath Pai.
This obsoletes --nflog-range that has never worked, it was designed
to achieve this but it has never worked.
13) Introduce generic macros for nf_tables object generation masks.
14) Use generation mask in table, chain and set objects in nf_tables.
This allows fixes interferences with ongoing preparation phase of
the commit protocol and object listings going on at the same time.
This update is introduced in three patches, one per object.
15) Check if the object is active in the next generation for element
deactivation in the rbtree implementation, given that deactivation
happens from the commit phase path we have to observe the future
status of the object.
16) Support for deletion of just added elements in the hash set type.
17) Allow to resize hashtable from /proc entry, not only from the
obscure /sys entry that maps to the module parameter, from Florian
Westphal.
18) Get rid of NFT_BASECHAIN_DISABLED, this code is not exercised
anymore since we tear down the ruleset whenever the netdevice
goes away.
19) Support for matching inverted set lookups, from Arturo Borrero.
20) Simplify the iptables_mangle_hook() by removing a superfluous
extra branch.
21) Introduce ether_addr_equal_masked() and use it from the netfilter
codebase, from Joe Perches.
22) Remove references to "Use netfilter MARK value as routing key"
from the Netfilter Kconfig description given that this toggle
doesn't exists already for 10 years, from Moritz Sichert.
23) Introduce generic NF_INVF() and use it from the xtables codebase,
from Joe Perches.
24) Setting logger to NONE via /proc was not working unless explicit
nul-termination was included in the string. This fixes seems to
leave the former behaviour there, so we don't break backward.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedy join only works when the received packet is either broadcast or an
4addr unicast packet. Thus packets converted from broadcast to unicast via
the gateway handling code have to be converted to 4addr packets to allow
the receiving gateway server to add the sender address as temporary entry
to the translation table.
Not doing it will make the batman-adv gateway server drop the DHCP response
in many situations because it doesn't yet have the TT entry for the
destination of the DHCP response.
Fixes: 371351731e ("batman-adv: change interface_rx to get orig node")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
adds mesh peer AID setting API.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Continuing the workaround implemented in commit 23665aaf91
("mac80211: Interoperability workaround for 80+80 and 160 MHz channels")
use the same code to parse the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch element
by converting to VHT Operation element since the spec also just refers
to that for parsing semantics, particularly with the workaround.
While at it, remove some dead code - the IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_40MHZ
flag can never be set at this point since it's checked earlier and the
wide_bw_chansw_ie pointer is set to NULL if it's set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the following to support beacon report radio measurement
with the measurement mode field set to passive or active:
1. Propagate the required scan duration to the device
2. Report the scan start time (in terms of TSF)
3. Report each BSS's detection time (also in terms of TSF)
TSF times refer to the BSS that the interface that requested the
scan is connected to.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
[changed ath9k/10k, at76c59x-usb, iwlegacy, wl1251 and wlcore to match
the new API]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon report radio measurement requires reporting observed BSSs
on the channels specified in the beacon request. If the measurement
mode is set to passive or active, it requires actually performing a
scan (passive or active, accordingly), and reporting the time that
the scan was started and the time each beacon/probe was received
(both in terms of TSF of the BSS of the requesting AP). If the
request mode is table, this information is optional.
In addition, the radio measurement request specifies the channel
dwell time for the measurement.
In order to use scan for beacon report when the mode is active or
passive, add a parameter to scan request that specifies the
channel dwell time, and add scan start time and beacon received time
to scan results information.
Supporting beacon report is required for Multi Band Operation (MBO).
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
add API to support VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer.
in MU-MIMO there are parallel frames on the air while the HW
has only one RX.
add the capability to sniff one of the MU-MIMO parallel frames by
giving the sniffer additional information so it'll know which
of the parallel frames it shall follow.
Add attribute - NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA - for getting
a MU-MIMO groupID in order to monitor packets from that group
using VHT MU-MIMO.
And add attribute -NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_ADDR - for passing
MAC address to monitor mode.
that option will be used by VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer to follow a
station according to it's MAC address using VHT MU-MIMO.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current implementation of handling ADDBA Request while a session
is already active with the peer is wrong - in case the peer is using
the existing session's dialog token this should be treated as update
to the session, which can update the timeout value.
We don't really have a good way of supporting that, so reject, but
implement the required behaviour in the spec of "Even if the updated
ADDBA Request frame is not accepted, the original Block ACK setup
remains active." (802.11-2012 10.5.4)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No support for pbss results in a memory leak for the acl_data
(if parse_acl_data succeeds). Fix this by moving the ACL parsing later.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 34d505193b ("cfg80211: basic support for PBSS network type")
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
The call hash table is now no longer used as calls are looked up directly
by channel slot on the connection, so kill it off.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Move to using RCU access to a peer's service connection tree when routing
an incoming packet. This is done using a seqlock to trigger retrying of
the tree walk if a change happened.
Further, we no longer get a ref on the connection looked up in the
data_ready handler unless we queue the connection's work item - and then
only if the refcount > 0.
Note that I'm avoiding the use of a hash table for service connections
because each service connection is addressed by a 62-bit number
(constructed from epoch and connection ID >> 2) that would allow the client
to engage in bucket stuffing, given knowledge of the hash algorithm.
Peers, however, are hashed as the network address is less controllable by
the client. The total number of peers will also be limited in a future
commit.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Overhaul the usage count accounting for the rxrpc_connection struct to make
it easier to implement RCU access from the data_ready handler.
The problem is that currently we're using a lock to prevent the garbage
collector from trying to clean up a connection that we're contemplating
unidling. We could just stick incoming packets on the connection we find,
but we've then got a problem that we may race when dispatching a work item
to process it as we need to give that a ref to prevent the rxrpc_connection
struct from disappearing in the meantime.
Further, incoming packets may get discarded if attached to an
rxrpc_connection struct that is going away. Whilst this is not a total
disaster - the client will presumably resend - it would delay processing of
the call. This would affect the AFS client filesystem's service manager
operation.
To this end:
(1) We now maintain an extra count on the connection usage count whilst it
is on the connection list. This mean it is not in use when its
refcount is 1.
(2) When trying to reuse an old connection, we only increment the refcount
if it is greater than 0. If it is 0, we replace it in the tree with a
new candidate connection.
(3) Two connection flags are added to indicate whether or not a connection
is in the local's client connection tree (used by sendmsg) or the
peer's service connection tree (used by data_ready). This makes sure
that we don't try and remove a connection if it got replaced.
The flags are tested under lock with the removal operation to prevent
the reaper from killing the rxrpc_connection struct whilst someone
else is trying to effect a replacement.
This could probably be alleviated by using memory barriers between the
flag set/test and the rb_tree ops. The rb_tree op would still need to
be under the lock, however.
(4) When trying to reap an old connection, we try to flip the usage count
from 1 to 0. If it's not 1 at that point, then it must've come back
to life temporarily and we ignore it.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Move the lookup of a peer from a call that's being accepted into the
function that creates a new incoming connection. This will allow us to
avoid incrementing the peer's usage count in some cases in future.
Note that I haven't bother to integrate rxrpc_get_addr_from_skb() with
rxrpc_extract_addr_from_skb() as I'm going to delete the former in the very
near future.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Split the service-specific connection code out into into its own file. The
client-specific code has already been split out. This will leave just the
common code in the original file.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Split the client-specific connection code out into its own file. It will
behave somewhat differently from the service-specific connection code, so
it makes sense to separate them.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Each channel on a connection has a separate, independent number space from
which to allocate callNumber values. It is entirely possible, for example,
to have a connection with four active calls, each with call number 1.
Note that the callNumber values for any particular channel don't have to
start at 1, but they are supposed to increment monotonically for that
channel from a client's perspective and may not be reused once the call
number is transmitted (until the epoch cycles all the way back round).
Currently, however, call numbers are allocated on a per-connection basis
and, further, are held in an rb-tree. The rb-tree is redundant as the four
channel pointers in the rxrpc_connection struct are entirely capable of
pointing to all the calls currently in progress on a connection.
To this end, make the following changes:
(1) Handle call number allocation independently per channel.
(2) Get rid of the conn->calls rb-tree. This is overkill as a connection
may have a maximum of four calls in progress at any one time. Use the
pointers in the channels[] array instead, indexed by the channel
number from the packet.
(3) For each channel, save the result of the last call that was in
progress on that channel in conn->channels[] so that the final ACK or
ABORT packet can be replayed if necessary. Any call earlier than that
is just ignored. If we've seen the next call number in a packet, the
last one is most definitely defunct.
(4) When generating a RESPONSE packet for a connection, the call number
counter for each channel must be included in it.
(5) When parsing a RESPONSE packet for a connection, the call number
counters contained therein should be used to set the minimum expected
call numbers on each channel.
To do in future commits:
(1) Replay terminal packets based on the last call stored in
conn->channels[].
(2) Connections should be retired before the callNumber space on any
channel runs out.
(3) A server is expected to disregard or reject any new incoming call that
has a call number less than the current call number counter. The call
number counter for that channel must be advanced to the new call
number.
Note that the server cannot just require that the next call that it
sees on a channel be exactly the call number counter + 1 because then
there's a scenario that could cause a problem: The client transmits a
packet to initiate a connection, the network goes out, the server
sends an ACK (which gets lost), the client sends an ABORT (which also
gets lost); the network then reconnects, the client then reuses the
call number for the next call (it doesn't know the server already saw
the call number), but the server thinks it already has the first
packet of this call (it doesn't know that the client doesn't know that
it saw the call number the first time).
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The socket's accept queue (socket->acceptq) should be accessed under
socket->call_lock, not under the connection lock.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add RCU destruction for connections and calls as the RCU lookup from the
transport socket data_ready handler is going to come along shortly.
Whilst we're at it, move the cleanup workqueue flushing and RCU barrierage
into the destruction code for the objects that need it (locals and
connections) and add the extra RCU barrier required for connection cleanup.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
When a call is disconnected, clear the call's pointer to the connection and
release the associated ref on that connection. This means that the call no
longer pins the connection and the connection can be discarded even before
the call is.
As the code currently stands, the call struct is effectively pinned by
userspace until userspace has enacted a recvmsg() to retrieve the final
call state as sk_buffs on the receive queue pin the call to which they're
related because:
(1) The rxrpc_call struct contains the userspace ID that recvmsg() has to
include in the control message buffer to indicate which call is being
referred to. This ID must remain valid until the terminal packet is
completely read and must be invalidated immediately at that point as
userspace is entitled to immediately reuse it.
(2) The final ACK to the reply to a client call isn't sent until the last
data packet is entirely read (it's probably worth altering this in
future to be send the ACK as soon as all the data has been received).
This change requires a bit of rearrangement to make sure that the call
isn't going to try and access the connection again after protocol
completion:
(1) Delete the error link earlier when we're releasing the call. Possibly
network errors should be distributed via connections at the cost of
adding in an access to the rxrpc_connection struct.
(2) Remove the call from the connection's call tree before disconnecting
the call. The call tree needs to be removed anyway and incoming
packets delivered by channel pointer instead.
(3) The release call event should be considered last after all other
events have been processed so that we don't need access to the
connection again.
(4) Move the channel_lock taking from rxrpc_release_call() to
rxrpc_disconnect_call() where it will be required in future.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
If rxrpc_connect_call() fails during the creation of a client connection,
there are two bugs that we can hit that need fixing:
(1) The call state should be moved to RXRPC_CALL_DEAD before the call
cleanup phase is invoked. If not, this can cause an assertion failure
later.
(2) call->link should be reinitialised after being deleted in
rxrpc_new_client_call() - which otherwise leads to a failure later
when the call cleanup attempts to delete the link again.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Rather than calling rxrpc_get_connection() manually before calling
rxrpc_queue_conn(), do it inside the queue wrapper.
This allows us to do some important fixes:
(1) If the usage count is 0, do nothing. This prevents connections from
being reanimated once they're dead.
(2) If rxrpc_queue_work() fails because the work item is already queued,
retract the usage count increment which would otherwise be lost.
(3) Don't take a ref on the connection in the work function. By passing
the ref through the work item, this is unnecessary. Doing it in the
work function is too late anyway. Previously, connection-directed
packets held a ref on the connection, but that's not really the best
idea.
And another useful changes:
(*) Don't need to take a refcount on the connection in the data_ready
handler unless we invoke the connection's work item. We're using RCU
there so that's otherwise redundant.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Check that the client conns cache is empty before module removal and bug if
not, listing any offending connections that are still present. Unfortunately,
if there are connections still around, then the transport socket is still
unexpectedly open and active, so we can't just unallocate the connections.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Turn the connection event and state #define lists into enums and move
outside of the struct definition.
Whilst we're at it, change _SERVER to _SERVICE in those identifiers and add
EV_ into the event name to distinguish them from flags and states.
Also add a symbol indicating the number of states and use that in the state
text array.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide queueing helper functions so that the queueing of local and
connection objects can be fixed later.
The issue is that a ref on the object needs to be passed to the work queue,
but the act of queueing the object may fail because the object is already
queued. Testing the queuedness of an object before hand doesn't work
because there can be a race with someone else trying to queue it. What
will have to be done is to adjust the refcount depending on the result of
the queue operation.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
rxkad uses stack memory in SG lists which would not work if stacks were
allocated from vmalloc memory. In fact, in most cases this isn't even
necessary as the stack memory ends up getting copied over to kmalloc
memory.
This patch eliminates all the unnecessary stack memory uses by supplying
the final destination directly to the crypto API. In two instances where a
temporary buffer is actually needed we also switch use a scratch area in
the rxrpc_call struct (only one DATA packet will be being secured or
verified at a time).
Finally there is no need to split a split-page buffer into two SG entries
so code dealing with that has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
When looking up a client connection to which to route a packet, we need to
check that the packet came from the correct source so that a peer can't try
to muck around with another peer's connection.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
With this patch, the Digital Protocol layer abort the last issued
command when the dep link goes down. That way it does not have to wait
for the driver to reply with a timeout error before sending a new
command (i.e. a start poll command if constant polling is on).
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
There is a flag in the command structure indicating that this command is
pending. It was checked before sending the command to not send the same
command twice but it was actually never set. This is now fixed.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
With this patch, when freeing the command queue in the module unregister
function, the callbacks of the commands still queued are called with a
ENODEV error. This gives a chance to the command issuer to free any
memory it could have allocate.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The Digital Protocol stack used to send a NACK frame whatever the error
type it receives in digital_in_recv_dep_res(). It actually should only
send a NACK frame on CRC or parity check errors or on any transmission
error if a NACK frame was previously sent. Existing drivers used to send
EIO error for this kind of issues so this patch limits sending of NACK
frames on EIO errors. All other errors will be reported to the upper
layers.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When configured as a target listening for a SENSF_REQ poll command, a
nfcid2 array was allocated for no reason leading to a memory leak. The
nfcid2 is sent by the target in the SENSF_RES reply.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Once copied into the sk_buff data area using llcp_add_tlv(), the
allocated TLVs must be freed.
With this patch nfc_llcp_send_connect() and nfc_llcp_send_cc() don't
return immediately on success and now free the allocated TLVs.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In functions using llcp_add_tlv(), a skb pointer could be set to NULL
and then reuse afterward.
With this patch, the skb pointer returned by llcp_add_tlv() is ignored
since it can only be the passed skb pointer or NULL when the passed TLV
is NULL. There is also no need to check for the TLV pointer as this is
done by llcp_add_tlv().
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
It was first reported and reproduced by Petr (thanks!) in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=119581
free_percpu(rt->rt6i_pcpu) used to always happen in ip6_dst_destroy().
However, after fixing a deadlock bug in
commit 9c7370a166 ("ipv6: Fix a potential deadlock when creating pcpu rt"),
free_percpu() is not called before setting non_pcpu_rt->rt6i_pcpu to NULL.
It is worth to note that rt6i_pcpu is protected by table->tb6_lock.
kmemleak somehow did not report it. We nailed it down by
observing the pcpu entries in /proc/vmallocinfo (first suggested
by Hannes, thanks!).
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Fixes: 9c7370a166 ("ipv6: Fix a potential deadlock when creating pcpu rt")
Reported-by: Petr Novopashenniy <pety@rusnet.ru>
Tested-by: Petr Novopashenniy <pety@rusnet.ru>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Petr Novopashenniy <pety@rusnet.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dn_fib_count_nhs() could enter an infinite loop if nhp->rtnh_len == 0
(i.e. if userspace passes a malformed netlink message).
Let's use the helpers from net/nexthop.h which take care of all this
stuff. We can do exactly the same as e.g. fib_count_nexthops() and
fib_get_nhs() from net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c.
This fixes the softlockup for me.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the data plane is offloaded the traffic doesn't go through the
networking stack. Therefore, after first resolving a neighbour the NUD
state machine will transition it from REACHABLE to STALE until it's
finally deleted by the garbage collector.
To prevent such situations the offloading driver should notify the NUD
state machine on any neighbours that were recently used. The driver's
polling interval should be set so that the NUD state machine can
function as if the traffic wasn't offloaded.
Currently, there are no in-tree drivers that can report confirmation for
a neighbour, but only 'used' indication. Therefore, the polling interval
should be set according to DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME, as a neighbour will
transition from REACHABLE state to DELAY (instead of STALE) if "a packet
was sent within the last DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds" (RFC 4861).
Send a netevent whenever the DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME changes - either via
netlink or sysctl - so that offloading drivers can correctly set their
polling interval.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L2 upper device needs to propagate neigh_construct/destroy calls down to
lower devices. Do this by defining default ndo functions and use them in
team, bond, bridge and vlan.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the following patch will allow upper devices to follow the call down
lower devices, we need to add dev here and not rely on n->dev.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is hard to unbind nf-logger:
echo NONE > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log/0
bash: echo: write error: No such file or directory
sysctl -w net.netfilter.nf_log.0=NONE
sysctl: setting key "net.netfilter.nf_log.0": No such file or directory
net.netfilter.nf_log.0 = NONE
You need explicitly send '\0', for instance like:
echo -e "NONE\0" > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log/0
That seem to be strange, so fix it using proc_dostring.
Now it works fine:
modprobe nfnetlink_log
echo nfnetlink_log > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log/0
cat /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log/0
nfnetlink_log
echo NONE > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log/0
cat /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log/0
NONE
v2: add missed error check for proc_dostring
Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The orig_ifinfo reference counter for last_bonding_candidate in
batadv_orig_node has to be reduced when an originator node is released.
Otherwise the orig_ifinfo is leaked and the reference counter the netdevice
is not reduced correctly.
Fixes: f3b3d90189 ("batman-adv: add bonding again")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The replacement of last_bonding_candidate in batadv_orig_node has to be an
atomic operation. Otherwise it is possible that the reference counter of a
batadv_orig_ifinfo is reduced which was no longer the
last_bonding_candidate when the new candidate is added. This can either
lead to an invalid memory access or to reference leaks which make it
impossible to an interface which was added to batman-adv.
Fixes: f3b3d90189 ("batman-adv: add bonding again")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The pointer batadv_bla_claim::backbone_gw can be changed at any time.
Therefore, access to it must be protected to ensure that two function
accessing the same backbone_gw are actually accessing the same. This is
especially important when the crc_lock is used or when the backbone_gw of a
claim is exchanged.
Not doing so leads to invalid memory access and/or reference leaks.
Fixes: 23721387c4 ("batman-adv: add basic bridge loop avoidance code")
Fixes: 5a1dd8a477 ("batman-adv: lock crc access in bridge loop avoidance")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
batadv_orig_node_new uses batadv_orig_node_vlan_new to allocate a new
batadv_orig_node_vlan and add it to batadv_orig_node::vlan_list. References
to this list have also to be cleaned when the batadv_orig_node is removed.
Fixes: 7ea7b4a142 ("batman-adv: make the TT CRC logic VLAN specific")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
vlan_insert_tag can return NULL on errors. The distributed arp table code
therefore has to check the return value of vlan_insert_tag for NULL before
it can safely operate on this pointer.
Fixes: be1db4f661 ("batman-adv: make the Distributed ARP Table vlan aware")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
vlan_insert_tag can return NULL on errors. The bridge loop avoidance code
therefore has to check the return value of vlan_insert_tag for NULL before
it can safely operate on this pointer.
Fixes: 23721387c4 ("batman-adv: add basic bridge loop avoidance code")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
- Cleanup work by Markus Pargmann and Sven Eckelmann (six patches)
- Initial Netlink support by Matthias Schiffer (two patches)
- Throughput Meter implementation by Antonio Quartulli, a kernel-space
traffic generator to estimate link speeds. This feature is useful on
low-end WiFi APs where running iperf or netperf from userspace
gives wrong results due to heavy userspace/kernelspace overhead.
(two patches)
- API clean-up work by Antonio Quartulli (one patch)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=PFHu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20160704' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This feature patchset includes the following changes:
- Cleanup work by Markus Pargmann and Sven Eckelmann (six patches)
- Initial Netlink support by Matthias Schiffer (two patches)
- Throughput Meter implementation by Antonio Quartulli, a kernel-space
traffic generator to estimate link speeds. This feature is useful on
low-end WiFi APs where running iperf or netperf from userspace
gives wrong results due to heavy userspace/kernelspace overhead.
(two patches)
- API clean-up work by Antonio Quartulli (one patch)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functions that iterate over lower devices and find port device.
As a dependency add netdev_for_each_all_lower_dev and
netdev_for_each_all_lower_dev_rcu macro with
netdev_all_lower_get_next and netdev_all_lower_get_next_rcu shelpers.
Also, add functions to return mlxsw struct according to lower device
found and mlxsw_port struct with a reference to lower device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If register_pernet_subsys() fails, we shouldn't try to call
unregister_pernet_subsys().
Fixes: 467fa15356 ("RDS-TCP: Support multiple RDS-TCP listen endpoints, one per netns.")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If skb_clear_hash() was invoked due to mangling of relevant headers and
BPF program needs skb->hash later on, we can add a helper to trigger hash
recalculation via bpf_get_hash_recalc().
The helper will return the newly retrieved hash directly, but later access
can also be done via skb context again through skb->hash directly (inline)
without needing to call the helper once more.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add another xmit_mode to pktgen to allow testing xmit functionality
of qdiscs. The new mode "queue_xmit" injects packets at
__dev_queue_xmit() so that qdisc is called.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extremely useful for setting packet type to host so i dont
have to modify the dst mac address using pedit (which requires
that i know the mac address)
Example usage:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 9 u32 \
match ip src 5.5.5.5/32 \
flowid 1:5 action skbedit ptype host
This will tag all packets incoming from 5.5.5.5 with type
PACKET_HOST
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The routing API data structure contains several function
pointers that can easily be grouped together based on the
component they work with.
Split the API in subobjects in order to improve definition readability.
At the same time, remove the "bat_" prefix from the API object and
its fields names. These are batman-adv private structs and there is no
need to always prepend such prefix, which only makes function invocations
much much longer.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Reviewed-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The throughput meter module is a simple, kernel-space replacement for
throughtput measurements tool like iperf and netperf. It is intended to
approximate TCP behaviour.
It is invoked through batctl: the protocol is connection oriented, with
cumulative acknowledgment and a dynamic-size sliding window.
The test *can* be interrupted by batctl. A receiver side timeout avoids
unlimited waitings for sender packets: after one second of inactivity, the
receiver abort the ongoing test.
Based on a prototype from Edo Monticelli <montik@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio.quartulli@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Return the proper netdev TX status along the TX path so that the tp_meter
can understand when the queue is full and should stop sending packets.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio.quartulli@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
BATADV_CMD_GET_MESH_INFO is used to query basic information about a
batman-adv softif (name, index and MAC address for both the softif and
the primary hardif; routing algorithm; batman-adv version).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: Reduce the number of changes to
BATADV_CMD_GET_MESH_INFO, add missing kerneldoc, add policy for attributes]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
debugfs is currently severely broken virtually everywhere in the kernel
where files are dynamically added and removed (see
http://lkml.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/1506.1/02196.html for some
details). In addition to that, debugfs is not namespace-aware.
Instead of adding new debugfs entries, the whole infrastructure should be
moved to netlink. This will fix the long standing problem of large buffers
for debug tables and hard to parse text files.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: Strip down patch to only add genl family,
add missing kerneldoc]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
LLCP skb tx and rx functions now use print_hex_dump_debug() making
these verbose traces controllable using dynamic debug.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This replaces the polling work struct with a delayed work struct and add
a 10 ms delay between 2 poll cycles. This avoids to flood the device
with 'switch off'/'switch on' commands.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
It used to be EXPORTed, but then EXPORT usage was cleaned up
(in 2012), without noticing that the function has no users at all
(and curiously, never had any users).
Delete it.
While at it, remove non-static "inline" hints on nearby functions:
these hints don't work across compilation units anyway,
and these functions are not used in their .c file, thus they are
never inlined. IOW: "inline" here does not help in any way.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
CC: Christophe Ricard <christophe.ricard@gmail.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
netfilter uses multiple FWINV #defines with identical form that hide a
specific structure variable and dereference it with a invflags member.
$ git grep "#define FWINV"
include/linux/netfilter_bridge/ebtables.h:#define FWINV(bool,invflg) ((bool) ^ !!(info->invflags & invflg))
net/bridge/netfilter/ebtables.c:#define FWINV2(bool, invflg) ((bool) ^ !!(e->invflags & invflg))
net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c:#define FWINV(bool, invflg) ((bool) ^ !!(arpinfo->invflags & (invflg)))
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:#define FWINV(bool, invflg) ((bool) ^ !!(ipinfo->invflags & (invflg)))
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:#define FWINV(bool, invflg) ((bool) ^ !!(ip6info->invflags & (invflg)))
net/netfilter/xt_tcpudp.c:#define FWINVTCP(bool, invflg) ((bool) ^ !!(tcpinfo->invflags & (invflg)))
Consolidate these macros into a single NF_INVF macro.
Miscellanea:
o Neaten the alignment around these uses
o A few lines are > 80 columns for intelligibility
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes
are supported:
* legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport)
* switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured
using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow
working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is
created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- two patches with minimal clean up work by Antonio Quartulli and
Simon Wunderlich
- eight patches of B.A.T.M.A.N. V, API and documentation clean
up work, by Antonio Quartulli and Marek Lindner
- Andrew Lunn fixed the skb priority adoption when forwarding
fragmented packets (two patches)
- Multicast optimization support is now enabled for bridges which
comes with some protocol updates, by Linus Luessing
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=js/J
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20160701' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This feature patchset includes the following changes:
- two patches with minimal clean up work by Antonio Quartulli and
Simon Wunderlich
- eight patches of B.A.T.M.A.N. V, API and documentation clean
up work, by Antonio Quartulli and Marek Lindner
- Andrew Lunn fixed the skb priority adoption when forwarding
fragmented packets (two patches)
- Multicast optimization support is now enabled for bridges which
comes with some protocol updates, by Linus Luessing
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix incorrect use of nla_strlcpy() where the first NLA_HDRLEN bytes
of the link name where left out.
Making the output of tipc-config -ls look something like:
Link statistics:
dcast-link
1:data0-1.1.2:data0
1:data0-1.1.3:data0
Also, for the record, the patch that introduce this regression
claims "Sending the whole object out can cause a leak". Which isn't
very likely as this is a compat layer, where the data we are parsing
is generated by us and we know the string to be NULL terminated. But
you can of course never be to secure.
Fixes: 5d2be1422e (tipc: fix an infoleak in tipc_nl_compat_link_dump)
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDS ping messages are sent with a non-zero src port to a zero
dst port, so that the rds pong messages can be sent back to the
originators src port. However if a confused/malicious sender
sends a ping with a 0 src port, we'd have an infinite ping-pong
loop. To avoid this, the receiver should ignore ping messages
with a 0 src port.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reconnecting, the peer with the smaller IP address will initiate
the reconnect, to avoid needless duelling SYN issues.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds ->conn_path_connect callbacks in the rds_transport
that are used to set up a single connection path.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->sk_user_data contains a pointer to the rds_conn_path
for the socket. Use this consistently in the rds_tcp_data_ready
callbacks to get the rds_conn_path for rds_recv_incoming.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket callbacks should all operate on a struct rds_conn_path,
in preparation for a MP capable RDS-TCP.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A single rds_connection may have multiple rds_conn_paths that have
to be carefully and correctly destroyed, for both rmmod and
netns-delete cases.
For both cases, we extract a single rds_tcp_connection for
each conn into a temporary list, and then invoke rds_conn_destroy()
which iteratively dismantles every path in the rds_connection.
For the netns deletion case, we additionally have to make sure
that we do not leave a socket in TIME_WAIT state, as this will
hold up the netns deletion. Thus we call rds_tcp_conn_paths_destroy()
to reset state quickly.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct rds_tcp_connection is the transport-specific private
data structure that tracks TCP information per rds_conn_path.
Modify this structure to have a back-pointer to the rds_conn_path
for which it is the ->cp_transport_data.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The c_passive bit is only intended for the IB transport and will
never be encountered in rds-tcp, so remove the dead logic that
predicates on this bit.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor code to avoid separate indirections for single-path
and multipath transports. All transports (both single and mp-capable)
will get a pointer to the rds_conn_path, and can trivially derive
the rds_connection from the ->cp_conn.
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a bpf helper, bpf_skb_in_cgroup, to decide if a skb->sk
belongs to a descendant of a cgroup2. It is similar to the
feature added in netfilter:
commit c38c4597e4 ("netfilter: implement xt_cgroup cgroup2 path match")
The user is expected to populate a BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY
which will be used by the bpf_skb_in_cgroup.
Modifications to the bpf verifier is to ensure BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY
and bpf_skb_in_cgroup() are always used together.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 9b368814b3 ("net: fix bridge multicast packet checksum validation")
we need to fixup the checksum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE when
pushing skb on RX path. Otherwise we get similar splats.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
People who use PACKET_FANOUT_HASH want a symmetric hash, meaning that
they want packets going in both directions on a flow to hash to the
same bucket.
The core kernel SKB hash became non-symmetric when the ipv6 flow label
and other entities were incorporated into the standard flow hash order
to increase entropy.
But there are no users of PACKET_FANOUT_HASH who want an assymetric
hash, they all want a symmetric one.
Therefore, use the flow dissector to compute a flat symmetric hash
over only the protocol, addresses and ports. This hash does not get
installed into and override the normal skb hash, so this change has
no effect whatsoever on the rest of the stack.
Reported-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Tested-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since bpf_prog_get() and program type check is used in a couple of places,
refactor this into a small helper function that we can make use of. Since
the non RO prog->aux part is not used in performance critical paths and a
program destruction via RCU is rather very unlikley when doing the put, we
shouldn't have an issue just doing the bpf_prog_get() + prog->type != type
check, but actually not taking the ref at all (due to being in fdget() /
fdput() section of the bpf fd) is even cleaner and makes the diff smaller
as well, so just go for that. Callsites are changed to make use of the new
helper where possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This option was removed in commit 47dcf0cb10 ("[NET]: Rethink mark field
in struct flowi").
Signed-off-by: Moritz Sichert <moritz+linux@sichert.me>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are code duplications of a masked ethernet address comparison here
so make it a separate function instead.
Miscellanea:
o Neaten alignment of FWINV macro uses to make it clearer for the reader
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
No need for a special case to handle NF_INET_POST_ROUTING, this is
basically the same handling as for prerouting, input, forward.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Can overflow so we might allocate very small table when bucket count is
high on a 32bit platform.
Note: resize is only possible from init_netns.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces a new event - NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN, this
will be triggered when tx_queue_len. It could be used by net device
who want to do some processing at that time. An example is tun who may
want to resize tx array when tx_queue_len is changed.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cl->cl_vt alone is relative only to the current backlog period, while
the curve operates on cumulative virtual time. This patch adds missing
cl->cl_vtoff.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a class is going passive, it should update its cl_vt first
to be consistent with the last dequeue operation.
Otherwise its cl_vt will be one packet behind and parent's cvtmax might
not be updated as well.
One possible side effect is if some class goes passive and subsequently
goes active /without/ its parent going passive - with cl_vt lagging one
packet behind - comparison made in init_vf() will be affected (same
period).
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is update to:
commit a09ceb0e08 ("sched: remove qdisc->drop")
That commit removed qdisc->drop, but left alone dlist and droplist
that no longer serve any meaningful purpose.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The condition can only succeed on wrong configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Realtime scheduling implemented in HFSC uses head of the queue to make
the decision about which packet to schedule next. But in case of any
head drop, the deadline calculated for the previous head is not
necessarily correct for the next head (unless both packets have the same
length).
Thanks to peek() function used during dequeue - which internally is a
dequeue operation - hfsc is almost safe from this issue, as peek()
dequeues and isolates the head storing it temporarily until the real
dequeue happens.
But there is one exception: if after the class activation a drop happens
before the first dequeue operation, there's never a chance to do the
peek().
Adding peek() call in enqueue - if this is the first packet in a new
backlog period AND the scheduler has realtime curve defined - fixes that
one corner case. The 1st hfsc_dequeue() will use that peeked packet,
similarly as every subsequent hfsc_dequeue() call uses packet peeked by
the previous call.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some arches have virtually mapped kernel stacks, or will soon have.
tcp_md5_hash_header() uses an automatic variable to copy tcp header
before mangling th->check and calling crypto function, which might
be problematic on such arches.
David says that using percpu storage is also problematic on non SMP
builds.
Just use kmalloc() to allocate scratch areas.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a jumbo packet is being split up and processed, the crypto checksum
for each split-out packet is in the jumbo header and needs placing in the
reconstructed packet header.
When the code was changed to keep the stored copy of the packet header in
host byte order, this reconstruction was missed.
Found with sparse with CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__:
../net/rxrpc/input.c:479:33: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
../net/rxrpc/input.c:479:33: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] _rsvd
../net/rxrpc/input.c:479:33: got restricted __be16 [addressable] [usertype] _rsvd
Fixes: 0d12f8a402 ("rxrpc: Keep the skb private record of the Rx header in host byte order")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
ip_skb_dst_mtu uses skb->sk, assuming it is an AF_INET socket (e.g. it
calls ip_sk_use_pmtu which casts sk as an inet_sk).
However, in the case of UDP tunneling, the skb->sk is not necessarily an
inet socket (could be AF_PACKET socket, or AF_UNSPEC if arriving from
tun/tap).
OTOH, the sk passed as an argument throughout IP stack's output path is
the one which is of PMTU interest:
- In case of local sockets, sk is same as skb->sk;
- In case of a udp tunnel, sk is the tunneling socket.
Fix, by passing ip_finish_output's sk to ip_skb_dst_mtu.
This augments 7026b1ddb6 'netfilter: Pass socket pointer down through okfn().'
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding rule with NLM_F_EXCL flag then check if the same rule exist.
If yes then exit with -EEXIST.
This is already implemented in iproute2:
if (cmd == RTM_NEWRULE) {
req.n.nlmsg_flags |= NLM_F_CREATE|NLM_F_EXCL;
req.r.rtm_type = RTN_UNICAST;
}
Tested ipv4 and ipv6 with net-next linux on qemu x86
expected behavior after patch:
localhost ~ # ip rule
0: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
localhost ~ # ip rule add from 10.46.177.97 lookup 104 pref 1005
localhost ~ # ip rule add from 10.46.177.97 lookup 104 pref 1005
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
localhost ~ # ip rule
0: from all lookup local
1005: from 10.46.177.97 lookup 104
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
There was already topic regarding this but I don't see any changes
merged and problem still occurs.
https://lkml.kernel.org/r/1135778809.5944.7.camel+%28%29+localhost+%21+localdomain
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Bajorski <mateusz.bajorski@nokia.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We found that sometimes a restored tcp socket doesn't work.
A reason of this bug is incorrect window parameters and in this case
tcp_acceptable_seq() returns tcp_wnd_end(tp) instead of tp->snd_nxt. The
other side drops packets with this seq, because seq is less than
tp->rcv_nxt ( tcp_sequence() ).
Data from a send queue is sent only if there is enough space in a
window, so when we restore unacked data, we need to expand a window to
fit this data.
This was in a first version of this patch:
"tcp: extend window to fit all restored unacked data in a send queue"
Then Alexey recommended me to restore window parameters instead of
adjusted them according with data in a sent queue. This sounds resonable.
rcv_wnd has to be restored, because it was reported to another side
and the offered window is never shrunk.
One of reasons why we need to restore snd_wnd was described above.
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds stats support for the currently used IGMP/MLD types by the
bridge. The stats are per-port (plus one stat per-bridge) and per-direction
(RX/TX). The stats are exported via netlink via the new linkxstats API
(RTM_GETSTATS). In order to minimize the performance impact, a new option
is used to enable/disable the stats - multicast_stats_enabled, similar to
the recent vlan stats. Also in order to avoid multiple IGMP/MLD type
lookups and checks, we make use of the current "igmp" member of the bridge
private skb->cb region to record the type on Rx (both host-generated and
external packets pass by multicast_rcv()). We can do that since the igmp
member was used as a boolean and all the valid IGMP/MLD types are positive
values. The normal bridge fast-path is not affected at all, the only
affected paths are the flooding ones and since we make use of the IGMP/MLD
type, we can quickly determine if the packet should be counted using
cache-hot data (cb's igmp member). We add counters for:
* IGMP Queries
* IGMP Leaves
* IGMP v1/v2/v3 reports
* MLD Queries
* MLD Leaves
* MLD v1/v2 reports
These are invaluable when monitoring or debugging complex multicast setups
with bridges.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS_SLAVE attribute
which allows to export per-slave statistics if the master device supports
the linkxstats callback. The attribute is passed down to the linkxstats
callback and it is up to the callback user to use it (an example has been
added to the only current user - the bridge). This allows us to query only
specific slaves of master devices like bridge ports and export only what
we're interested in instead of having to dump all ports and searching only
for a single one. This will be used to export per-port IGMP/MLD stats and
also per-port vlan stats in the future, possibly other statistics as well.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We've accumulated a couple of different fixes now to mesh_sta_cleanup()
due to the different paths that user_mpm and !user_mpm cases take -- one
fix to flush nexthop paths and one to fix the counting.
The only caller of mesh_plink_deactivate() is mesh_sta_cleanup(), so we
can push the user_mpm checks down into there in order to share more
code.
In doing so, we can remove an extra call to mesh_path_flush_by_nexthop()
and the (unnecessary) call to mesh_accept_plinks_update(). This will
also ensure the powersaving state code gets called in the user_mpm case.
The only cleanup tasks we need to avoid when MPM is in user-space
are sending the peering frames and stopping the plink timer, so wrap
those in the appropriate check.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Previously, the action frames to group address was not encrypted. But
[1] "Table 8-38 Category values" indicates "Mesh" and "Multihop" category
action frames should be encrypted (Group addressed privacy == yes). And the
encyption key should be MGTK ([1] 10.13 Group addressed robust management frame
procedures). So this patch modifies the code to make it suitable for spec.
[1] IEEE Std 802.11-2012
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
We normally return an uninitialized value, but no one checks it so it
doesn't matter. Anyway, let's silence the static checker warning.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
When building a kernel with W=1, the nl80211.c file causes a number of
warnings, all about the same problem:
net/wireless/nl80211.c: In function 'nl80211_parse_mesh_config':
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5287:103: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5290:96: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5293:124: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5295:148: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5298:106: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5305:116: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
The problem is that gcc does not notice that the check is generate
by a macro, so it complains about comparing an unsigned type against 0.
I've tried to come up with a way to rephrase that code in a way that
avoids the warnings and otherwise improves the code as well.
This uses a set of new helper functions that perform the range checking,
and should provide slightly better type safety than the older patch,
at the expense of adding 44 lines to the code. Binary code size is
basically unchanged though (20 bytes added to 126561 bytes .text).
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
This work adds a helper for changing skb->pkt_type in a controlled way.
We only allow a subset of possible values and can extend that in future
should other use cases come up. Doing this as a helper has the advantage
that errors can be handeled gracefully and thus helper kept extensible.
It's a write counterpart to pkt_type member we can already read from
struct __sk_buff context. Major use case is to change incoming skbs to
PACKET_HOST in a programmatic way instead of having to recirculate via
redirect(..., BPF_F_INGRESS), for example.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a minimal helper for doing the groundwork of changing
the skb->protocol in a controlled way. Currently supported is v4 to
v6 and vice versa transitions, which allows f.e. for a minimal, static
nat64 implementation where applications in containers that still
require IPv4 can be transparently operated in an IPv6-only environment.
For example, host facing veth of the container can transparently do
the transitions in a programmatic way with the help of clsact qdisc
and cls_bpf.
Idea is to separate concerns for keeping complexity of the helper
lower, which means that the programs utilize bpf_skb_change_proto(),
bpf_skb_store_bytes() and bpf_lX_csum_replace() to get the job done,
instead of doing everything in a single helper (and thus partially
duplicating helper functionality). Also, bpf_skb_change_proto()
shouldn't need to deal with raw packet data as this is done by other
helpers.
bpf_skb_proto_6_to_4() and bpf_skb_proto_4_to_6() unclone the skb to
operate on a private one, push or pop additionally required header
space and migrate the gso/gro meta data from the shared info. We do
mark the gso type as dodgy so that headers are checked and segs
recalculated by the gso/gro engine. The gso_size target is adapted
as well. The flags argument added is currently reserved and can be
used for future extensions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use smp_processor_id() for the generic helper bpf_get_smp_processor_id()
instead of the raw variant. This allows for preemption checks when we
have DEBUG_PREEMPT, and otherwise uses the raw variant anyway. We only
need to keep the raw variant for socket filters, but we can reuse the
helper that is already there from cBPF side.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bat_algo.h had some functions declared which were not part of the
bat_algo.c file. These are instead stored in bat_v.c and bat_iv_ogm.c. The
declaration should therefore be also in bat_v.h and bat_iv_ogm,h to make
them easier to find.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
This patch adds a debugfs table with originators and their according
multicast flags to help users figure out why multicast optimizations
might be enabled or disabled for them.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
There are several places in batman-adv which provide logging related
functions. These should be grouped together in the log.* files to make them
easier to find.
Reported-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
With this patch changes relevant to a node's own multicast flags are
printed to the 'mcast' log level.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The bat_algo functionality in main.c is mostly unrelated to the rest of the
content. It still takes up a large portion of this source file (~15%, 103
lines). Moving it to a separate file makes it better visible as a main
component of the batman-adv implementation and hides it less in the other
helper functions in main.c.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
With this patch we are finally able to support multicast optimizations
in bridged setups, too. So far, if a bridge was added on top of a
soft-interface (e.g. bat0) the batman-adv multicast optimizations
needed to be disabled to avoid packetloss.
Current Linux bridge implementations and API can now provide us
with the so far missing information about interested but "remote"
multicast receivers behind bridge ports.
The Linux bridge performs the detection of remote participants
interested in multicast packets with its own and mature so
called IGMP and MLD snooping code and stores that in its
database. With the new API provided by the bridge batman-adv can
now simply hook into this database.
We then reliably announce the gathered multicast listeners to
other nodes through the batman-adv translation table.
Additionally, the Linux bridge provides us with the information about
whether an IGMP/MLD querier exists. If there is none then we need to
disable multicast optimizations as we cannot learn about multicast
listeners on external, bridged-in host then.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The tvlv functionality in main.c is mostly unrelated to the rest of the
content. It still takes up a large portion of this source file (~45%, 588
lines). Moving it to a separate file makes it better visible as a main
component of the batman-adv implementation and hides it less in the other
helper functions in main.c
Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
[sven@narfation.org: fix conflicts with current version, fix includes,
rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
With this patch IGMP or MLD reports are always flooded. This is
necessary for the upcoming bridge integration to function without
multicast packet loss.
With the report handling so far bridges might miss interested multicast
listeners, leading to wrongly excluding ports from multicast packet
forwarding.
Currently we are treating IGMP/MLD reports, the messages bridges use to
learn about interested multicast listeners, just as any other multicast
packet: We try to send them to nodes matching its multicast destination.
Unfortunately, the destination address of reports of the older
IGMPv2/MLDv1 protocol families do not strictly adhere to their own
protocol: More precisely, the interested receiver, an IGMPv2 or MLDv1
querier, itself usually does not listen to the multicast destination
address of any reports.
Therefore with this patch we are simply excluding IGMP/MLD reports from
the multicast forwarding code path and keep flooding them. By that
any bridge receives them and can properly learn about listeners.
To avoid compatibility issues with older nodes not yet implementing this
report handling, we need to force them to flood reports: We do this by
bumping the multicast TVLV version to 2, effectively disabling their
multicast optimization.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
It is easier to detect if a include is already there for a used
functionality when the includes are ordered. Using an alphabetic order
together with the grouping in commit 1e2c2a4fe4 ("batman-adv: Add
required includes to all files") makes includes better manageable.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Unfragmented frames which traverse a node have their skb->priority set
by looking at the IP ToS byte, or the 802.1p header. However for
fragments this is not possible, only one of the fragments will contain
the headers. Instead, place the priority into the fragment header and
on receiving a fragment, use this information to set the skb->priority
for when the fragment is forwarded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
main.h includes statements which (re)define preprocessor variables which
influence the compiled code. This makes it necessary to include it in all
files. For example, it redefines pr_fmt used to the module as prefix for
each pr_* message.
Reported-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
BATMAN will set the skb->priority based on the IP precedence or 802.1q
tag. However, if it needs to fragment the frame, it currently leaves
the fragment skb with the default priority and actually overwrites the
priority in the unfragmented frame. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The ELP interval and throughput override interface settings are initialized
with default settings on every time an interface is added to a mesh.
This patch prevents this behavior by moving the configuration init to the
interface detection routine which runs only once per interface.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
[a@unstable.cc: move initialization to batadv_v_hardif_init]
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
To reduce the field pollution in our main batadv_priv data structure
we've already created some substructures so that we could group fields
in a convenient manner.
However gw_mode and gw_sel_class are still part of the main object.
More both fields to the GW private substructure.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
the compiler can optimize functions within the same C file and therefore
there is no need to make it explicit.
Remove the useless inline attribute for __batadv_store_uint_attr()
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The ogm_emit and ogm_schedule API calls were rather tight to the
B.A.T.M.A.N. IV logic and therefore rather difficult to use
with other algorithm implementations.
Remove such calls and move the surrounding logic into the
B.A.T.M.A.N. IV specific code.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
To make it easier to search through the code it is better to print static
strings directly instead of using format strings printing constants.
This was addressed in a previous patch, but the Gateway table header
was not updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Reviewed-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"I've been traveling so this accumulates more than week or so of bug
fixing. It perhaps looks a little worse than it really is.
1) Fix deadlock in ath10k driver, from Ben Greear.
2) Increase scan timeout in iwlwifi, from Luca Coelho.
3) Unbreak STP by properly reinjecting STP packets back into the
stack. Regression fix from Ido Schimmel.
4) Mediatek driver fixes (missing malloc failure checks, leaking of
scratch memory, wrong indexing when mapping TX buffers, etc.) from
John Crispin.
5) Fix endianness bug in icmpv6_err() handler, from Hannes Frederic
Sowa.
6) Fix hashing of flows in UDP in the ruseport case, from Xuemin Su.
7) Fix netlink notifications in ovs for tunnels, delete link messages
are never emitted because of how the device registry state is
handled. From Nicolas Dichtel.
8) Conntrack module leaks kmemcache on unload, from Florian Westphal.
9) Prevent endless jump loops in nft rules, from Liping Zhang and
Pablo Neira Ayuso.
10) Not early enough spinlock initialization in mlx4, from Eric
Dumazet.
11) Bind refcount leak in act_ipt, from Cong WANG.
12) Missing RCU locking in HTB scheduler, from Florian Westphal.
13) Several small MACSEC bug fixes from Sabrina Dubroca (missing RCU
barrier, using heap for SG and IV, and erroneous use of async flag
when allocating AEAD conext.)
14) RCU handling fix in TIPC, from Ying Xue.
15) Pass correct protocol down into ipv4_{update_pmtu,redirect}() in
SIT driver, from Simon Horman.
16) Socket timer deadlock fix in TIPC from Jon Paul Maloy.
17) Fix potential deadlock in team enslave, from Ido Schimmel.
18) Memory leak in KCM procfs handling, from Jiri Slaby.
19) ESN generation fix in ipv4 ESP, from Herbert Xu.
20) Fix GFP_KERNEL allocations with locks held in act_ife, from Cong
WANG.
21) Use after free in netem, from Eric Dumazet.
22) Uninitialized last assert time in multicast router code, from Tom
Goff.
23) Skip raw sockets in sock_diag destruction broadcast, from Willem
de Bruijn.
24) Fix link status reporting in thunderx, from Sunil Goutham.
25) Limit resegmentation of retransmit queue so that we do not
retransmit too large GSO frames. From Eric Dumazet.
26) Delay bpf program release after grace period, from Daniel
Borkmann"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (141 commits)
openvswitch: fix conntrack netlink event delivery
qed: Protect the doorbell BAR with the write barriers.
neigh: Explicitly declare RCU-bh read side critical section in neigh_xmit()
e1000e: keep VLAN interfaces functional after rxvlan off
cfg80211: fix proto in ieee80211_data_to_8023 for frames without LLC header
qlcnic: use the correct ring in qlcnic_83xx_process_rcv_ring_diag()
bpf, perf: delay release of BPF prog after grace period
net: bridge: fix vlan stats continue counter
tcp: do not send too big packets at retransmit time
ibmvnic: fix to use list_for_each_safe() when delete items
net: thunderx: Fix TL4 configuration for secondary Qsets
net: thunderx: Fix link status reporting
net/mlx5e: Reorganize ethtool statistics
net/mlx5e: Fix number of PFC counters reported to ethtool
net/mlx5e: Prevent adding the same vxlan port
net/mlx5e: Check for BlueFlame capability before allocating SQ uar
net/mlx5e: Change enum to better reflect usage
net/mlx5: Add ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 to list of supported devices
net/mlx5: Update command strings
net: marvell: Add separate config ANEG function for Marvell 88E1111
...
* fix mesh peer link counter, decrement wasn't always done at all
* fix ethertype (length) for packets without RFC 1042 or bridge
tunnel header
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dAbs
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-06-29-v2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just two small fixes
* fix mesh peer link counter, decrement wasn't always done at all
* fix ethertype (length) for packets without RFC 1042 or bridge
tunnel header
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only the first and last netlink message for a particular conntrack are
actually sent. The first message is sent through nf_conntrack_confirm when
the conntrack is committed. The last one is sent when the conntrack is
destroyed on timeout. The other conntrack state change messages are not
advertised.
When the conntrack subsystem is used from netfilter, nf_conntrack_confirm
is called for each packet, from the postrouting hook, which in turn calls
nf_ct_deliver_cached_events to send the state change netlink messages.
This commit fixes the problem by calling nf_ct_deliver_cached_events in the
non-commit case as well.
Fixes: 7f8a436eaa ("openvswitch: Add conntrack action")
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Justin Pettit <jpettit@nicira.com>
CC: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
CC: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Gauthier <samuel.gauthier@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If skb_unshare() fails, we call qdisc_drop() with a NULL skb, which
is no longer supported.
Fixes: 520ac30f45 ("net_sched: drop packets after root qdisc lock is released")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_xmit() expects to be called inside an RCU-bh read side critical
section, and while one of its two current callers gets this right, the
other one doesn't.
More specifically, neigh_xmit() has two callers, mpls_forward() and
mpls_output(), and while both callers call neigh_xmit() under
rcu_read_lock(), this provides sufficient protection for neigh_xmit()
only in the case of mpls_forward(), as that is always called from
softirq context and therefore doesn't need explicit BH protection,
while mpls_output() can be called from process context with softirqs
enabled.
When mpls_output() is called from process context, with softirqs
enabled, we can be preempted by a softirq at any time, and RCU-bh
considers the completion of a softirq as signaling the end of any
pending read-side critical sections, so if we do get a softirq
while we are in the part of neigh_xmit() that expects to be run inside
an RCU-bh read side critical section, we can end up with an unexpected
RCU grace period running right in the middle of that critical section,
making things go boom.
This patch fixes this impedance mismatch in the callee, by making
neigh_xmit() always take rcu_read_{,un}lock_bh() around the code that
expects to be treated as an RCU-bh read side critical section, as this
seems a safer option than fixing it in the callers.
Fixes: 4fd3d7d9e8 ("neigh: Add helper function neigh_xmit")
Signed-off-by: David Barroso <dbarroso@fastly.com>
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <lbuytenhek@fastly.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PDU length of incoming LLC frames is set to the total skb payload size
in __ieee80211_data_to_8023() of net/wireless/util.c which incorrectly
includes the length of the IEEE 802.11 header.
The resulting LLC frame header has a too large PDU length, causing the
llc_fixup_skb() function of net/llc/llc_input.c to reject the incoming
skb, effectively breaking STP.
Solve the problem by properly substracting the IEEE 802.11 frame header size
from the PDU length, allowing the LLC processor to pick up the incoming
control messages.
Special thanks to Gerry Rozema for tracking down the regression and proposing
a suitable patch.
Fixes: 2d1c304cb2 ("cfg80211: add function for 802.3 conversion with separate output buffer")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Gerry Rozema <gerryr@rozeware.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
I made a dumb off-by-one mistake when I added the vlan stats counter
dumping code. The increment should happen before the check, not after
otherwise we miss one entry when we continue dumping.
Fixes: a60c090361 ("bridge: netlink: export per-vlan stats")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Arjun reported a bug in TCP stack and bisected it to a recent commit.
In case where we process SACK, we can coalesce multiple skbs
into fat ones (tcp_shift_skb_data()), to lower write queue
overhead, because we do not expect to retransmit these packets.
However, SACK reneging can happen, forcing the sender to retransmit
all these packets. If skb->len is above 64KB, we then send buggy
IP packets that could hang TSO engine on cxgb4.
Neal suggested to use tcp_tso_autosize() instead of tp->gso_segs
so that we cook packets of optimal size vs TCP/pacing.
Thanks to Arjun for reporting the bug and running the tests !
Fixes: 10d3be5692 ("tcp-tso: do not split TSO packets at retransmit time")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Arjun V <arjun@chelsio.com>
Tested-by: Arjun V <arjun@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Context implies that port in struct "udp_media_addr" is referring
to a UDP port.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP msg2addr function tipc_udp_msg2addr() can return -EINVAL which
prior to this patch was unhanded in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The space is missing before the open parenthesis '(', and this
will introduce much more noise when checking patch around.
Signed-off-by: Wei Tang <tangwei@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The untagged vlan object is only destroyed when the interface is removed
via the legacy sysfs interface. But it also has to be destroyed when the
standard rtnl-link interface is used.
Fixes: 5d2c05b213 ("batman-adv: add per VLAN interface attribute framework")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb_linearize may reallocate the skb. This makes the calculated pointer
for ethhdr invalid. But it the pointer is used later to fill in the RR
field of the batadv_icmp_packet_rr packet.
Instead re-evaluate eth_hdr after the skb_linearize+skb_cow to fix the
pointer and avoid the invalid read.
Fixes: da6b8c20a5 ("batman-adv: generalize batman-adv icmp packet handling")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each batadv_tt_local_entry hold a single reference to a
batadv_softif_vlan. In case a new entry cannot be added to the hash
table, the error path puts the reference, but the reference will also
now be dropped by batadv_tt_local_entry_release().
Fixes: a33d970d0b ("batman-adv: Fix reference counting of vlan object for tt_local_entry")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tt_req_node is added and removed from a list inside a spinlock. But the
locking is sometimes removed even when the object is still referenced and
will be used later via this reference. For example batadv_send_tt_request
can create a new tt_req_node (including add to a list) and later
re-acquires the lock to remove it from the list and to free it. But at this
time another context could have already removed this tt_req_node from the
list and freed it.
CPU#0
batadv_batman_skb_recv from net_device 0
-> batadv_iv_ogm_receive
-> batadv_iv_ogm_process
-> batadv_iv_ogm_process_per_outif
-> batadv_tvlv_ogm_receive
-> batadv_tvlv_ogm_receive
-> batadv_tvlv_containers_process
-> batadv_tvlv_call_handler
-> batadv_tt_tvlv_ogm_handler_v1
-> batadv_tt_update_orig
-> batadv_send_tt_request
-> batadv_tt_req_node_new
spin_lock(...)
allocates new tt_req_node and adds it to list
spin_unlock(...)
return tt_req_node
CPU#1
batadv_batman_skb_recv from net_device 1
-> batadv_recv_unicast_tvlv
-> batadv_tvlv_containers_process
-> batadv_tvlv_call_handler
-> batadv_tt_tvlv_unicast_handler_v1
-> batadv_handle_tt_response
spin_lock(...)
tt_req_node gets removed from list and is freed
spin_unlock(...)
CPU#0
<- returned to batadv_send_tt_request
spin_lock(...)
tt_req_node gets removed from list and is freed
MEMORY CORRUPTION/SEGFAULT/...
spin_unlock(...)
This can only be solved via reference counting to allow multiple contexts
to handle the list manipulation while making sure that only the last
context holding a reference will free the object.
Fixes: a73105b8d4 ("batman-adv: improved client announcement mechanism")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Tested-by: Amadeus Alfa <amadeus@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a VLAN tagged frame is received and the corresponding VLAN is not
configured on the soft interface, it will splat a WARN on every packet
received. This is a quite annoying behaviour for some scenarios, e.g. if
bat0 is bridged with eth0, and there are arbitrary VLAN tagged frames
from Ethernet coming in without having any VLAN configuration on bat0.
The code should probably create vlan objects on the fly and
transparently transport these VLAN-tagged Ethernet frames, but until
this is done, at least the WARN splat should be replaced by a rate
limited output.
Fixes: 354136bcc3 ("batman-adv: fix kernel crash due to missing NULL checks")
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge is falsly dropping ipv6 mulitcast packets if there is:
1. No ipv6 address assigned on the brigde.
2. No external mld querier present.
3. The internal querier enabled.
When the bridge fails to build mld queries, because it has no
ipv6 address, it slilently returns, but keeps the local querier enabled.
This specific case causes confusing packet loss.
Ipv6 multicast snooping can only work if:
a) An external querier is present
OR
b) The bridge has an ipv6 address an is capable of sending own queries
Otherwise it has to forward/flood the ipv6 multicast traffic,
because snooping cannot work.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a flag to the bridge struct that
indicates that there is currently no ipv6 address assinged to the bridge
and returns a false state for the local querier in
__br_multicast_querier_exists().
Special thanks to Linus Lüssing.
Fixes: d1d81d4c3d ("bridge: check return value of ipv6_dev_get_saddr()")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Acked-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a user space program (e.g., wpa_supplicant) deletes a STA entry that
is currently in NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB state, the number of established
plinks counter was not decremented and this could result in rejecting
new plink establishment before really hitting the real maximum plink
limit. For !user_mpm case, this decrementation is handled by
mesh_plink_deactive().
Fix this by decrementing estab_plinks on STA deletion
(mesh_sta_cleanup() gets called from there) so that the counter has a
correct value and the Beacon frame advertisement in Mesh Configuration
element shows the proper value for capability to accept additional
peers.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Drop redundant include of moduleparam.h
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
@ includesmodule @
@@
#include <linux/module.h>
@ depends on includesmodule @
@@
- #include <linux/moduleparam.h>
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to inet_diag facility to filter sockets based on device
index. If an interface index is in the filter only sockets bound
to that index (sk_bound_dev_if) are returned.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes wrong-interface signaling on 32-bit platforms for entries
created when jiffies > 2^31 + MFC_ASSERT_THRESH.
Signed-off-by: Tom Goff <thomas.goff@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use only simple inline assemblies which consist of a single basic
block if the register asm construct is being used.
Otherwise gcc would generate broken code if the compiler option
--sanitize-coverage=trace-pc would be used.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
SMACK uses similar functions to control CIPSO, these are
the equivalent functions for CALIPSO and follow exactly
the same semantics.
int netlbl_cfg_calipso_add(struct calipso_doi *doi_def,
struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
Adds a CALIPSO doi.
void netlbl_cfg_calipso_del(u32 doi, struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
Removes a CALIPSO doi.
int netlbl_cfg_calipso_map_add(u32 doi, const char *domain,
const struct in6_addr *addr,
const struct in6_addr *mask,
struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
Creates a mapping between a domain and a CALIPSO doi. If
addr and mask are non-NULL this creates an address-selector
type mapping.
This also extends netlbl_cfg_map_del() to remove IPv6 address-selector
mappings.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
This works in exactly the same way as the CIPSO label cache.
The idea is to allow the lsm to cache the result of a secattr
lookup so that it doesn't need to perform the lookup for
every skbuff.
It introduces two sysctl controls:
calipso_cache_enable - enables/disables the cache.
calipso_cache_bucket_size - sets the size of a cache bucket.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Lengths, checksum and the DOI are checked. Checking of the
level and categories are left for the socket layer.
CRC validation is performed in the calipso module to avoid
unconditionally linking crc_ccitt() into ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
This makes it possible to route the error to the appropriate
labelling engine. CALIPSO is far less verbose than CIPSO
when encountering a bogus packet, so there is no need for a
CALIPSO error handler.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
In some cases, the lsm needs to add the label to the skbuff directly.
A NF_INET_LOCAL_OUT IPv6 hook is added to selinux to match the IPv4
behaviour. This allows selinux to label the skbuffs that it requires.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Request sockets need to have a label that takes into account the
incoming connection as well as their parent's label. This is used
for the outgoing SYN-ACK and for their child full-socket.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
If set, these will take precedence over the parent's options during
both sending and child creation. If they're not set, the parent's
options (if any) will be used.
This is to allow the security_inet_conn_request() hook to modify the
IPv6 options in just the same way that it already may do for IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
CALIPSO is a hop-by-hop IPv6 option. A lot of this patch is based on
the equivalent CISPO code. The main difference is due to manipulating
the options in the hop-by-hop header.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
This is to allow the CALIPSO labelling engine to use these.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
The functionality is equivalent to ipv6_renew_options() except
that the newopt pointer is in kernel, not user, memory
The kernel memory implementation will be used by the CALIPSO network
labelling engine, which needs to be able to set IPv6 hop-by-hop
options.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Remove a specified DOI through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_REMOVE command.
It requires the attribute:
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
This extends the NLBL_MGMT_C_ADD and NLBL_MGMT_C_ADDDEF commands
to accept CALIPSO protocol DOIs.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Enumerate the DOI list through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_LISTALL command.
It takes no attributes.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Query a specified DOI through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_LIST command.
It requires the attribute:
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.
The reply will contain:
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_MTYPE
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
CALIPSO is a packet labelling protocol for IPv6 which is very similar
to CIPSO. It is specified in RFC 5570. Much of the code is based on
the current CIPSO code.
This adds support for adding passthrough-type CALIPSO DOIs through the
NLBL_CALIPSO_C_ADD command. It requires attributes:
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_TYPE which must be CALIPSO_MAP_PASS.
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.
In passthrough mode the CALIPSO engine will map MLS secattr levels
and categories directly to the packet label.
At this stage, the major difference between this and the CIPSO
code is that IPv6 may be compiled as a module. To allow for
this the CALIPSO functions are registered at module init time.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
The reason is to allow different labelling protocols for
different address families with the same domain.
This requires the addition of an address family attribute
in the netlink communication protocol. It is used in several
messages:
NLBL_MGMT_C_ADD and NLBL_MGMT_C_ADDDEF take it as an optional
attribute for the unlabelled protocol. It may be one of AF_INET,
AF_INET6 or AF_UNSPEC (to specify both address families). If it
is missing, it defaults to AF_UNSPEC.
NLBL_MGMT_C_LISTALL and NLBL_MGMT_C_LISTDEF return it as part of
the enumeration of each item. Addtionally, it may be sent to
LISTDEF to specify which address family to return.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
This fixes sparse errors of the form:
incompatible types in comparison expression (different address spaces)
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
There are several places where the listener and pending or accept queue
child sockets are accessed at the same time. Lockdep is unhappy that
two locks from the same class are held.
Tell lockdep that it is safe and document the lock ordering.
Originally Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com> sent a similar
patch asking whether this is safe. I have audited the code and also
covered the vsock_pending_work() function.
Suggested-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
with the commit 8c14586fc3 ("net: ipv6: Use passed in table for
nexthop lookups"), net hop lookup is first performed on route creation
in the passed-in table.
However device match is not enforced in table lookup, so the found
route can be later discarded due to egress device mismatch and no
global lookup will be performed.
This cause the following to fail:
ip link add dummy1 type dummy
ip link add dummy2 type dummy
ip link set dummy1 up
ip link set dummy2 up
ip route add 2001:db8:8086::/48 dev dummy1 metric 20
ip route add 2001:db8:d34d::/64 via 2001:db8:8086::2 dev dummy1 metric 20
ip route add 2001:db8:8086::/48 dev dummy2 metric 21
ip route add 2001:db8:d34d::/64 via 2001:db8:8086::2 dev dummy2 metric 21
RTNETLINK answers: No route to host
This change fixes the issue enforcing device lookup in
ip6_nh_lookup_table()
v1->v2: updated commit message title
Fixes: 8c14586fc3 ("net: ipv6: Use passed in table for nexthop lookups")
Reported-and-tested-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJXa6rGAAoJED07qiWsqSVqzwsH/0g/blikQuNNAB7LzXGTEMn8
ipWCODaYxgWE/V/1A0JjsKpxB1ZL3HE0/xg/OmZ10SRNlz5LJTLkoYZa7xYmyxtT
a89mT9vdnWxwfwbeIhSSjG9W9g44vqrhMIPxffIu5yqSqdIJak0HIiuQizJ0/xjx
xQVx4AykWKQ3u0/Tiyz3ez5yhyMMNEmHxKyDWpgrR6+zXlofwP/Em3NFPwk9gh32
ECAagOUOEvdjXeRs1Yn/CV0FC7Wgs4Hzr048JJ5wOteawBLr+sPOnuWZtDhNrwDK
Eceh7aEeAiFfIW+jCMEe5qrpFHi8hqyqBo4L9TDYsE7T/Z6BPyh+5OUh8+5dtaw=
=TZew
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.8-20160623' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2016-06-17
this is a pull request of 4 patches for net-next/master.
Arnd Bergmann's patch fixes a regresseion in af_can introduced in
linux-can-next-for-4.8-20160617. There are two patches by Ramesh
Shanmugasundaram, which add CAN-2.0 support to the rcar_canfd driver.
And a patch by Ed Spiridonov that adds better error diagnoses messages
to the Ed Spiridonov driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace calls to kmalloc followed by a memcpy with a direct call to
kmemdup.
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
@@
expression from,to,size,flag;
statement S;
@@
- to = \(kmalloc\|kzalloc\)(size,flag);
+ to = kmemdup(from,size,flag);
if (to==NULL || ...) S
- memcpy(to, from, size);
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=HxJc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160622-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Get rid of conn bundle and transport structs
Here's the next part of the AF_RXRPC rewrite. The primary purpose of this
set is to get rid of the rxrpc_conn_bundle and rxrpc_transport structs.
This simplifies things for future development of the connection handling.
To this end, the following significant changes are made:
(1) The rxrpc_connection struct is given pointers to the local and peer
endpoints, inside the rxrpc_conn_parameters struct. Pointers to the
transport's copy of these pointers are then redirected to the
connection struct.
(2) Exclusive connection handling is fixed. Exclusive connections should
do just one call and then be retired. They are used in security
negotiations and, I believe, the idea is to avoid reuse of negotiated
security contexts.
The current code is doing a single connection per socket and doing all
the calls over that. With this change it gets a new connection for
each call made.
(3) A new sendmsg() control message marker is added to make individual
calls operate over exclusive connections. This should be used in
future in preference to the sockopt that marks a socket as "exclusive
connection".
(4) IDs for client connections initiated by a machine are now allocated
from a global pool using the IDR facility and are unique across all
client connections, no matter their destination. The IDR facility is
then used to look up a connection on the connection ID alone. Other
parameters are then verified afterwards.
Note that the IDR facility may use a lot of memory if the IDs it holds
are widely scattered. Given this, in a future commit, client
connections will be retired if they are more than a certain distance
from the last ID allocated.
The client epoch is advanced by 1 each time the client ID counter
wraps. Connections outside the current epoch will also be retired in
a future commit.
(5) The connection bundle concept is removed and the client connection
tree is moved into the local endpoint. The queue for waiting for a
call channel is moved to the rxrpc_connection struct as there can only
be one connection for any particular key going to any particular peer
now.
(6) The rxrpc_transport struct is removed and the service connection tree
is moved into the peer struct.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When qdisc bulk dequeue was added in linux-3.18 (commit
5772e9a346 "qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs
with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE"), it was constrained to some
specific qdiscs.
With some extra care, we can extend this to all qdiscs,
so that typical traffic shaping solutions can benefit from
small batches (8 packets in this patch).
For example, HTB is often used on some multi queue device.
And bonding/team are multi queue devices...
Idea is to bulk-dequeue packets mapping to the same transmit queue.
This brings between 35 and 80 % performance increase in HTB setup
under pressure on a bonding setup :
1) NUMA node contention : 610,000 pps -> 1,110,000 pps
2) No node contention : 1,380,000 pps -> 1,930,000 pps
Now we should work to add batches on the enqueue() side ;)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already get child qdisc qlen, we also can get its backlog
so that class dumps can report it.
Also replace qstats by a single drop counter, but move it in
a separate cache line so that drops do not dirty useful cache lines.
Tested:
$ tc -s cl sh dev eth0
class htb 1:1 root leaf 3: prio 0 rate 1Gbit ceil 1Gbit burst 500000b cburst 500000b
Sent 2183346912 bytes 9021815 pkt (dropped 2340774, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 1001Mbit 517543pps backlog 120758b 499p requeues 0
lended: 9021770 borrowed: 0 giants: 0
tokens: 9 ctokens: 9
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we defer skb drops, it makes sense to keep a copy
of skb->truesize in struct codel_skb_cb to avoid one
cache line miss per dropped skb in fq_codel_drop(),
to reduce latencies a bit further.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc performance suffers when packets are dropped at enqueue()
time because drops (kfree_skb()) are done while qdisc lock is held,
delaying a dequeue() draining the queue.
Nominal throughput can be reduced by 50 % when this happens,
at a time we would like the dequeue() to proceed as fast as possible.
Even FQ is vulnerable to this problem, while one of FQ goals was
to provide some flow isolation.
This patch adds a 'struct sk_buff **to_free' parameter to all
qdisc->enqueue(), and in qdisc_drop() helper.
I measured a performance increase of up to 12 %, but this patch
is a prereq so that future batches in enqueue() can fly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ircomm_tty_get_serial_info, struct serial_struct is memset to 0 and
then some members set to 0 explicitly.
Remove the latter as it is obviously superfluous.
And remove the retinfo check against NULL. copy_to_user will take care
of that.
Part of hub6 cleanup series.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Only set conntrack mark or labels when the commit flag is specified.
This makes sure we can not set them before the connection has been
persisted, as in that case the mark and labels would be lost in an
event of an userspace upcall.
OVS userspace already requires the commit flag to accept setting
ct_mark and/or ct_labels. Validate for this in the kernel API.
Signed-off-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jarno@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set conntrack mark and labels right before committing so that
the initial conntrack NEW event has the mark and labels.
Signed-off-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jarno@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new configuration option for this expression, which allows users
to invert the logic of set lookups.
In _init() we will now return EINVAL if NFT_LOOKUP_F_INV is in anyway
related to a map lookup.
The code in the _eval() function has been untangled and updated to sopport the
XOR of options, as we should consider 4 cases:
* lookup false, invert false -> NFT_BREAK
* lookup false, invert true -> return w/o NFT_BREAK
* lookup true, invert false -> return w/o NFT_BREAK
* lookup true, invert true -> NFT_BREAK
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This flag was introduced to restore rulesets from the new netdev
family, but since 5ebe0b0eec ("netfilter: nf_tables: destroy
basechain and rules on netdevice removal") the ruleset is released
once the netdev is gone.
This also removes nft_register_basechain() and
nft_unregister_basechain() since they have no clients anymore after
this rework.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
No need to restrict this to module parameter.
We export a copy of the real hash size -- when user alters the value we
allocate the new table, copy entries etc before we update the real size
to the requested one.
This is also needed because the real size is used by concurrent readers
and cannot be changed without synchronizing the conntrack generation
seqcnt.
We only allow changing this value from the initial net namespace.
Tested using http-client-benchmark vs. httpterm with concurrent
while true;do
echo $RANDOM > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_buckets
done
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
New elements are inactive in the preparation phase, and its
NFT_SET_ELEM_BUSY_MASK flag is set on.
This busy flag doesn't allow us to delete it from the same transaction,
following a sequence like:
begin transaction
add element X
delete element X
end transaction
This sequence is valid and may be triggered by robots. To resolve this
problem, allow deactivating elements that are active in the current
generation (ie. those that has been just added in this batch).
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
set->ops->deactivate() is invoked from nft_del_setelem() that happens
from the transaction path, so we have to check if the object is active
in the next generation, not the current.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch addresses two problems:
1) The netlink dump is inconsistent when interfering with an ongoing
transaction update for several reasons:
1.a) We don't honor the internal NFT_TABLE_INACTIVE flag, and we should
be skipping these inactive objects in the dump.
1.b) We perform speculative deletion during the preparation phase, that
may result in skipping active objects.
1.c) The listing order changes, which generates noise when tracking
incremental ruleset update via tools like git or our own
testsuite.
2) We don't allow to add and to update the object in the same batch,
eg. add table x; add table x { flags dormant\; }.
In order to resolve these problems:
1) If the user requests a deletion, the object becomes inactive in the
next generation. Then, ignore objects that scheduled to be deleted
from the lookup path, as they will be effectively removed in the
next generation.
2) From the get/dump path, if the object is not currently active, we
skip it.
3) Support 'add X -> update X' sequence from a transaction.
After this update, we obtain a consistent list as long as we stay
in the same generation. The userspace side can detect interferences
through the generation counter so it can restart the dumping.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Thus, we can reuse these to check the genmask of any object type, not
only rules. This is required now that tables, chain and sets will get a
generation mask field too in follow up patches.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
li->u.ulog.copy_len is currently ignored by the kernel, we should truncate
the packet to either li->u.ulog.copy_len (if set) or copy_range before
sending it to userspace. 0 is a valid input for copy_len, so add a new
flag to indicate whether this was option was specified by the user or not.
Add two flags to indicate whether nflog-size/copy_len was set or not.
XT_NFLOG_F_COPY_LEN is for XT_NFLOG and NFLOG_F_COPY_LEN for nfnetlink_log
On the userspace side, this was initially represented by the option
nflog-range, this will be replaced by --nflog-size now. --nflog-range would
still exist but does not do anything.
Reported-by: Joe Dollard <jdollard@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In iptables, if the user add a rule to send tcp RST and specify the
non-TCP protocol, such as UDP, kernel will reject this request. But
in nftables, this validity check only occurs in nft tool, i.e. only
in userspace.
This means that user can add such a rule like follows via nfnetlink:
"nft add rule filter forward ip protocol udp reject with tcp reset"
This will generate some confusing tcp RST packets. So we should send
tcp RST only when it is TCP packet.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Today what is normally called data (the mount options) is not passed
to fill_super through mount_ns.
Pass the mount options and the namespace separately to mount_ns so
that filesystems such as proc that have mount options, can use
mount_ns.
Pass the user namespace to mount_ns so that the standard permission
check that verifies the mounter has permissions over the namespace can
be performed in mount_ns instead of in each filesystems .mount method.
Thus removing the duplication between mqueuefs and proc in terms of
permission checks. The extra permission check does not currently
affect the rpc_pipefs filesystem and the nfsd filesystem as those
filesystems do not currently allow unprivileged mounts. Without
unpvileged mounts it is guaranteed that the caller has already passed
capable(CAP_SYS_ADMIN) which guarantees extra permission check will
pass.
Update rpc_pipefs and the nfsd filesystem to ensure that the network
namespace reference is always taken in fill_super and always put in kill_sb
so that the logic is simpler and so that errors originating inside of
fill_super do not cause a network namespace leak.
Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
If the packet was dropped by lower qdisc, then we must not
access it later.
Save qdisc_pkt_len(skb) in a temp variable.
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexey reported that we have GFP_KERNEL allocation when
holding the spinlock tcf_lock. Actually we don't have
to take that spinlock for all the cases, especially
for the new one we just create. To modify the existing
actions, we still need this spinlock to make sure
the whole update is atomic.
For net-next, we can get rid of this spinlock because
we already hold the RTNL lock on slow path, and on fast
path we can use RCU to protect the metalist.
Joint work with Jamal.
Reported-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Blair Steven noticed that ESN in conjunction with UDP encapsulation
is broken because we set the temporary ESP header to the wrong spot.
This patch fixes this by first of all using the right spot, i.e.,
4 bytes off the real ESP header, and then saving this information
so that after encryption we can restore it properly.
Fixes: 7021b2e1cd ("esp4: Switch to new AEAD interface")
Reported-by: Blair Steven <Blair.Steven@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When user add a nft rule to set nftrace to zero, for example:
# nft add rule ip filter input nftrace set 0
We should set nf_trace to zero also.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If expr init fails then we need to free it.
So when the user add a nft rule as follows:
# nft add rule filter input tcp dport 22 flow table ssh \
{ ip saddr limit rate 0/second }
memory leak will happen.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Making this work is a little tricky as it really isn't kosher to
change the xt_owner_match_info in a check function.
Without changing xt_owner_match_info we need to know the user
namespace the uids and gids are specified in. In the common case
net->user_ns == current_user_ns(). Verify net->user_ns ==
current_user_ns() in owner_check so we can later assume it in
owner_mt.
In owner_check also verify that all of the uids and gids specified are
in net->user_ns and that the expected min/max relationship exists
between the uids and gids in xt_owner_match_info.
In owner_mt get the network namespace from the outgoing socket, as this
must be the same network namespace as the netfilter rules, and use that
network namespace to find the user namespace the uids and gids in
xt_match_owner_info are encoded in. Then convert from their encoded
from into the kernel internal format for uids and gids and perform the
owner match.
Similar to ping_group_range, this code does not try to detect
noncontiguous UID/GID ranges.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee <cernekee@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Curently we store zone information as a conntrack extension.
This has one drawback: for every lookup we need to fetch the zone data
from the extension area.
This change place the zone data directly into the main conntrack object
structure and then removes the zone conntrack extension.
The zone data is just 4 bytes, it fits into a padding hole before
the tuplehash info, so we do not even increase the nf_conn structure size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If 'logger' was NULL, there would be a direct jump to the label 'out',
since it has already been checked for NULL, remove this unnecessary
check.
Signed-off-by: Shivani Bhardwaj <shivanib134@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
increases struct size by 32 bytes (288 -> 320), but it is the right thing,
else any attempt to (re-)arrange nf_conn members by cacheline won't work.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Consider such situation, if nf_log_ipv4 kernel module is not installed,
and the user add a following iptables rule:
# iptables -t raw -I PREROUTING -j TRACE
There will be no trace log generated until the user install nf_log_ipv4
module manully. So we should add request related nf_log module
appropriately here.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we request NFPROTO_INET, it means both NFPROTO_IPV4 and NFPROTO_IPV6.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since we cannot make sure that the 'hook_mask' will always be none
zero here. If it equals to zero, the num_hooks will be zero too,
and then kmalloc() will return ZERO_SIZE_PTR, which is (void *)16.
Then the following error check will fails:
ops = kmalloc(sizeof(*ops) * num_hooks, GFP_KERNEL);
if (ops == NULL)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
So this patch will fix this with just doing the zero check before
kmalloc() is called.
Maybe the case above will never happen here, but in theory.
Signed-off-by: Xiubo Li <lixiubo@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The change to leave out procfs support in CAN when CONFIG_PROC_FS
is not set was incomplete and leads to a build error:
net/built-in.o: In function `can_init':
:(.init.text+0x9858): undefined reference to `can_stat_update'
ERROR: "can_stat_update" [net/can/can.ko] undefined!
This tries a better approach, encapsulating all of the calls
within IS_ENABLED(), so we also leave out the timer function
from the object file.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: a20fadf853 ("can: build proc support only if CONFIG_PROC_FS is activated")
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The commit f2a4d086ed ("openvswitch: Add packet truncation support.")
introduces packet truncation before sending to userspace upcall receiver.
This patch passes up the skb->len before truncation so that the upcall
receiver knows the original packet size. Potentially this will be used
by sFlow, where OVS translates sFlow config header=N to a sample action,
truncating packet to N byte in kernel datapath. Thus, only N bytes instead
of full-packet size is copied from kernel to userspace, saving the
kernel-to-userspace bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When extracting an individual message from a received "bundle" buffer,
we just create a clone of the base buffer, and adjust it to point into
the right position of the linearized data area of the latter. This works
well for regular message reception, but during periods of extremely high
load it may happen that an extracted buffer, e.g, a connection probe, is
reversed and forwarded through an external interface while the preceding
extracted message is still unhandled. When this happens, the header or
data area of the preceding message will be partially overwritten by a
MAC header, leading to unpredicatable consequences, such as a link
reset.
We now fix this by ensuring that the msg_reverse() function never
returns a cloned buffer, and that the returned buffer always contains
sufficient valid head and tail room to be forwarded.
Reported-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every open of /proc/net/kcm leaks 16 bytes of memory as is reported by
kmemleak:
unreferenced object 0xffff88059c0e3458 (size 192):
comm "cat", pid 1401, jiffies 4294935742 (age 310.720s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
28 45 71 96 05 88 ff ff 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 (Eq.............
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<ffffffff8156a2de>] kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x16e/0x230
[<ffffffff8162a479>] seq_open+0x79/0x1d0
[<ffffffffa0578510>] kcm_seq_open+0x0/0x30 [kcm]
[<ffffffff8162a479>] seq_open+0x79/0x1d0
[<ffffffff8162a8cf>] __seq_open_private+0x2f/0xa0
[<ffffffff81712548>] seq_open_net+0x38/0xa0
...
It is caused by a missing free in the ->release path. So fix it by
providing seq_release_net as the ->release method.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Fixes: cd6e111bf5 (kcm: Add statistics and proc interfaces)
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rxrpc_transport struct is now redundant, given that the rxrpc_peer
struct is now per peer port rather than per peer host, so get rid of it.
Service connection lists are transferred to the rxrpc_peer struct, as is
the conn_lock. Previous patches moved the client connection handling out
of the rxrpc_transport struct and discarded the connection bundling code.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Kill off the concept of maintaining a bundle of connections to a particular
target service to increase the number of call slots available for any
beyond four for that service (there are four call slots per connection).
This will make cleaning up the connection handling code easier and
facilitate removal of the rxrpc_transport struct. Bundling can be
reintroduced later if necessary.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide refcount helper functions for connections so that the code doesn't
touch local or connection usage counts directly.
Also make it such that local and peer put functions can take a NULL
pointer.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make rxrpc_send_packet() take a connection not a transport as part of the
phasing out of the rxrpc_transport struct.
Whilst we're at it, rename the function to rxrpc_send_data_packet() to
differentiate it from the other packet sending functions.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Allocated rxrpc calls displayed in /proc/net/rxrpc_calls may in future be
on the proc list before they're connected or after they've been
disconnected - in which case they may not have a pointer to a connection
struct that can be used to get data from there.
Deal with this by using stuff from the call struct in preference where
possible and printing "no_connection" rather than a peer address if no
connection is assigned.
This change also has the added bonus that the service ID is now taken from
the call rather the connection which will allow per-call service upgrades
to be shown - something required for AuriStor server compatibility.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Validate the net address given to rxrpc_kernel_begin_call() before using
it.
Whilst this should be mostly unnecessary for in-kernel users, it does clear
the tail of the address struct in case we want to hash or compare the whole
thing.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Use the IDR facility to allocate client connection IDs on a machine-wide
basis so that each client connection has a unique identifier. When the
connection ID space wraps, we advance the epoch by 1, thereby effectively
having a 62-bit ID space. The IDR facility is then used to look up client
connections during incoming packet routing instead of using an rbtree
rooted on the transport.
This change allows for the removal of the transport in the future and also
means that client connections can be looked up directly in the data-ready
handler by connection ID.
The ID management code is placed in a new file, conn-client.c, to which all
the client connection-specific code will eventually move.
Note that the IDR tree gets very expensive on memory if the connection IDs
are widely scattered throughout the number space, so we shall need to
retire connections that have, say, an ID more than four times the maximum
number of client conns away from the current allocation point to try and
keep the IDs concentrated. We will also need to retire connections from an
old epoch.
Also note that, for the moment, a pointer to the transport has to be passed
through into the ID allocation function so that we can take a BH lock to
prevent a locking issue against in-BH lookup of client connections. This
will go away later when RCU is used for server connections also.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
rxrpc_connection_lock shouldn't be accessed as a BH-excluding lock. It's
only accessed in a few places and none of those are in BH-context.
rxrpc_transport::conn_lock, however, *is* a BH-excluding lock and should be
accessed so consistently.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Pass a pointer to struct sk_buff rather than struct rxrpc_host_header to
functions so that they can in the future get at transport protocol parameters
rather than just RxRPC parameters.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
"Exclusive connections" are meant to be used for a single client call and
then scrapped. The idea is to limit the use of the negotiated security
context. The current code, however, isn't doing this: it is instead
restricting the socket to a single virtual connection and doing all the
calls over that.
This is changed such that the socket no longer maintains a special virtual
connection over which it will do all the calls, but rather gets a new one
each time a new exclusive call is made.
Further, using a socket option for this is a poor choice. It should be
done on sendmsg with a control message marker instead so that calls can be
marked exclusive individually. To that end, add RXRPC_EXCLUSIVE_CALL
which, if passed to sendmsg() as a control message element, will cause the
call to be done on an single-use connection.
The socket option (RXRPC_EXCLUSIVE_CONNECTION) still exists and, if set,
will override any lack of RXRPC_EXCLUSIVE_CALL being specified so that
programs using the setsockopt() will appear to work the same.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Replace accesses of conn->trans->{local,peer} with
conn->params.{local,peer} thus making it easier for a future commit to
remove the rxrpc_transport struct.
This also reduces the number of memory accesses involved.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Define and use a structure to hold connection parameters. This makes it
easier to pass multiple connection parameters around.
Define and use a structure to hold protocol information used to hash a
connection for lookup on incoming packet. Most of these fields will be
disposed of eventually, including the duplicate local pointer.
Whilst we're at it rename "proto" to "family" when referring to a protocol
family.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Hashing the peer key was introduced for AF_INET, but gcc
warns about the rxrpc_peer_hash_key function returning uninitialized
data for any other value of srx->transport.family:
net/rxrpc/peer_object.c: In function 'rxrpc_peer_hash_key':
net/rxrpc/peer_object.c:57:15: error: 'p' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
Assuming that nothing else can be set here, this changes the
function to just return zero in case of an unknown address
family.
Fixes: be6e6707f6 ("rxrpc: Rework peer object handling to use hash table and RCU")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
rxrpc_lookup_peer_rcu() and rxrpc_lookup_peer() return NULL on error, never
error pointers, so IS_ERR() can't be used.
Fix three callers of those functions.
Fixes: be6e6707f6 ('rxrpc: Rework peer object handling to use hash table and RCU')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
When receiving an ICMPv4 message containing extensions as
defined in RFC 4884, and translating it to ICMPv6 at SIT
or GRE tunnel, we need some extra manipulation in order
to properly forward the extensions.
This patch only takes care of Time Exceeded messages as they
are the ones that typically carry information from various
routers in a fabric during a traceroute session.
It also avoids complex skb logic if the data_len is not
a multiple of 8.
RFC states :
The "original datagram" field MUST contain at least 128 octets.
If the original datagram did not contain 128 octets, the
"original datagram" field MUST be zero padded to 128 octets.
In practice routers use 128 bytes of original datagram, not more.
Initial translation was added in commit ca15a078bd
("sit: generate icmpv6 error when receiving icmpv4 error")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Oussama Ghorbel <ghorbel@pivasoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipgre_err() can call ip6_err_gen_icmpv6_unreach() for proper
support of ipv4+gre+icmp+ipv6+... frames, used for example
by traceroute/mtr.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For better traceroute/mtr support for SIT and GRE tunnels,
we translate IPV4 ICMP ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED to ICMPV6_TIME_EXCEED
We also have to translate the IPv4 source IP address of ICMP
message to IPv6 v4mapped.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to use this helper from GRE as well, so this is
the time to move it in net/ipv6/icmp.c
Also add a @nhs parameter, since SIT and GRE have different
values for the header(s) to skip.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIT or GRE tunnels might want to translate an IPV4 address
into a v4mapped one when translating ICMP to ICMPv6.
This patch adds the parameter to icmp6_send() but
does not change icmpv6_send() signature.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix coding style issues in the following files:
ib_cm.c: add space
loop.c: convert spaces to tabs
sysctl.c: add space
tcp.h: convert spaces to tabs
tcp_connect.c:remove extra indentation in switch statement
tcp_recv.c: convert spaces to tabs
tcp_send.c: convert spaces to tabs
transport.c: move brace up one line on for statement
Signed-off-by: Joshua Houghton <josh@awful.name>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A socket connection made in ax.25 is not closed when session is
completed. The heartbeat timer is stopped prematurely and this is
where the socket gets closed. Allow heatbeat timer to run to close
socket. Symptom occurs in kernels >= 4.2.0
Originally sent 6/15/2016. Resend with distribution list matching
scripts/maintainer.pl output.
Signed-off-by: Basil Gunn <basil@pacabunga.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The state of the rds_connection after rds_tcp_reset_callbacks() would
be RDS_CONN_RESETTING and this is the value that should be passed
by rds_tcp_accept_one() to rds_connect_path_complete() to transition
the socket to RDS_CONN_UP.
Fixes: b5c21c0947c1 ("RDS: TCP: fix race windows in send-path quiescence
by rds_tcp_accept_one()")
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
net/rds/tcp.c:59:5: warning:
symbol 'rds_tcp_min_sndbuf' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/rds/tcp.c:60:5: warning:
symbol 'rds_tcp_min_rcvbuf' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJXZAIqAAoJED07qiWsqSVqW0YH/RMgC6CDlJUtHr7+B8YLpi0e
BZOzAHH7mQdP+Z2kIXZp8Dnziq5G8heWNjRwTMPLHvOel+oms+0ZK6VY/kJYArdb
ViGGgi/gQ334JGqJYi2utkyIIIRH7ZxwcblF1aaaFVfFy7tZMVuppIWVzR/V0Gje
/5FftT1f04/6iumEq4es+Jb0OC9azoebSs1DUZTIvYOz3XrnCbB1FdmDN+a3xZKC
Qyav6QVnp/m2InzGSN+Kd/W++EP6YckdBp/++2hizsOvSIOfe8GRqkc0r7fLbfZ8
rucDJNi+GrLat4wNza4t3FKf3rBenBFzii14OEUTE0JgpY90fGUF3n/i0duaB/k=
=90Ns
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.8-20160617' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2016-06-17
this is a pull request of 14 patches for net-next/master.
Geert Uytterhoeven contributes a patch that adds a file patterns for
CAN device tree bindings to MAINTAINERS. A patch by Alexander Aring
fixes warnings when building without proc support. A patch by me
improves the sample point calculation. Marek Vasut's patch converts
the slcan driver to use CAN_MTU. A patch by William Breathitt Gray
converts the tscan1 driver to use module_isa_driver.
Two patches by Maximilian Schneider for the gs_usb driver fix coding
style and add support for set_phys_id callback. 5 patches by Oliver
Hartkopp add support for CANFD to the bcm. And finally two patches
by Ramesh Shanmugasundaram, which add support for the rcar_canfd
driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We sometimes observe a 'deadly embrace' type deadlock occurring
between mutually connected sockets on the same node. This happens
when the one-hour peer supervision timers happen to expire
simultaneously in both sockets.
The scenario is as follows:
CPU 1: CPU 2:
-------- --------
tipc_sk_timeout(sk1) tipc_sk_timeout(sk2)
lock(sk1.slock) lock(sk2.slock)
msg_create(probe) msg_create(probe)
unlock(sk1.slock) unlock(sk2.slock)
tipc_node_xmit_skb() tipc_node_xmit_skb()
tipc_node_xmit() tipc_node_xmit()
tipc_sk_rcv(sk2) tipc_sk_rcv(sk1)
lock(sk2.slock) lock((sk1.slock)
filter_rcv() filter_rcv()
tipc_sk_proto_rcv() tipc_sk_proto_rcv()
msg_create(probe_rsp) msg_create(probe_rsp)
tipc_sk_respond() tipc_sk_respond()
tipc_node_xmit_skb() tipc_node_xmit_skb()
tipc_node_xmit() tipc_node_xmit()
tipc_sk_rcv(sk1) tipc_sk_rcv(sk2)
lock((sk1.slock) lock((sk2.slock)
===> DEADLOCK ===> DEADLOCK
Further analysis reveals that there are three different locations in the
socket code where tipc_sk_respond() is called within the context of the
socket lock, with ensuing risk of similar deadlocks.
We now solve this by passing a buffer queue along with all upcalls where
sk_lock.slock may potentially be held. Response or rejected message
buffers are accumulated into this queue instead of being sent out
directly, and only sent once we know we are safely outside the slock
context.
Reported-by: GUNA <gbalasun@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"up_map" is a u64 type but we're not using the high 32 bits.
Fixes: 35c55c9877 ('tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 version of 3f2fb9a834 ("net: l3mdev: address selection should only
consider devices in L3 domain") and the follow up commit, a17b693cdd876
("net: l3mdev: prefer VRF master for source address selection").
That is, if outbound device is given then the address preference order
is an address from that device, an address from the master device if it
is enslaved, and then an address from a device in the same L3 domain.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 source address selection needs to consider the real egress route.
Similar to IPv4 implement a get_saddr6 method which is called if
source address has not been set. The get_saddr6 method does a full
lookup which means pulling a route from the VRF FIB table and properly
considering linklocal/multicast destination addresses. Lookup failures
(eg., unreachable) then cause the source address selection to fail
which gets propagated back to the caller.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VRF driver needs access to ip6_route_get_saddr code. Since it does
little beyond ipv6_dev_get_saddr and ipv6_dev_get_saddr is already
exported for modules move ip6_route_get_saddr to the header as an
inline.
Code move only; no functional change.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have all the drivers using udp_tunnel_get_rx_ports,
ndo_add_udp_enc_rx_port, and ndo_del_udp_enc_rx_port we can drop the
function calls that were specific to VXLAN and GENEVE.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch merges the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE into a single UDP
tunnel notifier. The idea is that we will want to only have to make one
notifier call to receive the list of ports for VXLAN and GENEVE tunnels
that need to be offloaded.
In addition we add a new set of ndo functions named ndo_udp_tunnel_add and
ndo_udp_tunnel_del that are meant to allow us to track the tunnel meta-data
such as port and address family as tunnels are added and removed. The
tunnel meta-data is now transported in a structure named udp_tunnel_info
which for now carries the type, address family, and port number. In the
future this could be updated so that we can include a tuple of values
including things such as the destination IP address and other fields.
I also ended up going with a naming scheme that consisted of using the
prefix udp_tunnel on function names. I applied this to the notifier and
ndo ops as well so that it hopefully points to the fact that these are
primarily used in the udp_tunnel functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch merges the GENEVE and VXLAN code so that both functions pass
through a shared code path. This way we can start the effort of using a
single function on the network device drivers to handle both of these
tunnel types.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are rather small patches but fixing several outstanding bugs in
nf_conntrack and nf_tables, as well as minor problems with missing
SYNPROXY header uapi installation:
1) Oneliner not to leak conntrack kmemcache on module removal, this
problem was introduced in the previous merge window, patch from
Florian Westphal.
2) Two fixes for insufficient ruleset loop validation, one due to
incorrect flag check in nf_tables_bind_set() and another related to
silly wrong generation mask logic from the walk path, from Liping
Zhang.
3) Fix double-free of anonymous sets on error, this fix simplifies the
code to let the abort path take care of releasing the set object,
also from Liping Zhang.
4) The introduction of helper function for transactions broke the skip
inactive rules logic from the nft_do_chain(), again from Liping
Zhang.
5) Two patches to install uapi xt_SYNPROXY.h header and calm down
kbuild robot due to missing #include <linux/types.h>.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The programming API of the CAN_BCM depends on struct can_frame which is
given as array directly behind the bcm_msg_head structure. To follow this
schema for the CAN FD frames a new flag 'CAN_FD_FRAME' in the bcm_msg_head
flags indicates that the concatenated CAN frame structures behind the
bcm_msg_head are defined as struct canfd_frame.
This patch adds the support to handle CAN and CAN FD frames on a per BCM-op
base. Main changes:
- generally use struct canfd_frames instead if struct can_frames
- use canfd_frame.flags instead of can_frame.can_dlc for private BCM flags
- make all CAN frame sizes depending on the new CAN_FD_FRAME flags
- separate between CAN and CAN FD when sending/receiving frames
Due to the dependence of the CAN_FD_FRAME flag the former binary interface
for classic CAN frames remains stable.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
can_frame is the name of the struct can_frame which is not meant in
the corrected comments.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
When building can subsystem with CONFIG_PROC_FS=n I detected some unused
variables warning by using proc functions. In CAN the proc handling is
nicely placed in one object file. This patch adds simple add a
dependency on CONFIG_PROC_FS for CAN's proc.o file and corresponding
static inline no-op functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
[mkl: provide static inline noops instead of using #ifdefs]
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
When we check for RTM_DELTFILTER, we should also reject the request
for deleting all filters under a given parent when TCA_KIND attribute
is present. If present, it's currently just ignored but there's also
no point to let it pass in the first place either since this doesn't
have any meaning with wild-card removal.
Fixes: ea7f8277f9 ("net, cls: allow for deleting all filters for given parent")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern C standards expect the '__inline__' keyword to come before the return
type in a declaration, and we get a couple of warnings for this with "make W=1"
in the xfrm{4,6}_policy.c files:
net/ipv6/xfrm6_policy.c:369:1: error: 'inline' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
static int inline xfrm6_net_sysctl_init(struct net *net)
net/ipv6/xfrm6_policy.c:374:1: error: 'inline' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
static void inline xfrm6_net_sysctl_exit(struct net *net)
net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c:339:1: error: 'inline' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
static int inline xfrm4_net_sysctl_init(struct net *net)
net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c:344:1: error: 'inline' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
static void inline xfrm4_net_sysctl_exit(struct net *net)
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
to the big nfs4_lock_state removal around 3.17 (but that were also
probably hard to reproduce before client changes in 3.20 allowed the
client to perform parallel opens).
Also fix a 4.1 backchannel crash due to rpc multipath changes in 4.6.
Trond acked the client-side rpc fixes going through my tree.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJXYsiKAAoJECebzXlCjuG+PK8P/jGBS+h7Zf4GWOOsWN5cbEs/
8VTn83KXFp/feFhGikUIcAZQJRynDK+tD9Vh2FznC2zKDTLFPS0mAvL3tZyQhUO2
nEWaCUOFR+sB3aTPlMGwxbGc7NHNQg1hKqKgqcLEEqtozxhFQye3WW0MZNfFCiUZ
qpq2tK1OGGhJVIp7wWSa8+B2nGFMuasPaGM2OVJrebip49yTG/tT3rwKxKMoB8kS
i8BwNejoP1KRD6LqvpgdV1ESzkdyokDxKXCrdY/j2lMdp2YRe+cWmX239ojjvm8G
n9Ow8DYCefuiKiF6iCLZfxpX8dcmVJvT6g+k+9V63A4YCyuGhy/CneA3MO4QyLhq
yfe2zviJ2kZVz+1Ih3v9kD7ZkyK1hjrxXx/VPrI5CBIXE5eVXin2ZDvTCSoV491h
g1zscPc9Thgk6gKXsvkaVOXxLHBoUzXeSRbNqVXXZfjl+s4TXLNJ0lcaBYkzh74/
SypiFeNHjsjNpJYz5GptlbMUpaEoeyH0Y+OiH8d5Jf8hCcQ+CLjKgKSuCH5zrypt
Lx3U5QWHTT3IXH4QS/njcTSfSDu7BUip4RTLzw6C/ZJf7hd6SS4Xv72J6ZmeDSmg
146MpAYty8HB04KQWpYx0DGI7UEPlubfRHSF9XzsSitbRtNGr6xvIug8fkKBlXDB
aHtr+/gI7UvrmnXnlGdD
=aNkl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfsd-4.7-1' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux
Pull nfsd bugfixes from Bruce Fields:
"Oleg Drokin found and fixed races in the nfsd4 state code that go back
to the big nfs4_lock_state removal around 3.17 (but that were also
probably hard to reproduce before client changes in 3.20 allowed the
client to perform parallel opens).
Also fix a 4.1 backchannel crash due to rpc multipath changes in 4.6.
Trond acked the client-side rpc fixes going through my tree"
* tag 'nfsd-4.7-1' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
nfsd: Make init_open_stateid() a bit more whole
nfsd: Extend the mutex holding region around in nfsd4_process_open2()
nfsd: Always lock state exclusively.
rpc: share one xps between all backchannels
nfsd4/rpc: move backchannel create logic into rpc code
SUNRPC: fix xprt leak on xps allocation failure
nfsd: Fix NFSD_MDS_PR_KEY on 32-bit by adding ULL postfix
Pull overlayfs fixes from Miklos Szeredi:
"This contains two regression fixes: one for the xattr API update and
one for using the mounter's creds in file creation in overlayfs.
There's also a fix for a bug in handling hard linked AF_UNIX sockets
that's been there from day one. This fix is overlayfs only despite
the fact that it touches code outside the overlay filesystem: d_real()
is an identity function for all except overlay dentries"
* 'overlayfs-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mszeredi/vfs:
ovl: fix uid/gid when creating over whiteout
ovl: xattr filter fix
af_unix: fix hard linked sockets on overlay
vfs: add d_real_inode() helper
The space is missing after ',', and this will introduce much more
noise when checking patch around.
Signed-off-by: Wei Tang <tangwei@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the checkpatch.pl error to dev.c:
ERROR: do not initialise statics to 0
Signed-off-by: Wei Tang <tangwei@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This appears to be necessary and sufficient to provide
MPLS in GRE (RFC4023) support.
This can be used by establishing an ipgre tunnel device
and then routing MPLS over it.
The following example will forward MPLS frames received with an outermost
MPLS label 100 over tun1, a GRE tunnel. The forwarded packet will have the
outermost MPLS LSE removed and two new LSEs added with labels 200
(outermost) and 300 (next).
ip link add name tun1 type gre remote 10.0.99.193 local 10.0.99.192 ttl 225
ip link set up dev tun1
ip addr add 10.0.98.192/24 dev tun1
ip route sh
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/mpls/conf/eth0/input
echo 101 > /proc/sys/net/mpls/platform_labels
ip -f mpls route add 100 as 200/300 via inet 10.0.98.193
ip -f mpls route sh
Also remove unnecessary braces.
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 32b8a8e59c ("sit: add IPv4 over IPv4 support")
ipip6_err() may be called for packets whose IP protocol is
IPPROTO_IPIP as well as those whose IP protocol is IPPROTO_IPV6.
In the case of IPPROTO_IPIP packets the correct protocol value is not
passed to ipv4_update_pmtu() or ipv4_redirect().
This patch resolves this problem by using the IP protocol of the packet
rather than a hard-coded value. This appears to be consistent
with the usage of the protocol of a packet by icmp_socket_deliver()
the caller of ipip6_err().
I was able to exercise the redirect case by using a setup where an ICMP
redirect was received for the destination of the encapsulated packet.
However, it appears that although incorrect the protocol field is not used
in this case and thus no problem manifests. On inspection it does not
appear that a problem will manifest in the fragmentation needed/update pmtu
case either.
In short I believe this is a cosmetic fix. None the less, the use of
IPPROTO_IPV6 seems wrong and confusing.
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d46e416c11 ("sctp: sctp should change socket state when
shutdown is received") may set sk_state CLOSING in sctp_sock_migrate,
but inet_accept doesn't allow the sk_state other than ESTABLISHED/
CLOSED for sctp. So we will change sk_state to CLOSED, instead of
CLOSING, as actually sk is closed already there.
Fixes: d46e416c11 ("sctp: sctp should change socket state when shutdown is received")
Reported-by: Ye Xiaolong <xiaolong.ye@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ctx structure passed into bpf programs is different depending on bpf
program type. The verifier incorrectly marked ctx->data and ctx->data_end
access based on ctx offset only. That caused loads in tracing programs
int bpf_prog(struct pt_regs *ctx) { .. ctx->ax .. }
to be incorrectly marked as PTR_TO_PACKET which later caused verifier
to reject the program that was actually valid in tracing context.
Fix this by doing program type specific matching of ctx offsets.
Fixes: 969bf05eb3 ("bpf: direct packet access")
Reported-by: Sasha Goldshtein <goldshtn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=HOTh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160615' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Rework endpoint record handling
Here's the next part of the AF_RXRPC rewrite. In this set I rework
endpoint record handling. There are two types of endpoint record, local
and peer. The local endpoint record is used as an anchor for the transport
socket that AF_RXRPC uses (at the moment a UDP socket). Local endpoints
can be shared between AF_RXRPC sockets under certain restricted
circumstances.
The peer endpoint is a record of the remote end. It is (or will be) used
to keep track MTU and RTT values and, with these changes, is used to find
the call(s) to abort when a network error occurs.
The following significant changes are made:
(1) The local endpoint event handling code is split out into its own file.
(2) The local endpoint list bottom half-excluding spinlock is removed as
things are arranged such that sk_user_data will not change whilst the
transport socket callbacks are in progress.
(3) Local endpoints can now only be shared if they have the same transport
address (as before) and have a local service ID of 0 (ie. they're not
listening for incoming calls). This prevents callbacks from a server
to one process being picked up by another process.
(4) Local endpoint destruction is now accomplished by the same work item
as processes events, meaning that the destructor doesn't need to wait
for the event processor.
(5) Peer endpoints are now held in a hash table rather than a flat list.
(6) Peer endpoints are now destroyed by RCU rather than by work item.
(7) Peer endpoints are now differentiated by local endpoint and remote
transport port in addition to remote transport address and transport
type and family.
This means that a firewall that excludes access between a particular
local port and remote port won't cause calls to be aborted that use a
different port pair.
(8) Error report handling now no longer assumes that the source is always
an IPv4 ICMP message from a UDP port and has assumptions that an ICMP
message comes from an IPv4 socket removed. At some point IPv6 support
will be added.
(9) Peer endpoints rather than local endpoints are now the anchor point
for distributing network error reports.
(10) Both types of endpoint records are now disposed of as soon as all
references to them are gone. There is less hanging around and once
their usage counts hit zero, records can no longer be resurrected.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) gre_parse_header() can be called from gre_err()
At this point transport header points to ICMP header, not the inner
header.
2) We can not really change transport header as ipgre_err() will later
assume transport header still points to ICMP header (using icmp_hdr())
3) pskb_may_pull() logic in gre_parse_header() really works
if we are interested at zone pointed by skb->data
4) As Jiri explained in commit b7f8fe251e ("gre: do not pull header in
ICMP error processing") we should not pull headers in error handler.
So this fix :
A) changes gre_parse_header() to use skb->data instead of
skb_transport_header()
B) Adds a nhs parameter to gre_parse_header() so that we can skip the
not pulled IP header from error path.
This offset is 0 for normal receive path.
C) remove obsolete IPV6 includes
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/tipc/link.c: In function ‘tipc_link_timeout’:
net/tipc/link.c:744:28: warning: ‘mtyp’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
Fixes: 42b18f605f ("tipc: refactor function tipc_link_timeout()")
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The algorithm for checksum neutral mapping is incorrect. This problem
was being hidden since we were previously always performing checksum
offload on the translated addresses and only with IPv6 HW csum.
Enabling an ILA router shows the issue.
Corrected algorithm:
old_loc is the original locator in the packet, new_loc is the value
to overwrite with and is found in the lookup table. old_flag is
the old flag value (zero of CSUM_NEUTRAL_FLAG) and new_flag is
then (old_flag ^ CSUM_NEUTRAL_FLAG) & CSUM_NEUTRAL_FLAG.
Need SUM(new_id + new_flag + diff) == SUM(old_id + old_flag) for
checksum neutral translation.
Solving for diff gives:
diff = (old_id - new_id) + (old_flag - new_flag)
compute_csum_diff8(new_id, old_id) gives old_id - new_id
If old_flag is set
old_flag - new_flag = old_flag = CSUM_NEUTRAL_FLAG
Else
old_flag - new_flag = -new_flag = ~CSUM_NEUTRAL_FLAG
Tested:
- Implemented a user space program that creates random addresses
and random locators to overwrite. Compares the checksum over
the address before and after translation (must always be equal)
- Enabled ILA router and showed proper operation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the presence of firewalls which improperly block ICMP Unreachable
(including Fragmentation Required) messages, Path MTU Discovery is
prevented from working.
A workaround is to handle IPv4 payloads opaquely, ignoring the DF bit--as
is done for other payloads like AppleTalk--and doing transparent
fragmentation and reassembly.
Redux includes the enforcement of mutual exclusion between this feature
and Path MTU Discovery as suggested by Alexander Duyck.
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds necessary handling for use the short address for
802.15.4 6lowpan. It contains support for IPHC address compression
and new matching algorithmn to decide which link layer address will be
used for 802.15.4 frame.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of sending RA messages we need some way to get the short address
from an 802.15.4 6LoWPAN interface. This patch will add a temporary
debugfs entry for experimental userspace api.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduce different 6lowpan handling for receive and transmit
NS/NA messages for the ipv6 neighbour discovery. The first use-case is
for supporting 802.15.4 short addresses inside the option fields and
handling for RFC6775 6CO option field as userspace option.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports some neighbour discovery functions which can be used
by 6lowpan neighbour discovery ops functionality then.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces neighbour discovery ops callback structure. The
idea is to separate the handling for 6LoWPAN into the 6lowpan module.
These callback offers 6lowpan different handling, such as 802.15.4 short
address handling or RFC6775 (Neighbor Discovery Optimization for IPv6
over 6LoWPANs).
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the functionality to add a RA PIO prefix generated
address in an own function. This move prepares to add a hook for
adding a second address for a second link-layer address. E.g. short
address for 802.15.4 6LoWPAN.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds __ndisc_fill_addr_option as low-level function for
ndisc_fill_addr_option which doesn't depend on net_device parameter.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we use exported function from ipv6 kernel module we don't need to
request the module anymore to have ipv6 functionality.
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the autoconfiguration if a valid 802.15.4 short address
is available for 802.15.4 6LoWPAN interfaces.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch will introduce a 6lowpan neighbour private data. Like the
interface private data we handle private data for generic 6lowpan and
for link-layer specific 6lowpan.
The current first use case if to save the short address for a 802.15.4
6lowpan neighbour.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
saw a debug splat:
net/include/net/sch_generic.h:287 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage!
other info that might help us debug this:
rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0
2 locks held by kworker/2:1/710:
#0: ("events"){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff8106ca1d>]
#1: ((&q->work)){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffff8106ca1d>] process_one_work+0x14d/0x690
Workqueue: events htb_work_func
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff812dc763>] dump_stack+0x85/0xc2
[<ffffffff8109fee7>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xe7/0x120
[<ffffffff814ced47>] htb_work_func+0x67/0x70
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sfq_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs() instead of kfree_skb()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pie_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop() to benefit from
deferred freeing.
pie_reset() is already using qdisc_reset_queue()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_kfree_skbs() can be used in tfifo_reset()
It would be nice if we could iterate through rb tree instead
of removing one skb at a time, and build a single skb chain.
But this is left for a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both htb_reset() and htb_destroy() can use __qdisc_reset_queue()
instead of __skb_queue_purge() to defer skb freeing of internal
queues.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both hhf_reset() and hhf_change() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both fq_codel_change() and fq_codel_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both fq_change() and fq_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
codel_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop()
to defer expensive skb freeing after locks are released.
codel_reset() already has support for deferred skb freeing
because it uses qdisc_reset_queue()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
choke_reset() and choke_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop()
to defer expensive skb freeing after locks are released.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc are changed under RTNL protection and often
while blocking BH and root qdisc spinlock.
When lots of skbs need to be dropped, we free
them under these locks causing TX/RX freezes,
and more generally latency spikes.
This commit adds rtnl_kfree_skbs(), used to queue
skbs for deferred freeing.
Actual freeing happens right after RTNL is released,
with appropriate scheduling points.
rtnl_qdisc_drop() can also be used in place
of disc_drop() when RTNL is held.
qdisc_reset_queue() and __qdisc_reset_queue() get
the new behavior, so standard qdiscs like pfifo, pfifo_fast...
have their ->reset() method automatically handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This refers to commands to direct action access as follows:
sudo tc actions add action drop index 12
sudo tc actions add action pipe index 10
And then dumping them like so:
sudo tc actions ls action gact
iproute2 worked because it depended on absence of TCA_ACT_TAB TLV
as end of message.
This fix has been tested with iproute2 and is backward compatible.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 multicast and link-local addresses require special handling by the
VRF driver:
1. Rather than using the VRF device index and full FIB lookups,
packets to/from these addresses should use direct FIB lookups based on
the VRF device table.
2. fail sends/receives on a VRF device to/from a multicast address
(e.g, make ping6 ff02::1%<vrf> fail)
3. move the setting of the flow oif to the first dst lookup and revert
the change in icmpv6_echo_reply made in ca254490c8 ("net: Add VRF
support to IPv6 stack"). Linklocal/mcast addresses require use of the
skb->dev.
With this change connections into and out of a VRF enslaved device work
for multicast and link-local addresses work (icmp, tcp, and udp)
e.g.,
1. packets into VM with VRF config:
ping6 -c3 fe80::e0:f9ff:fe1c:b974%br1
ping6 -c3 ff02::1%br1
ssh -6 fe80::e0:f9ff:fe1c:b974%br1
2. packets going out a VRF enslaved device:
ping6 -c3 fe80::18f8:83ff:fe4b:7a2e%eth1
ping6 -c3 ff02::1%eth1
ssh -6 root@fe80::18f8:83ff:fe4b:7a2e%eth1
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L3 master devices are virtual devices similar to the loopback
device. Link local and multicast routes for these devices do
not make sense. The ipv6 addrconf code already skips adding a
linklocal address; do the same for the mcast route.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to pass flow arg to functions where the arg is not const
and allow the driver to make updates as needed (eg., setting oif).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And avoid calling tcf_hash_check() twice.
Fixes: a57f19d30b ("net sched: ipt action fix late binding")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now prio_init() can return -ENOMEM, it also has to make sure
any allocated qdiscs are freed, since the caller (qdisc_create()) wont
call ->destroy() handler for us.
More generally, we want a transactional behavior for "tc qdisc
change ...", so prio_tune() should not make modifications if
any error is returned.
It means that we must validate parameters and allocate missing qdisc(s)
before taking root qdisc lock exactly once, to not leave the prio qdisc
in an intermediate state.
Fixes: cbdf451164 ("net_sched: prio: properly report out of memory errors")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an inbound message is bigger than a page, allocate a paged SKB,
and subsequently use IUCV receive primitive with IPBUFLST flag.
This relaxes the pressure to allocate big contiguous kernel buffers.
Signed-off-by: Eugene Crosser <Eugene.Crosser@ru.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before introducing paged skbs in the receive path, get rid of the
function `iucv_fragment_skb()` that replaces one large linear skb
with several smaller linear skbs.
Signed-off-by: Eugene Crosser <Eugene.Crosser@ru.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an outbound message is bigger than a page, allocate and fill
a paged SKB, and subsequently use IUCV send primitive with IPBUFLST
flag. This relaxes the pressure to allocate big contiguous kernel
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Eugene Crosser <Eugene.Crosser@ru.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework the local RxRPC endpoint management.
Local endpoint objects are maintained in a flat list as before. This
should be okay as there shouldn't be more than one per open AF_RXRPC socket
(there can be fewer as local endpoints can be shared if their local service
ID is 0 and they share the same local transport parameters).
Changes:
(1) Local endpoints may now only be shared if they have local service ID 0
(ie. they're not being used for listening).
This prevents a scenario where process A is listening of the Cache
Manager port and process B contacts a fileserver - which may then
attempt to send CM requests back to B. But if A and B are sharing a
local endpoint, A will get the CM requests meant for B.
(2) We use a mutex to handle lookups and don't provide RCU-only lookups
since we only expect to access the list when opening a socket or
destroying an endpoint.
The local endpoint object is pointed to by the transport socket's
sk_user_data for the life of the transport socket - allowing us to
refer to it directly from the sk_data_ready and sk_error_report
callbacks.
(3) atomic_inc_not_zero() now exists and can be used to only share a local
endpoint if the last reference hasn't yet gone.
(4) We can remove rxrpc_local_lock - a spinlock that had to be taken with
BH processing disabled given that we assume sk_user_data won't change
under us.
(5) The transport socket is shut down before we clear the sk_user_data
pointer so that we can be sure that the transport socket's callbacks
won't be invoked once the RCU destruction is scheduled.
(6) Local endpoints have a work item that handles both destruction and
event processing. The means that destruction doesn't then need to
wait for event processing. The event queues can then be cleared after
the transport socket is shut down.
(7) Local endpoints are no longer available for resurrection beyond the
life of the sockets that had them open. As soon as their last ref
goes, they are scheduled for destruction and may not have their usage
count moved from 0.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Separate local endpoint event handling out into its own file preparatory to
overhauling the object management aspect (which remains in the original
file).
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The spec allows backchannels for multiple clients to share the same tcp
connection. When that happens, we need to use the same xprt for all of
them. Similarly, we need the same xps.
This fixes list corruption introduced by the multipath code.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <trondmy@primarydata.com>
Also simplify the logic a bit.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <trondmy@primarydata.com>
Callers of rpc_create_xprt expect it to put the xprt on success and
failure.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <trondmy@primarydata.com>
nft_genmask_cur has already done left-shift operator on the gencursor,
so there's no need to do left-shift operator on it again.
Fixes: ea4bd995b0 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add transaction helper functions")
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we add a nft rule like follows:
# nft add rule filter test tcp dport vmap {1: jump test}
-ELOOP error will be returned, and the anonymous set will be
destroyed.
But after that, nf_tables_abort will also try to remove the
element and destroy the set, which was already destroyed and
freed.
If we add a nft wrong rule, nft_tables_abort will do the cleanup
work rightly, so nf_tables_set_destroy call here is redundant and
wrong, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Liping Zhang says:
"Users may add such a wrong nft rules successfully, which will cause an
endless jump loop:
# nft add rule filter test tcp dport vmap {1: jump test}
This is because before we commit, the element in the current anonymous
set is inactive, so osp->walk will skip this element and miss the
validate check."
To resolve this problem, this patch passes the generation mask to the
walk function through the iter container structure depending on the code
path:
1) If we're dumping the elements, then we have to check if the element
is active in the current generation. Thus, we check for the current
bit in the genmask.
2) If we're checking for loops, then we have to check if the element is
active in the next generation, as we're in the middle of a
transaction. Thus, we check for the next bit in the genmask.
Based on original patch from Liping Zhang.
Reported-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tested-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
We should check "i" is used as a dictionary or not, "binding" is already
checked before.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
I forgot to move the kmem_cache_destroy into the exit path.
Fixes: 0c5366b3a8 ("netfilter: conntrack: use single slab cache)
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use the peer record to distribute network errors rather than the transport
object (which I want to get rid of). An error from a particular peer
terminates all calls on that peer.
For future consideration:
(1) For ICMP-induced errors it might be worth trying to extract the RxRPC
header from the offending packet, if one is returned attached to the
ICMP packet, to better direct the error.
This may be overkill, though, since an ICMP packet would be expected
to be relating to the destination port, machine or network. RxRPC
ABORT and BUSY packets give notice at RxRPC level.
(2) To also abort connection-level communications (such as CHALLENGE
packets) where indicted by an error - but that requires some revamping
of the connection event handling first.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Don't assume anything about the address in an ICMP packet in
rxrpc_error_report() as the address may not be IPv4 in future, especially
since we're just printing these details.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Break MTU determination from ICMP out into its own function to reduce the
complexity of the error report handler.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Rename rxrpc_UDP_error_report() to rxrpc_error_report() as it might get
called for something other than UDP.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Rework peer object handling to use a hash table instead of a flat list and
to use RCU. Peer objects are no longer destroyed by passing them to a
workqueue to process, but rather are just passed to the RCU garbage
collector as kfree'able objects.
The hash function uses the local endpoint plus all the components of the
remote address, except for the RxRPC service ID. Peers thus represent a
UDP port on the remote machine as contacted by a UDP port on this machine.
The RCU read lock is used to handle non-creating lookups so that they can
be called from bottom half context in the sk_error_report handler without
having to lock the hash table against modification.
rxrpc_lookup_peer_rcu() *does* take a reference on the peer object as in
the future, this will be passed to a work item for error distribution in
the error_report path and this function will cease being used in the
data_ready path.
Creating lookups are done under spinlock rather than mutex as they might be
set up due to an external stimulus if the local endpoint is a server.
Captured network error messages (ICMP) are handled with respect to this
struct and MTU size and RTT are cached here.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
This function is just ->init(), rename it to make it obvious.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These should be gone when we removed CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE.
We can not totally remove them since they are exposed
to userspace.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor rds_conn_destroy() so that the per-path dismantling
is done in rds_conn_path_destroy, and then iterate as needed
over rds_conn_path_destroy().
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit changes rds_conn_shutdown to take a rds_conn_path *
argument, allowing it to shutdown paths other than c_path[0] for
MP-capable transports.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a for() loop in __rds_conn_create to initialize all the
conn_paths, in preparate for MP capable transports.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rds_conn_path_error() is the MP-aware analog of rds_conn_error,
to be used by multipath-capable callers.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit updates the callbacks related to the rds-info command
so that they walk through all the rds_conn_path structures and
report the requested info.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rds_conn_path_connect_if_down() works on the rds_conn_path
that it is passed. Callers who are not t_m_capable may continue
calling rds_conn_connect_if_down, which will invoke
rds_conn_path_connect_if_down() with the default c_path[0].
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit allows rds_send_pong() callers to send back
the rds pong message on some path other than c_path[0] by
passing in a struct rds_conn_path * argument. It also
removes the last dependency on the #defines in rds_single.h
from send.c
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Explicitly set up rds_conn_path, either from i_conn_path (for
MP capable transpots) or as c_path[0], and use this in
rds_send_drop_to()
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass a struct rds_conn_path to rds_send_xmit so that MP capable
transports can transmit packets on something other than c_path[0].
The eventual goal for MP capable transports is to hash the rds
socket to a path based on the bound local address/port, and use
this path as the argument to rds_send_xmit()
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the rds_conn_path to rds_send_queue_rm, and use it to initialize
the i_conn_path field in struct rds_incoming. This commit also makes
rds_send_queue_rm() MP capable, because it now takes locks
specific to the rds_conn_path passed in, instead of defaulting to
the c_path[0] based defines from rds_single_path.h
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only caller of rds_send_get_message() was
rds_iw_send_cq_comp_handler() which was removed as part of
commit dcdede0406 ("RDS: Drop stale iWARP RDMA transport"),
so remove rds_send_get_message() for the same reason.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rds_send_path_drop_acked() is the path-specific version of
rds_send_drop_acked() to be invoked by MP capable callers.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rds_send_path_reset() is the path specific version of rds_send_reset()
intended for MP capable callers.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t_mp_capable transports can use rds_inc_path_init to initialize
all fields in struct rds_incoming, including the i_conn_path.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Transports that are t_mp_capable should set the rds_conn_path
on which the datagram was recived in the ->i_conn_path field
of struct rds_incoming.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The t_mp_capable bit will be used in the core rds module
to support multipathing logic when the transport supports it.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for multipath RDS, split the rds_connection
structure into a base structure, and a per-path struct rds_conn_path.
The base structure tracks information and locks common to all
paths. The workqs for send/recv/shutdown etc are tracked per
rds_conn_path. Thus the workq callbacks now work with rds_conn_path.
This commit allows for one rds_conn_path per rds_connection, and will
be extended into multiple conn_paths in subsequent commits.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure that dctcp_get_info() returns only the size of the
info->dctcp struct that it zeroes out and fills in. Previously it had
been returning the size of the enclosing tcp_cc_info union,
sizeof(*info). There is no problem yet, but that union that may one
day be larger than struct tcp_dctcp_info, in which case the
TCP_CC_INFO code might accidentally copy uninitialized bytes from the
stack.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=FXID
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160613' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Rename rxrpc source files
Here's the next part of the AF_RXRPC rewrite. In this set I rename some of
the files in the net/rxrpc/ directory and adjust the Makefile and
ar-internal.h to reflect the changes.
The aim is twofold:
(1) Remove the "ar-" prefix on those files that have it as it's not really
useful, especially now that I'm building rxkad in.
(2) To aid splitting the local, peer, connection and call handling code
into separate files for object and event handling in future patches by
making it easier to come up with new filenames.
There are two commits:
(1) The first commit does a bunch of renames of .c files and alters the
Makefile. ar-internal.h isn't renamed at this time to avoid having to
change the contents of the files being renamed.
(2) The second commit changes the section label comments in ar-internal.h
to reflect the changed filenames and reorders the file so that the
sections are back in filename order.
The patches can be found here also:
http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs.git/log/?h=rxrpc-rewrite
Tagged thusly:
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs.git
rxrpc-rewrite-20160613
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When skip_sw is set and hardware fails to apply filter, return error to
user. This will make error propagation logic similar to the one
currently used in u32 classifier.
Also, changed code to use tc_skip_sw() utility function.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function gretap_fb_dev_create() (only used by ovs) never calls
rtnl_configure_link(). The consequence is that dev->rtnl_link_state is
never set to RTNL_LINK_INITIALIZED.
During the deletion phase, the function rollback_registered_many() sends
a RTM_DELLINK only if dev->rtnl_link_state is set to RTNL_LINK_INITIALIZED.
Fixes: b2acd1dc39 ("openvswitch: Use regular GRE net_device instead of vport")
CC: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
CC: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After ipgre_newlink()/geneve_configure() call, the netdev is registered.
Fixes: 7e059158d5 ("vxlan, gre, geneve: Set a large MTU on ovs-created tunnel devices")
CC: David Wragg <david@weave.works>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a corner case in which udp packets belonging to a same
flow are hashed to different socket when hslot->count changes from 10
to 11:
1) When hslot->count <= 10, __udp_lib_lookup() searches udp_table->hash,
and always passes 'daddr' to udp_ehashfn().
2) When hslot->count > 10, __udp_lib_lookup() searches udp_table->hash2,
but may pass 'INADDR_ANY' to udp_ehashfn() if the sockets are bound to
INADDR_ANY instead of some specific addr.
That means when hslot->count changes from 10 to 11, the hash calculated by
udp_ehashfn() is also changed, and the udp packets belonging to a same
flow will be hashed to different socket.
This is easily reproduced:
1) Create 10 udp sockets and bind all of them to 0.0.0.0:40000.
2) From the same host send udp packets to 127.0.0.1:40000, record the
socket index which receives the packets.
3) Create 1 more udp socket and bind it to 0.0.0.0:44096. The number 44096
is 40000 + UDP_HASH_SIZE(4096), this makes the new socket put into the
same hslot as the aformentioned 10 sockets, and makes the hslot->count
change from 10 to 11.
4) From the same host send udp packets to 127.0.0.1:40000, and the socket
index which receives the packets will be different from the one received
in step 2.
This should not happen as the socket bound to 0.0.0.0:44096 should not
change the behavior of the sockets bound to 0.0.0.0:40000.
It's the same case for IPv6, and this patch also fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Su, Xuemin <suxm@chinanetcenter.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the qdisc is full, we drop a packet at the head of the queue,
queue the current skb and return NET_XMIT_CN
Now we track backlog on upper qdiscs, we need to call
qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog(), even if the qlen did not change.
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Fixes: 4068579e1e ("net: Implmement RFC 6936 (zero RX csums for UDP/IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Fixes: 4068579e1e ("net: Implmement RFC 6936 (zero RX csums for UDP/IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Fixes: 1d13a96c74 ("ipv6: tcp: fix flowlabel value in ACK messages send from TIME_WAIT")
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 ping socket error handler doesn't correctly convert the new 32 bit
mtu to host endianness before using.
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Fixes: 6d0bfe2261 ("net: ipv6: Add IPv6 support to the ping socket.")
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even with spin_unlock_wait() fixed, nf_conntrack_lock{,_all}() is
borken as it misses a bunch of memory barriers to order the whole
global vs local locks scheme.
Even x86 (and other TSO archs) are affected.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
[ Updated the comments. ]
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Use the low latency transport workqueue to process the task that is
next in line on the xprt->sending queue.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
rpciod can easily get congested due to the long list of queued rpc_tasks.
Having the receive queue wait in turn for those tasks to complete can
therefore be a bottleneck.
Address the problem by separating the workqueues into:
- rpciod: manages rpc_tasks
- xprtiod: manages transport related work.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The only difference between the two at this point is the reset of
the connection timeout, and since everyone expect tcp ignore that value,
we can just throw it into the generic function.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Update the section comments in ar-internal.h that indicate the locations of
the referenced items to reflect the renames done to the .c files in
net/rxrpc/.
This also involves some rearrangement to reflect keep the sections in order
of filename.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Rename files matching net/rxrpc/ar-*.c to get rid of the "ar-" prefix.
This will aid splitting those files by making easier to come up with new
names.
Note that the not all files are simply renamed from ar-X.c to X.c. The
following exceptions are made:
(*) ar-call.c -> call_object.c
ar-ack.c -> call_event.c
call_object.c is going to contain the core of the call object
handling. Call event handling is all going to be in call_event.c.
(*) ar-accept.c -> call_accept.c
Incoming call handling is going to be here.
(*) ar-connection.c -> conn_object.c
ar-connevent.c -> conn_event.c
The former file is going to have the basic connection object handling,
but there will likely be some differentiation between client
connections and service connections in additional files later. The
latter file will have all the connection-level event handling.
(*) ar-local.c -> local_object.c
This will have the local endpoint object handling code. The local
endpoint event handling code will later be split out into
local_event.c.
(*) ar-peer.c -> peer_object.c
This will have the peer endpoint object handling code. Peer event
handling code will be placed in peer_event.c (for the moment, there is
none).
(*) ar-error.c -> peer_event.c
This will become the peer event handling code, though for the moment
it's actually driven from the local endpoint's perspective.
Note that I haven't renamed ar-transport.c to transport_object.c as the
intention is to delete it when the rxrpc_transport struct is excised.
The only file that actually has its contents changed is net/rxrpc/Makefile.
net/rxrpc/ar-internal.h will need its section marker comments updating, but
I'll do that in a separate patch to make it easier for git to follow the
history across the rename. I may also want to rename ar-internal.h at some
point - but that would mean updating all the #includes and I'd rather do
that in a separate step.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com.
sch_atm returns this when TC_ACT_SHOT classification occurs.
But all other schedulers that use tc_classify
(htb, hfsc, drr, fq_codel ...) return NET_XMIT_SUCCESS | __BYPASS
in this case so just do that in atm.
BATMAN uses it as an intermediate return value to signal
forwarding vs. buffering, but it did not return POLICED to
callers outside of BATMAN.
Reviewed-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At Qdisc creation or change time, prio_tune() creates missing
pfifo qdiscs but does not return an error code if one
qdisc could not be allocated.
Leaving a qdisc in non operational state without telling user
anything about this problem is not good.
Also, testing if we replace something different than noop_qdisc
a second time makes no sense so I removed useless code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>> net/ipv4/ipconfig.c:130:15: warning: 'ic_addrservaddr' defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
static __be32 ic_addrservaddr = NONE; /* IP Address of the IP addresses'server */
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In IPv6 the ToS values are part of the flowlabel in flowi6 and get
extracted during fib rule lookup, but we forgot to correctly initialize
the flowlabel before the routing lookup.
Reported-by: <liam.mcbirnie@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit manipulation is rather expensive
for HTB and few others.
I already removed it for sch_fq in commit f2600cf02b
("net: sched: avoid costly atomic operation in fq_dequeue()")
and so far nobody complained.
When one ore more packets are stuck in one or more throttled
HTB class, a htb dequeue() performs two atomic operations
to clear/set __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit, while root qdisc
lock is held.
Removing this pair of atomic operations bring me a 8 % performance
increase on 200 TCP_RR tests, in presence of throttled classes.
This patch has no side effect, since nothing actually uses
disc_is_throttled() anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like it is only there as some optimization attempt.
Since __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED set/unset is way too expensive,
and netem is the last user, just remove this check.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far no qdisc ever unset the throttled bit at enqueue() time,
so CBQ usage of qdisc_is_throttled() was flaky.
Since __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED set/unset is way too expensive
considering that only CBQ was eventually caring for this status,
it would make sense to implement a Qdisc ops ->is_throttled()
if we find that this is needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to get rid of generic qdisc throttled management,
so this qdisc has to use a private flag.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The symbol ic_addrservaddr is not static, but has no declaration
to match so make it static to fix the following warning:
net/ipv4/ipconfig.c:130:8: warning: symbol 'ic_addrservaddr' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions inet_diag_msg_common_fill and inet_diag_msg_attrs_fill
seem to have been missed from the include/linux/inet_diag.h header
file. Add them to fix the following warnings:
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c:69:6: warning: symbol 'inet_diag_msg_common_fill' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c:108:5: warning: symbol 'inet_diag_msg_attrs_fill' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp doesn't change socket state upon shutdown reception. It changes
just the assoc state, even though it's a TCP-style socket.
For some cases, if we really need to check sk->sk_state, it's necessary to
fix this issue, at least when we use ss or netstat to dump, we can get a
more exact information.
As an improvement, we will change sk->sk_state when we change asoc->state
to SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED, and also do it in sctp_shutdown to keep consistent
with sctp_close.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
with the mac80211 internal software queues
* cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
"no connection at all" case
* advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
* most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
changes
* human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
* some other cleanups, like spelling
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=FvhQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-06-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For the next cycle, we have the following:
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
with the mac80211 internal software queues
* cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
"no connection at all" case
* advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
* most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
changes
* human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
* some other cleanups, like spelling
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP-NV (New Vegas) is a major update to TCP-Vegas.
An earlier version of NV was presented at 2010's LPC.
It is a delayed based congestion avoidance for the
data center. This version has been tested within a
10G rack where the HW RTTs are 20-50us and with
1 to 400 flows.
A description of TCP-NV, including implementation
details as well as experimental results, can be found at:
http://www.brakmo.org/networking/tcp-nv/TCPNV.html
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add in_flight (bytes in flight when packet was sent) field
to tx component of tcp_skb_cb and make it available to
congestion modules' pkts_acked() function through the
ack_sample function argument.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace open coded conversion between virtio_net_hdr to skb GSO info with
virtio_net_hdr_from_skb
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
Since the driver is infiniband which can be used as block device and the
workqueue seems involved in regular operation of the device, so a
dedicated workqueue has been used with WQ_MEM_RECLAIM set to guarantee
forward progress under memory pressure.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary here.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8626c56c82 ("bridge: fix potential use-after-free when hook
returns QUEUE or STOLEN verdict") fixed incorrect usage of NF_HOOK's
return value by consuming packets in okfn via br_pass_frame_up().
However, this function re-injects packets to the Rx path with skb->dev
set to the bridge device, which breaks kernel's STP, as all STP packets
appear to originate from the bridge device itself.
Instead, if STP is enabled and bridge isn't a 802.1ad bridge, then learn
packet's SMAC and inject it back to the Rx path for further processing
by the packet handlers.
The patch also makes netfilter's behavior consistent with regards to
packets destined to the Bridge Group Address, as no hook registered at
LOCAL_IN will ever be called, regardless if STP is enabled or not.
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Fixes: 8626c56c82 ("bridge: fix potential use-after-free when hook returns QUEUE or STOLEN verdict")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We always mixed in the parent pointer into the dentry name hash, but we
did it late at lookup time. It turns out that we can simplify that
lookup-time action by salting the hash with the parent pointer early
instead of late.
A few other users of our string hashes also wanted to mix in their own
pointers into the hash, and those are updated to use the same mechanism.
Hash users that don't have any particular initial salt can just use the
NULL pointer as a no-salt.
Cc: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Cc: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Limit the socket incoming call backlog queue size so that a remote client
can't pump in sufficient new calls that the server runs out of memory. Note
that this is partially theoretical at the moment since whilst the number of
calls is limited, the number of packets trying to set up new calls is not.
This will be addressed in a later patch.
If the caller of listen() specifies a backlog INT_MAX, then they get the
current maximum; anything else greater than max_backlog or anything
negative incurs EINVAL.
The limit on the maximum queue size can be set by:
echo N >/proc/sys/net/rxrpc/max_backlog
where 4<=N<=32.
Further, set the default backlog to 0, requiring listen() to be called
before we start actually queueing new calls. Whilst this kind of is a
change in the UAPI, the caller can't actually *accept* new calls anyway
unless they've first called listen() to put the socket into the LISTENING
state - thus the aforementioned new calls would otherwise just sit there,
eating up kernel memory. (Note that sockets that don't have a non-zero
service ID bound don't get incoming calls anyway.)
Given that the default backlog is now 0, make the AFS filesystem call
kernel_listen() to set the maximum backlog for itself.
Possible improvements include:
(1) Trimming a too-large backlog to max_backlog when listen is called.
(2) Trimming the backlog value whenever the value is used so that changes
to max_backlog are applied to an open socket automatically. Note that
the AFS filesystem opens one socket and keeps it open for extended
periods, so would miss out on changes to max_backlog.
(3) Having a separate setting for the AFS filesystem.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a possibility where the user can just specify the parent and
all filters under that parent are then being purged. Currently,
for example for scripting, one needs to specify pref/prio to have
a well-defined number for 'tc filter del' command for addressing
the previously created instance or additionally filter handle in
case of priorities being the same. Improve usage by allowing the
option for tc to specify the parent and removing the whole chain
for that given parent.
Example usage after patch, no tc changes required:
# tc qdisc replace dev foo clsact
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj ./bpf.o
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj ./bpf.o
# tc filter show dev foo egress
filter protocol all pref 49151 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49151 bpf handle 0x1 bpf.o:[classifier] direct-action
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bpf.o:[classifier] direct-action
# tc filter del dev foo egress
# tc filter show dev foo egress
#
Previously, RTM_DELTFILTER requests with invalid prio of 0 were
rejected, so only netlink requests with RTM_NEWTFILTER and NLM_F_CREATE
flag were allowed where the kernel would auto-generate a pref/prio.
We can piggyback on that and use prio of 0 as a wildcard for
requests of RTM_DELTFILTER.
For notifying tc netlink monitoring users (e.g. libnl uses this
for caching), there are two options, that is, sending individual
tfilter_notify() notifications for each tcf_proto, or sending a
single one indicating wildcard removal. I tried both and there
are pros and cons for each, eventually I decided for sending
individual tfilter_notify(), so that user space can support this
seamlessly and there won't be a mess of changing each and every
application to make sure expectations from the kernel won't break
when they don't understand single notification. Since linear chains
don't really scale, I expect only a handful of classifiers to be
attached at max for a given parent anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a bpf_check_basics_ok() and reject filters that are of invalid
size much earlier, so we don't do any useless work such as invoking
bpf_prog_alloc(). Currently, rejection happens in bpf_check_classic()
only, but it's really unnecessarily late and they should be rejected
at earliest point. While at it, also clean up one bpf_prog_size() to
make it consistent with the remaining invocations.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Respect the stack's xmit_recursion limit for calls into dev_queue_xmit().
Currently, they are not handeled by the limiter when attached to clsact's
egress parent, for example, and a buggy program redirecting it to the
same device again could run into stack overflow eventually. It would be
good if we could notify an admin to give him a chance to react. We reuse
xmit_recursion instead of having one private to eBPF, so that the stack's
current recursion depth will be taken into account as well. Follow-up to
commit 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper") and
27b29f6305 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect() helper").
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds a new OVS action, OVS_ACTION_ATTR_TRUNC, in order to
truncate packets. A 'max_len' is added for setting up the maximum
packet size, and a 'cutlen' field is to record the number of bytes
to trim the packet when the packet is outputting to a port, or when
the packet is sent to userspace.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/sched/act_police.c
net/sched/sch_drr.c
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
net/sched/sch_prio.c
net/sched/sch_red.c
net/sched/sch_tbf.c
In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.
A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) nfnetlink timestamp taken from wrong skb, fix from Florian Westphal.
2) Revert some msleep conversions in rtlwifi as these spots are in
atomic context, from Larry Finger.
3) Validate that NFTA_SET_TABLE attribute is actually specified when we
call nf_tables_getset(). From Phil Turnbull.
4) Don't do mdio_reset in stmmac driver with spinlock held as that can
sleep, from Vincent Palatin.
5) sk_filter() does things other than run a BPF filter, so we should
not elide it's call just because sk->sk_filter is NULL. Fix from
Eric Dumazet.
6) Fix missing backlog updates in several packet schedulers, from Cong
Wang.
7) bnx2x driver should allow VLAN add/remove while the interface is
down, from Michal Schmidt.
8) Several RDS/TCP race fixes from Sowmini Varadhan.
9) fq_codel scheduler doesn't return correct queue length in dumps,
from Eric Dumazet.
10) Fix TCP stats for tail loss probe and early retransmit in ipv6, from
Yuchung Cheng.
11) Properly initialize udp_tunnel_socket_cfg in l2tp_tunnel_create(),
from Guillaume Nault.
12) qfq scheduler leaks SKBs if a kzalloc fails, fix from Florian
Westphal.
13) sock_fprog passed into PACKET_FANOUT_DATA needs compat handling,
from Willem de Bruijn.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (85 commits)
vmxnet3: segCnt can be 1 for LRO packets
packet: compat support for sock_fprog
stmmac: fix parameter to dwmac4_set_umac_addr()
net/mlx5e: Fix blue flame quota logic
net/mlx5e: Use ndo_stop explicitly at shutdown flow
net/mlx5: E-Switch, always set mc_promisc for allmulti vports
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Modify node guid on vf set MAC
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix vport enable flow
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use the correct error check on returned pointers
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use the correct free() function
net/mlx5: Fix E-Switch flow steering capabilities check
net/mlx5: Fix flow steering NIC capabilities check
net/mlx5: Fix root flow table update
net/mlx5: Fix MLX5_CMD_OP_MAX to be defined correctly
net/mlx5: Fix masking of reserved bits in XRCD number
net/mlx5: Fix the size of modify QP mailbox
mlxsw: spectrum: Don't sleep during ndo_get_phys_port_name()
mlxsw: spectrum: Make split flow match firmware requirements
wext: Fix 32 bit iwpriv compatibility issue with 64 bit Kernel
cfg80211: remove get/set antenna and tx power warnings
...
Socket option PACKET_FANOUT_DATA takes a struct sock_fprog as argument
if PACKET_FANOUT has mode PACKET_FANOUT_CBPF. This structure contains
a pointer into user memory. If userland is 32-bit and kernel is 64-bit
the two disagree about the layout of struct sock_fprog.
Add compat setsockopt support to convert a 32-bit compat_sock_fprog to
a 64-bit sock_fprog. This is analogous to compat_sock_fprog support for
SO_REUSEPORT added in commit 1957598840 ("soreuseport: add compat
case for setsockopt SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_CBPF").
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Frank Kellermann reported a kernel crash with 4.5.0 when IPv6 is
disabled at boot using the kernel option ipv6.disable=1. Using
current net-next with the boot option:
$ ip link add red type vrf table 1001
Generates:
[12210.919584] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000748
[12210.921341] IP: [<ffffffff814b30e3>] fib6_get_table+0x2c/0x5a
[12210.922537] PGD b79e3067 PUD bb32b067 PMD 0
[12210.923479] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[12210.924001] Modules linked in: ipvlan 8021q garp mrp stp llc
[12210.925130] CPU: 3 PID: 1177 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.7.0-rc1+ #235
[12210.926168] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.7.5-20140531_083030-gandalf 04/01/2014
[12210.928065] task: ffff8800b9ac4640 ti: ffff8800bacac000 task.ti: ffff8800bacac000
[12210.929328] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff814b30e3>] [<ffffffff814b30e3>] fib6_get_table+0x2c/0x5a
[12210.930697] RSP: 0018:ffff8800bacaf888 EFLAGS: 00010202
[12210.931563] RAX: 0000000000000748 RBX: ffffffff81a9e280 RCX: ffff8800b9ac4e28
[12210.932688] RDX: 00000000000000e9 RSI: 0000000000000002 RDI: 0000000000000286
[12210.933820] RBP: ffff8800bacaf898 R08: ffff8800b9ac4df0 R09: 000000000052001b
[12210.934941] R10: 00000000657c0000 R11: 000000000000c649 R12: 00000000000003e9
[12210.936032] R13: 00000000000003e9 R14: ffff8800bace7800 R15: ffff8800bb3ec000
[12210.937103] FS: 00007faa1766c700(0000) GS:ffff88013ac00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[12210.938321] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[12210.939166] CR2: 0000000000000748 CR3: 00000000b79d6000 CR4: 00000000000406e0
[12210.940278] Stack:
[12210.940603] ffff8800bb3ec000 ffffffff81a9e280 ffff8800bacaf8c8 ffffffff814b3135
[12210.941818] ffff8800bb3ec000 ffffffff81a9e280 ffffffff81a9e280 ffff8800bace7800
[12210.943040] ffff8800bacaf8f0 ffffffff81397c88 ffff8800bb3ec000 ffffffff81a9e280
[12210.944288] Call Trace:
[12210.944688] [<ffffffff814b3135>] fib6_new_table+0x24/0x8a
[12210.945516] [<ffffffff81397c88>] vrf_dev_init+0xd4/0x162
[12210.946328] [<ffffffff814091e1>] register_netdevice+0x100/0x396
[12210.947209] [<ffffffff8139823d>] vrf_newlink+0x40/0xb3
[12210.948001] [<ffffffff814187f0>] rtnl_newlink+0x5d3/0x6d5
...
The problem above is due to the fact that the fib hash table is not
allocated when IPv6 is disabled at boot.
As for the VRF driver it should not do any IPv6 initializations if IPv6
is disabled, so it needs to know if IPv6 is disabled at boot. The disable
parameter is private to the IPv6 module, so provide an accessor for
modules to determine if IPv6 was disabled at boot time.
Fixes: 35402e3136 ("net: Add IPv6 support to VRF device")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the RxRPC connect() implementation. It will just note the
destination address it is given, and if a sendmsg() comes along with no
address, this will be assigned as the address. No transport struct will be
held internally, which will allow us to remove this later.
Simplify sendmsg() also. Whilst a call is active, userspace refers to it
by a private unique user ID specified in a control message. When sendmsg()
sees a user ID that doesn't map to an extant call, it creates a new call
for that user ID and attempts to add it. If, when we try to add it, the
user ID is now registered, we now reject the message with -EEXIST. We
should never see this situation unless two threads are racing, trying to
create a call with the same ID - which would be an error.
It also isn't required to provide sendmsg() with an address - provided the
control message data holds a user ID that maps to a currently active call.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is time to add netdev_lockdep_set_classes() helper
so that lockdep annotations per device type are easier to manage.
This removes a lot of copies and missing annotations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) qdisc_run_begin() is really using the equivalent of a trylock.
Instead of using write_seqcount_begin(), use a combination of
raw_write_seqcount_begin() and correct lockdep annotation.
2) sch_direct_xmit() should use regular spin_lock(root_lock)
Fixes: f9eb8aea2a ("net_sched: transform qdisc running bit into a seqcount")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* a fix for a long-standing iwpriv 32/64 compat issue
* two fairly recently introduced (4.6) warning asking for
symmetric operations are erroneous and I remove them
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=0I3T
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-06-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Two more fixes for now:
* a fix for a long-standing iwpriv 32/64 compat issue
* two fairly recently introduced (4.6) warning asking for
symmetric operations are erroneous and I remove them
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipip6_tunnel_xmit() is called immediately after checking that
skb->protocol is htons(ETH_P_IPV6) so there is no need
to check it a second time.
Found by inspection.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cases where the category bitmap is sparse enough that gaps exist
between netlbl_lsm_catmap structs, callers to netlbl_catmap_getlong()
could find themselves prematurely ending their search through the
category bitmap. Further, the methods used to calculate the 'idx'
and 'off' values were incorrect for bitmaps this large. This patch
changes the netlbl_catmap_getlong() behavior so that it always skips
over gaps and calculates the index and offset values correctly.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
There is no other limit other than a global
packet count limit when using software queuing.
This means a single flow queue can grow insanely
long. This is particularly bad for TCP congestion
algorithms which requires a little more
sophisticated frame dropping scheme than a mere
headdrop on limit overflow.
Hence apply (a slighly modified, to fit the knobs)
CoDel5 on flow queues. This improves TCP
convergence and stability when combined with
wireless driver which keeps its own tx queue/fifo
at a minimum fill level for given link conditions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds a debugfs entry to read and modify some fq parameters.
This makes it easy to debug, test and experiment.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[remove module parameter for now]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211's software queues were designed to work
very closely with device tx queues. They are
required to make use of 802.11 packet aggregation
easily and efficiently.
Due to the way 802.11 aggregation is designed it
only makes sense to keep fair queuing as close to
hardware as possible to reduce induced latency and
inertia and provide the best flow responsiveness.
This change doesn't translate directly to
immediate and significant gains. End result
depends on driver's induced latency. Best results
can be achieved if driver keeps its own tx
queue/fifo fill level to a minimum.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Qdiscs are designed with no regard to 802.11
aggregation requirements and hand out
packet-by-packet with no guarantee they are
destined to the same tid. This does more bad than
good no matter how fairly a given qdisc may behave
on an ethernet interface.
Software queuing used per-AC netdev subqueue
congestion control whenever a global AC limit was
hit. This meant in practice a single station or
tid queue could starve others rather easily. This
could resonate with qdiscs in a bad way or could
just end up with poor aggregation performance.
Increasing the AC limit would increase induced
latency which is also bad.
Disabling qdiscs by default and performing
taildrop instead of netdev subqueue congestion
control on the other hand makes it possible for
tid queues to fill up "in the meantime" while
preventing stations starving each other.
This increases aggregation opportunities and
should allow software queuing based drivers
achieve better performance by utilizing airtime
more efficiently with big aggregates.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Setting rd to NULL to avoid freeing it, just to be able to return
from the function in a single place, doesn't make much sense.
Return the set_regdom() return value directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the following checkpatch.pl issues -
- Please don't use multiple blank lines
- Blank lines aren't necessary before a close brace
- Missing a blank line after declarations
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika.ruchandani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
iwpriv app uses iw_point structure to send data to Kernel. The iw_point
structure holds a pointer. For compatibility Kernel converts the pointer
as required for WEXT IOCTLs (SIOCIWFIRST to SIOCIWLAST). Some drivers
may use iw_handler_def.private_args to populate iwpriv commands instead
of iw_handler_def.private. For those case, the IOCTLs from
SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV to SIOCIWLASTPRIV will follow the path ndo_do_ioctl().
Accordingly when the filled up iw_point structure comes from 32 bit
iwpriv to 64 bit Kernel, Kernel will not convert the pointer and sends
it to driver. So, the driver may get the invalid data.
The pointer conversion for the IOCTLs (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV to
SIOCIWLASTPRIV), which follow the path ndo_do_ioctl(), is mandatory.
This patch adds pointer conversion from 32 bit to 64 bit and vice versa,
if the ioctl comes from 32 bit iwpriv to 64 bit Kernel.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Prasun Maiti <prasunmaiti87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dibyajyoti Ghosh <dibyajyotig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since set_tx_power and set_antenna are frequently implemented
without the matching get_tx_power/get_antenna, we shouldn't
have added warnings for those. Remove them.
The remaining ones are correct and need to be implemented
symmetrically for correct operation.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: de3bb771f4 ("cfg80211: add more warnings for inconsistent ops")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
after removal of TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY from cbq scheduler, there are no
more callers of ->drop() outside of other ->drop functions, i.e.
nothing calls them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the removal of TCA_CBQ_POLICE in cbq scheduler qdisc->reshape_fail
is always NULL, i.e. qdisc_rehape_fail is now the same as qdisc_drop.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iproute2 doesn't implement any cbq option that results in this attribute
being sent to kernel.
To make use of it, user would have to
- patch iproute2
- add a class
- attach a qdisc to the class (default pfifo doesn't work as
q->handle is 0 and cbq_set_police() is a no-op in this case)
- re-'add' the same class (tc class change ...) again
- user must also specifiy a defmap (e.g. 'split 1:0 defmap 3f'), since
this 'police' feature relies on its presence
- the added qdisc must be one of bfifo, pfifo or netem
If all of these conditions are met and _some_ leaf qdiscs, namely
p/bfifo, netem, plug or tbf would drop a packet, kernel calls back into
cbq, which will attempt to re-queue the skb into a different class
as indicated by the parents' defmap entry for TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT.
[ i.e. we behave as if tc_classify returned TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY ].
This feature, which isn't documented or implemented in iproute2,
and isn't implemented consistently (most qdiscs like sfq, codel, etc
drop right away instead of attempting this reclassification) is the
sole reason for the reshape_fail and __parent member in Qdisc struct.
So remove TCA_CBQ_POLICE support from the kernel, reject it via EOPNOTSUPP
so userspace knows we don't support it, and then remove no-longer needed
infrastructure in followup commit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since initial revision of cbq in 2004 iproute 2 has never implemented
support for TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY, which is what needs to be set to
activate the class->drop() call (TC_CBQ_OVL_DROP strategy must be
set by userspace value must be set by userspace).
David Miller says:
It seems really safe to kill this thing off, flag an error if someone
tries to set the attribute, and therefore kill off all of the
non-default cbq_ovl_*() functions.
A followup commit can then remove all .drop qdisc methods since this
removed the only caller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we need to create a new aggregate to enqueue the skb we call kzalloc.
If that fails we returned ENOBUFS without freeing the skb.
Spotted during code review.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6 GRE tap device should not be forced to down state to change
the mac address and should allow live address change for tap device
similar to ipv4 gre.
Signed-off-by: Shweta Choudaha <schoudah@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6 GRE tap device should not be forced to down state to change
the mac address and should allow live address change for tap device
similar to ipv4 gre.
Signed-off-by: Shweta Choudaha <schoudah@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return an error if user requested skip-sw and the underlaying
hardware cannot handle tc offloads (or offloads are disabled).
This patch fixes the knode handling.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Errors reported by u32_replace_hw_hnode() were not propagated.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, VRFs require 1 oif and 1 iif rule per address family per
VRF. As the number of VRF devices increases it brings scalability
issues with the increasing rule list. All of the VRF rules have the
same format with the exception of the specific table id to direct the
lookup. Since the table id is available from the oif or iif in the
loopup, the VRF rules can be consolidated to a single rule that pulls
the table from the VRF device.
This patch introduces a new rule attribute l3mdev. The l3mdev rule
means the table id used for the lookup is pulled from the L3 master
device (e.g., VRF) rather than being statically defined. With the
l3mdev rule all of the basic VRF FIB rules are reduced to 1 l3mdev
rule per address family (IPv4 and IPv6).
If an admin wishes to insert higher priority rules for specific VRFs
those rules will co-exist with the l3mdev rule. This capability means
current VRF scripts will co-exist with this new simpler implementation.
Currently, the rules list for both ipv4 and ipv6 look like this:
$ ip ru ls
1000: from all oif vrf1 lookup 1001
1000: from all iif vrf1 lookup 1001
1000: from all oif vrf2 lookup 1002
1000: from all iif vrf2 lookup 1002
1000: from all oif vrf3 lookup 1003
1000: from all iif vrf3 lookup 1003
1000: from all oif vrf4 lookup 1004
1000: from all iif vrf4 lookup 1004
1000: from all oif vrf5 lookup 1005
1000: from all iif vrf5 lookup 1005
1000: from all oif vrf6 lookup 1006
1000: from all iif vrf6 lookup 1006
1000: from all oif vrf7 lookup 1007
1000: from all iif vrf7 lookup 1007
1000: from all oif vrf8 lookup 1008
1000: from all iif vrf8 lookup 1008
...
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
With the l3mdev rule the list is just the following regardless of the
number of VRFs:
$ ip ru ls
1000: from all lookup [l3mdev table]
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
(Note: the above pretty print of the rule is based on an iproute2
prototype. Actual verbage may change)
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The node keepalive interval is recalculated at each timer expiration
to catch any changes in the link tolerance, and stored in a field in
struct tipc_node. We use jiffies as unit for the stored value.
This is suboptimal, because it makes the calculation unnecessary
complex, including two unit conversions. The conversions also lead to
a rounding error that causes the link "abort limit" to be 3 in the
normal case, instead of 4, as intended. This again leads to unnecessary
link resets when the network is pushed close to its limit, e.g., in an
environment with hundreds of nodes or namesapces.
In this commit, we do instead let the keepalive value be calculated and
stored in milliseconds, so that there is only one conversion and the
rounding error is eliminated.
We also remove a redundant "keepalive" field in struct tipc_link. This
is remnant from the previous implementation.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 88e8ac7000 ("tipc: reduce transmission rate of reset messages
when link is down") revealed a flaw in the node FSM, as defined in
the log of commit 66996b6c47 ("tipc: extend node FSM").
We see the following scenario:
1: Node B receives a RESET message from node A before its link endpoint
is fully up, i.e., the node FSM is in state SELF_UP_PEER_COMING. This
event will not change the node FSM state, but the (distinct) link FSM
will move to state RESETTING.
2: As an effect of the previous event, the local endpoint on B will
declare node A lost, and post the event SELF_DOWN to the its node
FSM. This moves the FSM state to SELF_DOWN_PEER_LEAVING, meaning
that no messages will be accepted from A until it receives another
RESET message that confirms that A's endpoint has been reset. This
is wasteful, since we know this as a fact already from the first
received RESET, but worse is that the link instance's FSM has not
wasted this information, but instead moved on to state ESTABLISHING,
meaning that it repeatedly sends out ACTIVATE messages to the reset
peer A.
3: Node A will receive one of the ACTIVATE messages, move its link FSM
to state ESTABLISHED, and start repeatedly sending out STATE messages
to node B.
4: Node B will consistently drop these messages, since it can only accept
accept a RESET according to its node FSM.
5: After four lost STATE messages node A will reset its link and start
repeatedly sending out RESET messages to B.
6: Because of the reduced send rate for RESET messages, it is very
likely that A will receive an ACTIVATE (which is sent out at a much
higher frequency) before it gets the chance to send a RESET, and A
may hence quickly move back to state ESTABLISHED and continue sending
out STATE messages, which will again be dropped by B.
7: GOTO 5.
8: After having repeated the cycle 5-7 a number of times, node A will
by chance get in between with sending a RESET, and the situation is
resolved.
Unfortunately, we have seen that it may take a substantial amount of
time before this vicious loop is broken, sometimes in the order of
minutes.
We correct this by making a small correction to the node FSM: When a
node in state SELF_UP_PEER_COMING receives a SELF_DOWN event, it now
moves directly back to state SELF_DOWN_PEER_DOWN, instead of as now
SELF_DOWN_PEER_LEAVING. This is logically consistent, since we don't
need to wait for RESET confirmation from of an endpoint that we alread
know has been reset. It also means that node B in the scenario above
will not be dropping incoming STATE messages, and the link can come up
immediately.
Finally, a symmetry comparison reveals that the FSM has a similar
error when receiving the event PEER_DOWN in state PEER_UP_SELF_COMING.
Instead of moving to PERR_DOWN_SELF_LEAVING, it should move directly
to SELF_DOWN_PEER_DOWN. Although we have never seen any negative effect
of this logical error, we choose fix this one, too.
The node FSM looks as follows after those changes:
+----------------------------------------+
| PEER_DOWN_EVT|
| |
+------------------------+----------------+ |
|SELF_DOWN_EVT | | |
| | | |
| +-----------+ +-----------+ |
| |NODE_ | |NODE_ | |
| +----------|FAILINGOVER|<---------|SYNCHING |-----------+ |
| |SELF_ +-----------+ FAILOVER_+-----------+ PEER_ | |
| |DOWN_EVT | A BEGIN_EVT A | DOWN_EVT| |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ | |
| | |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT |BEGIN_EVT|END_EVT | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | +--------------+ | | |
| | +-------->| SELF_UP_ |<-------+ | |
| | +-----------------| PEER_UP |----------------+ | |
| | |SELF_DOWN_EVT +--------------+ PEER_DOWN_EVT| | |
| | | A A | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | PEER_UP_EVT| |SELF_UP_EVT | | |
| | | | | | | |
V V V | | V V V
+------------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +------------+
|SELF_DOWN_ | |SELF_UP_ | |PEER_UP_ | |PEER_DOWN |
|PEER_LEAVING| |PEER_COMING| |SELF_COMING| |SELF_LEAVING|
+------------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +------------+
| | A A | |
| | | | | |
| SELF_ | |SELF_ |PEER_ |PEER_ |
| DOWN_EVT| |UP_EVT |UP_EVT |DOWN_EVT |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | +--------------+ | |
|PEER_DOWN_EVT +--->| SELF_DOWN_ |<---+ SELF_DOWN_EVT|
+------------------->| PEER_DOWN |<--------------------+
+--------------+
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we can properly support multiple distinct trees in the system,
using a global variable: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops is getting clobbered
as soon as the second switch tree gets probed, and we don't want that.
We need to move this to be dynamically allocated, and since we can't
really be comparing addresses anymore to determine first time
initialization versus any other times, just move this to dsa.c and
dsa2.c where the remainder of the dst/ds initialization happens.
The operations teardown restores the master netdev's ethtool_ops to its
original ethtool_ops pointer (typically within the Ethernet driver)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_init() which initializes a
custom ethtool_ops structure with custom DSA ethtool operations for CPU
ports. This is a preliminary change to move the initialization outside
of net/dsa/slave.c.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mimic what net/dsa/dsa.c does and provide a slave MII bus by default
which will be created if the driver implements a phy_read method.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers rely on these two bitmasks to contain the correct values
for them to successfully probe and initialize at drv->setup() time,
calculate correct values to put in both masks as early as possible in
dsa_get_ports_dn().
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we have multiples trees and switches with the same index, we
need to add another discriminating id: the switch tree.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"make htmldocs" complains otherwise:
.//net/core/gen_stats.c:168: warning: No description found for parameter 'running'
.//include/linux/netdevice.h:1867: warning: No description found for parameter 'qdisc_running_key'
Fixes: f9eb8aea2a ("net_sched: transform qdisc running bit into a seqcount")
Fixes: edb09eb17e ("net: sched: do not acquire qdisc spinlock in qdisc/class stats dump")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"make htmldocs" complains otherwise:
.//net/core/gen_stats.c:65: warning: No description found for parameter 'padattr'
.//net/core/gen_stats.c:101: warning: No description found for parameter 'padattr'
Fixes: 9854518ea0 ("sched: align nlattr properly when needed")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At present we perform an xfrm_lookup() for each UDPv6 message we
send. The lookup involves querying the flow cache (flow_cache_lookup)
and, in case of a cache miss, creating an XFRM bundle.
If we miss the flow cache, we can end up creating a new bundle and
deriving the path MTU (xfrm_init_pmtu) from on an already transformed
dst_entry, which we pass from the socket cache (sk->sk_dst_cache) down
to xfrm_lookup(). This can happen only if we're caching the dst_entry
in the socket, that is when we're using a connected UDP socket.
To put it another way, the path MTU shrinks each time we miss the flow
cache, which later on leads to incorrectly fragmented payload. It can
be observed with ESPv6 in transport mode:
1) Set up a transformation and lower the MTU to trigger fragmentation
# ip xfrm policy add dir out src ::1 dst ::1 \
tmpl src ::1 dst ::1 proto esp spi 1
# ip xfrm state add src ::1 dst ::1 \
proto esp spi 1 enc 'aes' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b
# ip link set dev lo mtu 1500
2) Monitor the packet flow and set up an UDP sink
# tcpdump -ni lo -ttt &
# socat udp6-listen:12345,fork /dev/null &
3) Send a datagram that needs fragmentation with a connected socket
# perl -e 'print "@" x 1470 | socat - udp6:[::1]:12345
2016/06/07 18:52:52 socat[724] E read(3, 0x555bb3d5ba00, 8192): Protocol error
00:00:00.000000 IP6 ::1 > ::1: frag (0|1448) ESP(spi=0x00000001,seq=0x2), length 1448
00:00:00.000014 IP6 ::1 > ::1: frag (1448|32)
00:00:00.000050 IP6 ::1 > ::1: ESP(spi=0x00000001,seq=0x3), length 1272
(^ ICMPv6 Parameter Problem)
00:00:00.000022 IP6 ::1 > ::1: ESP(spi=0x00000001,seq=0x5), length 136
4) Compare it to a non-connected socket
# perl -e 'print "@" x 1500' | socat - udp6-sendto:[::1]:12345
00:00:40.535488 IP6 ::1 > ::1: frag (0|1448) ESP(spi=0x00000001,seq=0x6), length 1448
00:00:00.000010 IP6 ::1 > ::1: frag (1448|64)
What happens in step (3) is:
1) when connecting the socket in __ip6_datagram_connect(), we
perform an XFRM lookup, miss the flow cache, create an XFRM
bundle, and cache the destination,
2) afterwards, when sending the datagram, we perform an XFRM lookup,
again, miss the flow cache (due to mismatch of flowi6_iif and
flowi6_oif, which is an issue of its own), and recreate an XFRM
bundle based on the cached (and already transformed) destination.
To prevent the recreation of an XFRM bundle, avoid an XFRM lookup
altogether whenever we already have a destination entry cached in the
socket. This prevents the path MTU shrinkage and brings us on par with
UDPv4.
The fix also benefits connected PINGv6 sockets, another user of
ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow(), who also suffer messages being transformed
twice.
Joint work with Hannes Frederic Sowa.
Reported-by: Jan Tluka <jtluka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When in kdump kernel, reduce memory usage by only using a single Queue
Set for multiqueue devices. So make netif_get_num_default_rss_queues()
return one, when in kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When setting up ILA in a router we noticed that the the encapsulation
is invoked twice: once in the route input path and again upon route
output. To resolve this we add a flag set_csum_neutral for the
ila_update_ipv6_locator. If this flag is set and the checksum
neutral bit is also set we assume that checksum-neutral translation
has already been performed and take no further action. The
flag is set only in ila_output path. The flag is not set for ila_input and
ila_xlat.
Tested:
Used 3 netns to set to emulate a router and two hosts. The router
translates SIR addresses between the two destinations in other two netns.
Verified ping and netperf are functional.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The of_find_net_device_by_node() function is defined in
<linux/of_net.h> but not included in the .c file that
implements it. Fix the following warning by including the
header:
net/core/net-sysfs.c:1494:19: warning: symbol 'of_find_net_device_by_node' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 5961 advises to only accept RST packets containing a seq number
matching the next expected seq number instead of the whole receive
window in order to avoid spoofing attacks.
However, this situation is not optimal in the case SACK is in use at the
time the RST is sent. I recently run into a scenario in which packet
losses were high while uploading data to a server, and userspace was
willing to frequently terminate connections by sending a RST. In
this case, the ACK sent on the receiver side (rcv_nxt) is frozen waiting
for a lost packet retransmission and SACK blocks are used to let the
client continue uploading data. At some point later on, the client sends
the RST (snd_nxt), which matches the next expected seq number of the
right-most SACK block on the receiver side which is going forward
receiving data.
In this scenario, as RFC 5961 defines, the RST SEQ doesn't match the
frozen main ACK at receiver side and thus gets dropped and a challenge
ACK is sent, which gets usually lost due to network conditions. The main
consequence is that the connection stays alive for a while even if it
made sense to accept the RST. This can get really bad if lots of
connections like this one are created in few seconds, allocating all the
resources of the server easily.
For security reasons, not all SACK blocks are checked (there could be a
big amount of SACK blocks => acceptable SEQ numbers). Furthermore, it
wouldn't make sense to check for RST in blocks other than the right-most
received one because the sender is not expected to be sending new data
after the RST. For simplicity, only up to the 4 most recently updated
SACK blocks (selective_acks[4] field) are compared to find the
right-most block, as usually those are the ones with bigger probability
to contain it.
This patch was tested in a 3.18 kernel and probed to improve the
situation in the scenario described above.
Signed-off-by: Pau Espin Pedrol <pau.espin@tessares.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The missing br_vlan_should_use() test caused creation of an unneeded
local fdb entry on changing mac address of a bridge device when there is
a vlan which is configured on a bridge port but not on the bridge
device.
Fixes: 2594e9064a ("bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for locally originated traffic to VRF-local IPv6 addresses.
Similar to IPv4 a local dst is set on the skb and the packet is
reinserted with a call to netif_rx. With this patch, ping, tcp and udp
packets to a local IPv6 address are successfully routed:
$ ip addr show dev eth1
4: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:e0:f9:1c:b9:74 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet 10.100.1.1/24 brd 10.100.1.255 scope global eth1
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 2100:1::1/120 scope global
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 fe80::e0:f9ff:fe1c:b974/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
$ ping6 -c1 -I red 2100:1::1
ping6: Warning: source address might be selected on device other than red.
PING 2100:1::1(2100:1::1) from 2100:1::1 red: 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 2100:1::1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.098 ms
ip6_input is exported so the VRF driver can use it for the dst input
function. The dst_alloc function for IPv4 defaults to setting the input and
output functions; IPv6's does not. VRF does not need to duplicate the Rx path
so just export the ipv6 input function.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements direct encapsulation of IPv4 and IPv6 packets
in UDP. This is done a version "1" of GUE and as explained in I-D
draft-ietf-nvo3-gue-03.
Changes here are only in the receive path, fou with IPxIPx already
supports the transmit side. Both the normal receive path and
GRO path are modified to check for GUE version and check for
IP version in the case that GUE version is "1".
Tested:
IPIP with direct GUE encap
1 TCP_STREAM
4530 Mbps
200 TCP_RR
1297625 tps
135/232/444 90/95/99% latencies
IP4IP6 with direct GUE encap
1 TCP_STREAM
4903 Mbps
200 TCP_RR
1184481 tps
149/253/473 90/95/99% latencies
IP6IP6 direct GUE encap
1 TCP_STREAM
5146 Mbps
200 TCP_RR
1202879 tps
146/251/472 90/95/99% latencies
SIT with direct GUE encap
1 TCP_STREAM
6111 Mbps
200 TCP_RR
1250337 tps
139/241/467 90/95/99% latencies
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains two Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net
tree, they are:
1) Fix missing alignment in next offset calculation for standard
targets, introduced in the previous merge window, patch from
Florian Westphal.
2) Fix to correct the handling of outgoing connections which use the
SIP-pe such that the binding of a real-server is updated when needed.
This was an omission from changes introduced by Marco Angaroni in
the previous merge window too, to allow handling of outgoing
connections by the SIP-pe. Patch and report came via Simon Horman.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The v6 tcp stats scan do not provide TLP and ER timer information
correctly like the v4 version . This patch fixes that.
Fixes: 6ba8a3b19e ("tcp: Tail loss probe (TLP)")
Fixes: eed530b6c6 ("tcp: early retransmit")
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading classifiers such as u32 or flower to hardware, and the
qdisc is clsact (TC_H_CLSACT), then we need to differentiate its classes,
since not all of them handle ingress, therefore we must leave those in
software path. Add a .tcf_cl_offload() callback, so we can generically
handle them, tested on ixgbe.
Fixes: 10cbc68434 ("net/sched: cls_flower: Hardware offloaded filters statistics support")
Fixes: 5b33f48842 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Fixes: a1b7c5fd7f ("net: sched: add cls_u32 offload hooks for netdevs")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Large tc dumps (tc -s {qdisc|class} sh dev ethX) done by Google BwE host
agent [1] are problematic at scale :
For each qdisc/class found in the dump, we currently lock the root qdisc
spinlock in order to get stats. Sampling stats every 5 seconds from
thousands of HTB classes is a challenge when the root qdisc spinlock is
under high pressure. Not only the dumps take time, they also slow
down the fast path (queue/dequeue packets) by 10 % to 20 % in some cases.
An audit of existing qdiscs showed that sch_fq_codel is the only qdisc
that might need the qdisc lock in fq_codel_dump_stats() and
fq_codel_dump_class_stats()
In v2 of this patch, I now use the Qdisc running seqcount to provide
consistent reads of packets/bytes counters, regardless of 32/64 bit arches.
I also changed rate estimators to use the same infrastructure
so that they no longer need to lock root qdisc lock.
[1]
http://static.googleusercontent.com/media/research.google.com/en//pubs/archive/43838.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Kevin Athey <kda@google.com>
Cc: Xiaotian Pei <xiaotian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a single bit (__QDISC___STATE_RUNNING)
in sch->__state, use a seqcount.
This adds lockdep support, but more importantly it will allow us
to sample qdisc/class statistics without having to grab qdisc root lock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We properly scan the flow list to count number of packets,
but John passed 0 to gnet_stats_copy_queue() so we report
a zero value to user space instead of the result.
Fixes: 6401585366 ("net: sched: restrict use of qstats qlen")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return an error if user requested skip-sw and the underlaying
hardware cannot handle tc offloads (or offloads are disabled).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'err' variable is not set in this test, we would return whatever
previous test set 'err' to.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Useful to know when the action was first used for accounting
(and debugging)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make a filter processed only by hardware, skip_sw flag
should be supplied. This is an addition to the already existing skip_hw
flag (filter will be processed by software only). If no flag is
specified, filter will be processed by both software and hardware.
If only hardware offloaded filters exist, fl_classify() will return
without doing anything.
A following userspace patch will be sent once kernel patch is accepted.
Example:
tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip prio 20 parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto 6 \
indev enp0s9 \
skip_sw \
action skbedit mark 0x1234
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note: Tom Herbert posted almost same patch 3 months back, but for
different reasons.
The reasons we want to get rid of this spin_trylock() are :
1) Under high qdisc pressure, the spin_trylock() has almost no
chance to succeed.
2) We loop multiple times in softirq handler, eventually reaching
the max retry count (10), and we schedule ksoftirqd.
Since we want to adhere more strictly to ksoftirqd being waked up in
the future (https://lwn.net/Articles/687617/), better avoid spurious
wakeups.
3) calls to __netif_reschedule() dirty the cache line containing
q->next_sched, slowing down the owner of qdisc.
4) RT kernels can not use the spin_trylock() here.
With help of busylock, we get the qdisc spinlock fast enough, and
the trylock trick brings only performance penalty.
Depending on qdisc setup, I observed a gain of up to 19 % in qdisc
performance (1016600 pps instead of 853400 pps, using prio+tbf+fq_codel)
("mpstat -I SCPU 1" is much happier now)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/rxrpc/rxkad.c:1165:1-3: WARNING: PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO can be used
Use PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO rather than if(IS_ERR(...)) + PTR_ERR
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/ptr_ret.cocci
CC: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The send path needs to be quiesced before resetting callbacks from
rds_tcp_accept_one(), and commit eb19284026 ("RDS:TCP: Synchronize
rds_tcp_accept_one with rds_send_xmit when resetting t_sock") achieves
this using the c_state and RDS_IN_XMIT bit following the pattern
used by rds_conn_shutdown(). However this leaves the possibility
of a race window as shown in the sequence below
take t_conn_lock in rds_tcp_conn_connect
send outgoing syn to peer
drop t_conn_lock in rds_tcp_conn_connect
incoming from peer triggers rds_tcp_accept_one, conn is
marked CONNECTING
wait for RDS_IN_XMIT to quiesce any rds_send_xmit threads
call rds_tcp_reset_callbacks
[.. race-window where incoming syn-ack can cause the conn
to be marked UP from rds_tcp_state_change ..]
lock_sock called from rds_tcp_reset_callbacks, and we set
t_sock to null
As soon as the conn is marked UP in the race-window above, rds_send_xmit()
threads will proceed to rds_tcp_xmit and may encounter a null-pointer
deref on the t_sock.
Given that rds_tcp_state_change() is invoked in softirq context, whereas
rds_tcp_reset_callbacks() is in workq context, and testing for RDS_IN_XMIT
after lock_sock could result in a deadlock with tcp_sendmsg, this
commit fixes the race by using a new c_state, RDS_TCP_RESETTING, which
will prevent a transition to RDS_CONN_UP from rds_tcp_state_change().
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we switch a connection's sockets in rds_tcp_rest_callbacks,
any partially sent datagram must be retransmitted on the new
socket so that the receiver can correctly reassmble the RDS
datagram. Use rds_send_reset() which is designed for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When rds_tcp_accept_one() has to replace the existing tcp socket
with a newer tcp socket (duelling-syn resolution), it must lock_sock()
to suppress the rds_tcp_data_recv() path while callbacks are being
changed. Also, existing RDS datagram reassembly state must be reset,
so that the next datagram on the new socket does not have corrupted
state. Similarly when resetting the newly accepted socket, appropriate
locks and synchronization is needed.
This commit ensures correct synchronization by invoking
kernel_sock_shutdown to reset a newly accepted sock, and by taking
appropriate lock_sock()s (for old and new sockets) when resetting
existing callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My prior attempt to fix the backlogs of parents failed.
If we return NET_XMIT_CN, our parents wont increase their backlog,
so our qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() should take this into account.
v2: Florian Westphal pointed out that we could drop the packet,
so we need to save qdisc_pkt_len(skb) in a temp variable before
calling fq_codel_drop()
Fixes: 9d18562a22 ("fq_codel: add batch ability to fq_codel_drop()")
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The expectation table is not duplicated per net namespace anymore, so we can move
the expectation table and conntrack table iteration out of the per-net loop.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
checkpatch produces data type 'checks'.
This patch amends them by changing, for example:
uint8_t -> u8
Signed-off-by: Tobin C Harding <me@tobin.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Much like we had to do for AF_BLUETOOTH and AF_ALG, make sure we
properly clone the parent socket's LSM attributes to newly created
child sockets.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
For gso_skb we only update qlen, backlog should be updated too.
Note, it is correct to just update these stats at one layer,
because the gso_skb is cached there.
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 538950a1b7 ("soreuseport: setsockopt SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF")
missed to add the compat case for the SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_CBPF option.
Signed-off-by: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems risky to always rely on the caller to ensure the socket's
address family is correct before passing it to the NetLabel kAPI,
especially since we see at least one LSM which didn't. Add address
family checks to the *_delattr() functions to help prevent future
problems.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Maninder Singh <maninder1.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
The capability check should not be audited since it is only being used
to determine the inode permissions. A failed check does not indicate a
violation of security policy but, when an LSM is enabled, a denial audit
message was being generated.
The denial audit message caused confusion for some application authors
because root-running Go applications always triggered the denial. To
prevent this confusion, the capability check in net_ctl_permissions() is
switched to the noaudit variant.
BugLink: https://launchpad.net/bugs/1465724
Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com>
Before commit 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API for
fragmentation mem accounting"), setting the reassembly high threshold
to 0 prevented fragment reassembly as first fragment would be always
evicted before second could be added to the queue. While inefficient,
some users apparently relied on this method.
Since the commit mentioned above, a percpu counter is used for
reassembly memory accounting and high batch size avoids taking slow path
in most common scenarios. As a result, a whole full sized packet can be
reassembled without the percpu counter's main counter changing its value
so that even with high_thresh set to 0, fragmented packets can be still
reassembled and processed.
Add explicit check preventing reassembly if high threshold is zero.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patch that introduced handling of outgoing packets in SIP
persistent-engine did not call ip_vs_check_template() in case packet was
matching a connection template. Assumption was that real-server was
healthy, since it was sending a packet just in that moment.
There are however real-server fault conditions requiring that association
between call-id and real-server (represented by connection template)
gets updated. Here is an example of the sequence of events:
1) RS1 is a back2back user agent that handled call-id1 and call-id2
2) RS1 is down and was marked as unavailable
3) new message from outside comes to IPVS with call-id1
4) IPVS reschedules the message to RS2, which becomes new call handler
5) RS2 forwards the message outside, translating call-id1 to call-id2
6) inside pe->conn_out() IPVS matches call-id2 with existing template
7) IPVS does not change association call-id2 <-> RS1
8) new message comes from client with call-id2
9) IPVS reschedules the message to a real-server potentially different
from RS2, which is now the correct destination
This patch introduces ip_vs_check_template() call in the handling of
outgoing packets for SIP-pe. And also introduces a second optional
argument for ip_vs_check_template() that allows to check if dest
associated to a connection template is the same dest that was identified
as the source of the packet. This is to change the real-server bound to a
particular call-id independently from its availability status: the idea
is that it's more reliable, for in->out direction (where internal
network can be considered trusted), to always associate a call-id with
the last real-server that used it in one of its messages. Think about
above sequence of events where, just after step 5, RS1 returns instead
to be available.
Comparison of dests is done by simply comparing pointers to struct
ip_vs_dest; there should be no cases where struct ip_vs_dest keeps its
memory address, but represent a different real-server in terms of
ip-address / port.
Fixes: 39b9722315 ("ipvs: handle connections started by real-servers")
Signed-off-by: Marco Angaroni <marcoangaroni@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The
main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device,
hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform
device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware.
Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on
a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch may want to instantiate its own MDIO bus. Only do it
centrally if the switch has not already created one, and the read op
is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the two switch statements with an array lookup, and store the
result in the dsa tree structure. The drivers no longer need to know
the selected tag protocol, so remove it from the dsa switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code to setup a single DSA/CPU port into a function of
its own, and export it, so it can be used by the new binding.
Similarly, refactor the destroy code into a function. When destroying
the ports, don't put the of node. They should be released at the end
along with the normal ports.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new binding will not have a chip data structure, it will place the
routing directly into the switch structure. To enable backwards
compatibility, copy the routing from the chip data into the switch
structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a maximum of four switches, the size of the routing table is the
same as the pointer to it. Removing it makes the code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the port device node structure into the port structure, from the
chip data. This information is needed in the next step of implementing
the new binding.
The chip data structure is used while parsing the whole old binding,
before the individual switch structures exist. With the new bindings,
this is reversed, the switches exist first, and the interconnections
between the switches is derived from the individual switch
bindings. Thus this chip data structure becomes unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
eviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are going to be more per-port members added to the switch
structure. So add a port structure and move the netdev into it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform data nr_chips is used when validating a received packet,
to ensure it comes from a know switch chip. The number of possible
switches is limited to DSA_MAX_SWITCHES, so use this as the first
validation step. The new binding allows holes in the dst->ds[] array,
so also ensure ensure there is a valid dsa_switch for this packet.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer should no longer assume the switch is connected to an
MDIO bus. As a result, we cannot use the address on the MDIO bus when
forming the name of the switches internal MDIO bus for its builtin and
possibly external PHYs. The switch index is sufficient to make the
name unique, so drop the MDIO address.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new binding does not make use of dsa_chip_data, a.k.a cd. When
retrieving the size of the EEPROM attached to a switch, don't assume
there is a cd attached to the switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull Ceph fixes from Sage Weil:
"We have a few follow-up fixes for the libceph refactor from Ilya, and
then some cephfs + fscache fixes from Zheng.
The first two FS-Cache patches are acked by David Howells and deemed
trivial enough to go through our tree. The rest fix some issues with
the ceph fscache handling (disable cache for inodes opened for write,
and simplify the revalidation logic accordingly, dropping the
now-unnecessary work queue)"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
ceph: use i_version to check validity of fscache
ceph: improve fscache revalidation
ceph: disable fscache when inode is opened for write
ceph: avoid unnecessary fscache invalidation/revlidation
ceph: call __fscache_uncache_page() if readpages fails
FS-Cache: make check_consistency callback return int
FS-Cache: wake write waiter after invalidating writes
libceph: use %s instead of %pE in dout()s
libceph: put request only if it's done in handle_reply()
libceph: change ceph_osdmap_flag() to take osdc
size_t objects should be printed with %Z printf format.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the more common kernel logging style and reduce object size.
The logging message prefix changes from a mixture of
"RxRPC:" and "RXRPC:" to "af_rxrpc: ".
$ size net/rxrpc/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
64172 1972 8304 74448 122d0 net/rxrpc/built-in.o.new
67512 1972 8304 77788 12fdc net/rxrpc/built-in.o.old
Miscellanea:
o Consolidate the ASSERT macros to use a single pr_err call with
decimal and hexadecimal output and a stringified #OP argument
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is useful for debugging packet sizes.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP has this pecualiarity that its packets cannot be just segmented to
(P)MTU. Its chunks must be contained in IP segments, padding respected.
So we can't just generate a big skb, set gso_size to the fragmentation
point and deliver it to IP layer.
This patch takes a different approach. SCTP will now build a skb as it
would be if it was received using GRO. That is, there will be a cover
skb with protocol headers and children ones containing the actual
segments, already segmented to a way that respects SCTP RFCs.
With that, we can tell skb_segment() to just split based on frag_list,
trusting its sizes are already in accordance.
This way SCTP can benefit from GSO and instead of passing several
packets through the stack, it can pass a single large packet.
v2:
- Added support for receiving GSO frames, as requested by Dave Miller.
- Clear skb->cb if packet is GSO (otherwise it's not used by SCTP)
- Added heuristics similar to what we have in TCP for not generating
single GSO packets that fills cwnd.
v3:
- consider sctphdr size in skb_gso_transport_seglen()
- rebased due to 5c7cdf339a ("gso: Remove arbitrary checks for
unsupported GSO")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a preparation for the GSO one. In order to successfully
handle GSO packets on rx path we must not call skb_linearize, otherwise
it defeats any gain GSO may have had.
This patch thus delays as much as possible the call to skb_linearize,
leaving it to sctp_inq_pop() moment. For that the sanity checks
performed now know how to deal with fragments.
One positive side-effect of this is that if the socket is backlogged it
will have the chance of doing it on backlog processing instead of
during softirq.
With this move, it's evident that a check for non-linearity in
sctp_inq_pop was ineffective and is now removed. Note that a similar
check is performed a bit below this one.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_gso_network_seglen is not enough for checking fragment sizes if
skb is using GSO_BY_FRAGS as we have to check frag per frag.
This patch introduces skb_gso_validate_mtu, based on the former, which
will wrap the use case inside it as all calls to skb_gso_network_seglen
were to validate if it fits on a given TMU, and improve the check.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows segmenting a skb based on its frags sizes instead of
based on a fixed value.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp GSO requires it and sctp can be compiled as a module, so we need to
export this function.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to update backlog too when we update qlen.
Joint work with Stas.
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hfsc updates backlog lazily, that is only when we
dump the stats. This is problematic after we begin to
update backlog in qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog().
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last field "flags" of object "minfo" is not initialized.
Copying this object out may leak kernel stack data.
Assign 0 to it to avoid leak.
Signed-off-by: Kangjie Lu <kjlu@gatech.edu>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
link_info.str is a char array of size 60. Memory after the NULL
byte is not initialized. Sending the whole object out can cause
a leak.
Signed-off-by: Kangjie Lu <kjlu@gatech.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paul Moore tracked a regression caused by a recent commit, which
mistakenly assumed that sk_filter() could be avoided if socket
had no current BPF filter.
The intent was to avoid udp_lib_checksum_complete() overhead.
But sk_filter() also checks skb_pfmemalloc() and
security_sock_rcv_skb(), so better call it.
Fixes: e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before queueing")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Tested-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: samanthakumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set name_assign_type of internal port to NET_NAME_USER.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting John Stultz:
In updating a 32bit arm device from 4.6 to Linus' current HEAD, I
noticed I was having some trouble with networking, and realized that
/proc/net/ip_tables_names was suddenly empty.
Digging through the registration process, it seems we're catching on the:
if (strcmp(t->u.user.name, XT_STANDARD_TARGET) == 0 &&
target_offset + sizeof(struct xt_standard_target) != next_offset)
return -EINVAL;
Where next_offset seems to be 4 bytes larger then the
offset + standard_target struct size.
next_offset needs to be aligned via XT_ALIGN (so we can access all members
of ip(6)t_entry struct).
This problem didn't show up on i686 as it only needs 4-byte alignment for
u64, but iptables userspace on other 32bit arches does insert extra padding.
Reported-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Tested-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Fixes: 7ed2abddd2 ("netfilter: x_tables: check standard target size too")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix incorrect timestamp in nfnetlink_queue introduced when addressing
y2038 safe timestamp, from Florian Westphal.
2) Get rid of leftover conntrack definition from the previous merge
window, oneliner from Florian.
3) Make nf_queue handler pernet to resolve race on dereferencing the
hook state structure with netns removal, from Eric Biederman.
4) Ensure clean exit on unregistered helper ports, from Taehee Yoo.
5) Restore FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH in nf_dup_ipv6. This got lost while
generalizing xt_TEE to add packet duplication support in nf_tables,
from Paolo Abeni.
6) Insufficient netlink NFTA_SET_TABLE attribute check in
nf_tables_getset(), from Phil Turnbull.
7) Reject helper registration on duplicated ports via modparams.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix negative error code usage in ATM layer, from Stefan Hajnoczi.
2) If CONFIG_SYSCTL is disabled, the default TTL is not initialized
properly. From Ezequiel Garcia.
3) Missing spinlock init in mvneta driver, from Gregory CLEMENT.
4) Missing unlocks in hwmb error paths, also from Gregory CLEMENT.
5) Fix deadlock on team->lock when propagating features, from Ivan
Vecera.
6) Work around buffer offset hw bug in alx chips, from Feng Tang.
7) Fix double listing of SCTP entries in sctp_diag dumps, from Xin
Long.
8) Various statistics bug fixes in mlx4 from Eric Dumazet.
9) Fix some randconfig build errors wrt fou ipv6 from Arnd Bergmann.
10) All of l2tp was namespace aware, but the ipv6 support code was not
doing so. From Shmulik Ladkani.
11) Handle on-stack hrtimers properly in pktgen, from Guenter Roeck.
12) Propagate MAC changes properly through VLAN devices, from Mike
Manning.
13) Fix memory leak in bnx2x_init_one(), from Vitaly Kuznetsov.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (62 commits)
sfc: Track RPS flow IDs per channel instead of per function
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix link detection for disabled autonegotiation
virtio_net: fix virtnet_open and virtnet_probe competing for try_fill_recv
bnx2x: avoid leaking memory on bnx2x_init_one() failures
fou: fix IPv6 Kconfig options
openvswitch: update checksum in {push,pop}_mpls
sctp: sctp_diag should dump sctp socket type
net: fec: update dirty_tx even if no skb
vlan: Propagate MAC address to VLANs
atm: iphase: off by one in rx_pkt()
atm: firestream: add more reserved strings
vxlan: Accept user specified MTU value when create new vxlan link
net: pktgen: Call destroy_hrtimer_on_stack()
timer: Export destroy_hrtimer_on_stack()
net: l2tp: Make l2tp_ip6 namespace aware
Documentation: ip-sysctl.txt: clarify secure_redirects
sfc: use flow dissector helpers for aRFS
ieee802154: fix logic error in ieee802154_llsec_parse_dev_addr
net: nps_enet: Disable interrupts before napi reschedule
net/lapb: tuse %*ph to dump buffers
...
The Kconfig options I added to work around broken compilation ended
up screwing up things more, as I used the wrong symbol to control
compilation of the file, resulting in IPv6 fou support to never be built
into the kernel.
Changing CONFIG_NET_FOU_IPV6_TUNNELS to CONFIG_IPV6_FOU fixes that
problem, I had renamed the symbol in one location but not the other,
and as the file is never being used by other kernel code, this did not
lead to a build failure that I would have caught.
After that fix, another issue with the same patch becomes obvious, as we
'select INET6_TUNNEL', which is related to IPV6_TUNNEL, but not the same,
and this can still cause the original build failure when IPV6_TUNNEL is
not built-in but IPV6_FOU is. The fix is equally trivial, we just need
to select the right symbol.
I have successfully build 350 randconfig kernels with this patch
and verified that the driver is now being built.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reported-by: Valentin Rothberg <valentinrothberg@gmail.com>
Fixes: fabb13db44 ("fou: add Kconfig options for IPv6 support")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of CHECKSUM_COMPLETE the skb checksum should be updated in
{push,pop}_mpls() as they the type in the ethernet header.
As suggested by Pravin Shelar.
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Fixes: 25cd9ba0ab ("openvswitch: Add basic MPLS support to kernel")
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we cannot distinguish that one sk is a udp or sctp style when
we use ss to dump sctp_info. it's necessary to dump it as well.
For sctp_diag, ss support is not officially available, thus there
are no official users of this yet, so we can add this field in the
middle of sctp_info without breaking user API.
v1->v2:
- move 'sctpi_s_type' field to the end of struct sctp_info, so
that it won't cause incompatibility with applications already
built.
- add __reserved3 in sctp_info to make sure sctp_info is 8-byte
alignment.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC address of the physical interface is only copied to the VLAN
when it is first created, resulting in an inconsistency after MAC
address changes of only newly created VLANs having an up-to-date MAC.
The VLANs should continue inheriting the MAC address of the physical
interface until the VLAN MAC address is explicitly set to any value.
This allows IPv6 EUI64 addresses for the VLAN to reflect any changes
to the MAC of the physical interface and thus for DAD to behave as
expected.
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_TIMERS=y, hrtimer_init_on_stack() requires
a matching call to destroy_hrtimer_on_stack() to clean up timer
debug objects.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver extended capabilities may differ for different
interface types which the userspace needs to know (for
example the fine timing measurement initiator and responder
bits might differ for a station and AP). Add a new nl80211
attribute to provide extended capabilities per interface type
to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the status parameter to cfg80211_connect_result() was
documented as using WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE (1) when the real
status code for the failure is not known. This value can be used by an
AP (and often is) and as such, user space cannot distinguish between
explicitly rejected authentication/association and not being able to
even try to associate or not receiving a response from the AP.
Add a new inline function, cfg80211_connect_timeout(), to be used when
the driver knows that the connection attempt failed due to a reason
where connection could not be attempt or no response was received from
the AP. The internal functions now allow a negative status value (-1) to
be used as an indication of this special case. This results in the
NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT to be added to the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event to
allow user space to determine this case was hit. For backwards
compatibility, NL80211_STATUS_CODE with the value
WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE is still indicated in the event in such
a case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[johannes: fix cfg80211_connect_bss() prototype to use int for status,
add cfg80211_connect_timeout() to docbook, fix docbook]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it a lot easier to understand the capabilities used
by the station:
VHT supported
cap: 0x300819b2
MAX-MPDU-11454
80Mhz
RXLDPC
SHORT-GI-80
TXSTBC
RXSTBC_1
SU-BEAMFORMER-CAPABLE
SU-BEAMFORMEE-CAPABLE
BEAMFORMEE-STS: 0x0
SOUNDING-DIMENSIONS: 0x0
MU-BEAMFORMER-CAPABLE
MPDU-LENGTH-EXPONENT: 0x0
LINK-ADAPTATION-VHT-MRQ-MFB: 0x0
RX-ANTENNA-PATTERN
TX-ANTENNA-PATTERN
RX MCS: fffe
TX MCS: fffe
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The header field is defined as u8[] but also accessed as struct
ieee80211_hdr. Enforce an alignment of 2 to prevent unnecessary
unaligned accesses, which can be very harmful for performance on many
platforms.
Fixes: e495c24731 ("mac80211: extend fast-xmit for more ciphers")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Don't allow registration of helpers using the same tuple:
{ l3proto, l4proto, src-port }
We lookup for the helper from the packet path using this tuple through
__nf_ct_helper_find(). Therefore, we have to avoid having two helpers
with the same tuple to ensure predictible behaviour.
Don't compare the helper string names anymore since it is valid to
register two helpers with the same name, but using different tuples.
This is also implicitly fixing up duplicated helper registration via
ports= modparam since the name comparison was defeating the tuple
duplication validation.
Reported-by: Feng Gao <gfree.wind@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
While a wiphy can be transferred to network namespaces, a process having
CAP_NET_ADMIN in a non-initial user namespace can not administrate such
devices due to the genetlink GENL_ADMIN_PERM restrictions.
For openvswitch having the same issue, a new GENL_UNS_ADMIN_PERM flag has
been introduced, commit 4a92602aa1 ("openvswitch: allow management from
inside user namespaces"). This patch changes all privileged operations
operating on a wiphy, dev or wdev to allow their administration using the
same mechanism. All operations use either NEED_WIPHY, NEED_WDEV or
NEED_NETDEV, which implies a namespace aware lookup of the device. The only
exception is NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, which explicitly uses a namespace aware
phy lookup.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
[also allow cancel scan, for completeness]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit d30291b985 ("libceph: variable-sized ceph_object_id") changed
dout()s in what is now encode_request() and ceph_object_locator_to_pg()
to use %pE, mostly to document that, although all rbd and cephfs object
names are NULL-terminated strings, ceph_object_id will handle any RADOS
object name, including the one containing NULs, just fine.
However, it turns out that vbin_printf() can't handle anything but ints
and %s - all %p suffixes are ignored. The buffer %p** points to isn't
recorded, resulting in trash in the messages if the buffer had been
reused by the time bstr_printf() got to it.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
handle_reply() may be called twice on the same request: on ack and then
on commit. This occurs on btrfs-formatted OSDs or if cephfs sync write
path is triggered - CEPH_OSD_FLAG_ACK | CEPH_OSD_FLAG_ONDISK.
handle_reply() handles this with the help of done_request().
Fixes: 5aea3dcd50 ("libceph: a major OSD client update")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
For the benefit of every single caller, take osdc instead of map.
Also, now that osdc->osdmap can't ever be NULL, drop the check.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
If the NFTA_SET_TABLE parameter is missing and the NLM_F_DUMP flag is
not set, then a NULL pointer dereference is triggered in
nf_tables_set_lookup because ctx.table is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Phil Turnbull <phil.turnbull@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With the commit 48e8aa6e31 ("ipv6: Set FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH at
flowi6_flags") ip6_pol_route() callers were asked to to set the
FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH properly and xt_TEE was updated accordingly,
but with the later refactor in commit bbde9fc182 ("netfilter:
factor out packet duplication for IPv4/IPv6") the flowi6_flags
update was lost.
This commit re-add it just before the routing decision.
Fixes: bbde9fc182 ("netfilter: factor out packet duplication for IPv4/IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
helpers should unregister the only registered ports.
but, helper cannot have correct registered ports value when
failed to register.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
l2tp_ip6 tunnel and session lookups were still using init_net, although
the l2tp core infrastructure already supports lookups keyed by 'net'.
As a result, l2tp_ip6_recv discarded packets for tunnels/sessions
created in namespaces other than the init_net.
Fix, by using dev_net(skb->dev) or sock_net(sk) where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a logic error to avoid potential null pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use %*ph specifier to dump small buffers in hex format instead doing this
byte-by-byte.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous patch added the fou6.ko module, but that failed to link
in a couple of configurations:
net/built-in.o: In function `ip6_tnl_encap_add_fou_ops':
net/ipv6/fou6.c:88: undefined reference to `ip6_tnl_encap_add_ops'
net/ipv6/fou6.c:94: undefined reference to `ip6_tnl_encap_add_ops'
net/ipv6/fou6.c:97: undefined reference to `ip6_tnl_encap_del_ops'
net/built-in.o: In function `ip6_tnl_encap_del_fou_ops':
net/ipv6/fou6.c:106: undefined reference to `ip6_tnl_encap_del_ops'
net/ipv6/fou6.c:107: undefined reference to `ip6_tnl_encap_del_ops'
If CONFIG_IPV6=m, ip6_tnl_encap_add_ops/ip6_tnl_encap_del_ops
are in a module, but fou6.c can still be built-in, and that
obviously fails to link.
Also, if CONFIG_IPV6=y, but CONFIG_IPV6_TUNNEL=m or
CONFIG_IPV6_TUNNEL=n, the same problem happens for a different
reason.
This adds two new silent Kconfig symbols to work around both
problems:
- CONFIG_IPV6_FOU is now always set to 'm' if either CONFIG_NET_FOU=m
or CONFIG_IPV6=m
- CONFIG_IPV6_FOU_TUNNEL is set implicitly when IPV6_FOU is enabled
and NET_FOU_IP_TUNNELS is also turned out, and it will ensure
that CONFIG_IPV6_TUNNEL is also available.
The options could be made user-visible as well, to give additional
room for configuration, but it seems easier not to bother users
with more choice here.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: aa3463d65e ("fou: Add encap ops for IPv6 tunnels")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most users of IS_ERR_VALUE() in the kernel are wrong, as they
pass an 'int' into a function that takes an 'unsigned long'
argument. This happens to work because the type is sign-extended
on 64-bit architectures before it gets converted into an
unsigned type.
However, anything that passes an 'unsigned short' or 'unsigned int'
argument into IS_ERR_VALUE() is guaranteed to be broken, as are
8-bit integers and types that are wider than 'unsigned long'.
Andrzej Hajda has already fixed a lot of the worst abusers that
were causing actual bugs, but it would be nice to prevent any
users that are not passing 'unsigned long' arguments.
This patch changes all users of IS_ERR_VALUE() that I could find
on 32-bit ARM randconfig builds and x86 allmodconfig. For the
moment, this doesn't change the definition of IS_ERR_VALUE()
because there are probably still architecture specific users
elsewhere.
Almost all the warnings I got are for files that are better off
using 'if (err)' or 'if (err < 0)'.
The only legitimate user I could find that we get a warning for
is the (32-bit only) freescale fman driver, so I did not remove
the IS_ERR_VALUE() there but changed the type to 'unsigned long'.
For 9pfs, I just worked around one user whose calling conventions
are so obscure that I did not dare change the behavior.
I was using this definition for testing:
#define IS_ERR_VALUE(x) ((unsigned long*)NULL == (typeof (x)*)NULL && \
unlikely((unsigned long long)(x) >= (unsigned long long)(typeof(x))-MAX_ERRNO))
which ends up making all 16-bit or wider types work correctly with
the most plausible interpretation of what IS_ERR_VALUE() was supposed
to return according to its users, but also causes a compile-time
warning for any users that do not pass an 'unsigned long' argument.
I suggested this approach earlier this year, but back then we ended
up deciding to just fix the users that are obviously broken. After
the initial warning that caused me to get involved in the discussion
(fs/gfs2/dir.c) showed up again in the mainline kernel, Linus
asked me to send the whole thing again.
[ Updated the 9p parts as per Al Viro - Linus ]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/1/7/363
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/5/27/486
Acked-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org> # For nvmem part
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull Ceph updates from Sage Weil:
"This changeset has a few main parts:
- Ilya has finished a huge refactoring effort to sync up the
client-side logic in libceph with the user-space client code, which
has evolved significantly over the last couple years, with lots of
additional behaviors (e.g., how requests are handled when cluster
is full and transitions from full to non-full).
This structure of the code is more closely aligned with userspace
now such that it will be much easier to maintain going forward when
behavior changes take place. There are some locking improvements
bundled in as well.
- Zheng adds multi-filesystem support (multiple namespaces within the
same Ceph cluster)
- Zheng has changed the readdir offsets and directory enumeration so
that dentry offsets are hash-based and therefore stable across
directory fragmentation events on the MDS.
- Zheng has a smorgasbord of bug fixes across fs/ceph"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (71 commits)
ceph: fix wake_up_session_cb()
ceph: don't use truncate_pagecache() to invalidate read cache
ceph: SetPageError() for writeback pages if writepages fails
ceph: handle interrupted ceph_writepage()
ceph: make ceph_update_writeable_page() uninterruptible
libceph: make ceph_osdc_wait_request() uninterruptible
ceph: handle -EAGAIN returned by ceph_update_writeable_page()
ceph: make fault/page_mkwrite return VM_FAULT_OOM for -ENOMEM
ceph: block non-fatal signals for fault/page_mkwrite
ceph: make logical calculation functions return bool
ceph: tolerate bad i_size for symlink inode
ceph: improve fragtree change detection
ceph: keep leaf frag when updating fragtree
ceph: fix dir_auth check in ceph_fill_dirfrag()
ceph: don't assume frag tree splits in mds reply are sorted
ceph: fix inode reference leak
ceph: using hash value to compose dentry offset
ceph: don't forbid marking directory complete after forward seek
ceph: record 'offset' for each entry of readdir result
ceph: define 'end/complete' in readdir reply as bit flags
...
Highlights include:
Features:
- Add support for the NFS v4.2 COPY operation
- Add support for NFS/RDMA over IPv6
Bugfixes and cleanups:
- Avoid race that crashes nfs_init_commit()
- Fix oops in callback path
- Fix LOCK/OPEN race when unlinking an open file
- Choose correct stateids when using delegations in setattr, read and write
- Don't send empty SETATTR after OPEN_CREATE
- xprtrdma: Prevent server from writing a reply into memory client has released
- xprtrdma: Support using Read list and Reply chunk in one RPC call
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=QMmY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.7-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client updates from Anna Schumaker:
"Highlights include:
Features:
- Add support for the NFS v4.2 COPY operation
- Add support for NFS/RDMA over IPv6
Bugfixes and cleanups:
- Avoid race that crashes nfs_init_commit()
- Fix oops in callback path
- Fix LOCK/OPEN race when unlinking an open file
- Choose correct stateids when using delegations in setattr, read and
write
- Don't send empty SETATTR after OPEN_CREATE
- xprtrdma: Prevent server from writing a reply into memory client
has released
- xprtrdma: Support using Read list and Reply chunk in one RPC call"
* tag 'nfs-for-4.7-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/linux-nfs: (61 commits)
pnfs: pnfs_update_layout needs to consider if strict iomode checking is on
nfs/flexfiles: Use the layout segment for reading unless it a IOMODE_RW and reading is disabled
nfs/flexfiles: Helper function to detect FF_FLAGS_NO_READ_IO
nfs: avoid race that crashes nfs_init_commit
NFS: checking for NULL instead of IS_ERR() in nfs_commit_file()
pnfs: make pnfs_layout_process more robust
pnfs: rework LAYOUTGET retry handling
pnfs: lift retry logic from send_layoutget to pnfs_update_layout
pnfs: fix bad error handling in send_layoutget
flexfiles: add kerneldoc header to nfs4_ff_layout_prepare_ds
flexfiles: remove pointless setting of NFS_LAYOUT_RETURN_REQUESTED
pnfs: only tear down lsegs that precede seqid in LAYOUTRETURN args
pnfs: keep track of the return sequence number in pnfs_layout_hdr
pnfs: record sequence in pnfs_layout_segment when it's created
pnfs: don't merge new ff lsegs with ones that have LAYOUTRETURN bit set
pNFS/flexfiles: When initing reads or writes, we might have to retry connecting to DSes
pNFS/flexfiles: When checking for available DSes, conditionally check for MDS io
pNFS/flexfile: Fix erroneous fall back to read/write through the MDS
NFS: Reclaim writes via writepage are opportunistic
NFSv4: Use the right stateid for delegations in setattr, read and write
...
We have this situation: that EP hash table, contains only the EPs
that are listening, while the transports one, has the opposite.
We have to traverse both to dump all.
But when we traverse the transports one we will also get EPs that are
in the EP hash if they are listening. In this case, the EP is dumped
twice.
We will fix it by checking if the endpoint that is in the endpoint
hash table contains any ep->asoc in there, as it means we will also
find it via transport hash, and thus we can/should skip it, depending
on the filters used, like 'ss -l'.
Still, we should NOT skip it if the user is listing only listening
endpoints, because then we are not traversing the transport hash.
so we have to check idiag_states there also.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ceph_osdc_wait_request() is used when cephfs issues sync IO. In most
cases, the sync IO should be uninterruptible. The fix is use killale
wait function in ceph_osdc_wait_request().
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
This patch makes serverl logical caculation functions return bool to
improve readability due to these particular functions only using 0/1
as their return value.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Zhuoyu <zhangzhuoyu@cmss.chinamobile.com>
There is now about a dozen CEPH_OSDMAP_* flags. This is a debugging
interface, so just dump in hex instead of spelling each flag out.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
This adds the "map check" infrastructure for sending osdmap version
checks on CALC_TARGET_POOL_DNE and completing in-flight requests with
-ENOENT if the target pool doesn't exist or has just been deleted.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
For map check, we are going to need to send CEPH_MSG_MON_GET_VERSION
messages asynchronously and get a callback on completion. Refactor MON
client to allow firing off generic requests asynchronously and add an
async variant of ceph_monc_get_version(). ceph_monc_do_statfs() is
switched over and remains sync.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Implement ceph_osdc_watch_check() to be able to check on status of
watch. Note that the time it takes for a watch/notify event to get
delivered through the notify_wq is taken into account.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Implement ceph_osdc_notify() for sending notifies.
Due to the fact that the current messenger can't do read-in into
pagelists (it can only do write-out from them), I had to go with a page
vector for a NOTIFY_COMPLETE payload, for now.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
This adds support and switches rbd to a new, more reliable version of
watch/notify protocol. As with the OSD client update, this is mostly
about getting the right structures linked into the right places so that
reconnects are properly sent when needed. watch/notify v2 also
requires sending regular pings to the OSDs - send_linger_ping().
A major change from the old watch/notify implementation is the
introduction of ceph_osd_linger_request - linger requests no longer
piggy back on ceph_osd_request. ceph_osd_event has been merged into
ceph_osd_linger_request.
All the details are now hidden within libceph, the interface consists
of a simple pair of watch/unwatch functions and ceph_osdc_notify_ack().
ceph_osdc_watch() does return ceph_osd_linger_request, but only to keep
the lifetime management simple.
ceph_osdc_notify_ack() accepts an optional data payload, which is
relayed back to the notifier.
Portions of this patch are loosely based on work by Douglas Fuller
<dfuller@redhat.com> and Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
The unwatch timeout is currently implemented in rbd. With
watch/unwatch code moving into libceph, we are going to need
a ceph_osdc_wait_request() variant with a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
This is a major sync up, up to ~Jewel. The highlights are:
- per-session request trees (vs a global per-client tree)
- per-session locking (vs a global per-client rwlock)
- homeless OSD session
- no ad-hoc global per-client lists
- support for pool quotas
- foundation for watch/notify v2 support
- foundation for map check (pool deletion detection) support
The switchover is incomplete: lingering requests can be setup and
teared down but aren't ever reestablished. This functionality is
restored with the introduction of the new lingering infrastructure
(ceph_osd_linger_request, linger_work, etc) in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
OSD client is getting moved from the big per-client lock to a set of
per-session locks. The big rwlock would only be held for read most of
the time, so a global osdc->osd_lru needs additional protection.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
create_osd() is called way too deep in the stack to be able to error
out in a sane way; a failing create_osd() just messes everything up.
The current req_notarget list solution is broken - the list is never
traversed as it's not entirely clear when to do it, I guess.
If we were to start traversing it at regular intervals and retrying
each request, we wouldn't be far off from what __GFP_NOFAIL is doing,
so allocate OSD sessions with __GFP_NOFAIL, at least until we come up
with a better fix.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Separate osdmap handling from decoding and iterating over a bag of maps
in a fresh MOSDMap message. This sets up the scene for the updated OSD
client.
Of particular importance here is the addition of pi->was_full, which
can be used to answer "did this pool go full -> not-full in this map?".
This is the key bit for supporting pool quotas.
We won't be able to downgrade map_sem for much longer, so drop
downgrade_write().
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
This leads to a simpler osdmap handling code, particularly when dealing
with pi->was_full, which is introduced in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Both homeless OSD sessions and watch/notify v2, introduced in later
commits, require periodic ticks which don't depend on ->num_requests.
Schedule the initial tick from ceph_osdc_init() and reschedule from
handle_timeout() unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
ceph_osdc_stop() isn't called if ceph_osdc_init() fails, so we end up
with handle_osds_timeout() running on invalid memory if any one of the
allocations fails. Call schedule_delayed_work() after everything is
setup, just before returning.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
If you specify ACK | ONDISK and set ->r_unsafe_callback, both
->r_callback and ->r_unsafe_callback(true) are called on ack. This is
very confusing. Redo this so that only one of them is called:
->r_unsafe_callback(true), on ack
->r_unsafe_callback(false), on commit
or
->r_callback, on ack|commit
Decode everything in decode_MOSDOpReply() to reduce clutter.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
finish_read(), its only user, uses it to get to hdr.data_len, which is
what ->r_result is set to on success. This gains us the ability to
safely call callbacks from contexts other than reply, e.g. map check.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
The crux of this is getting rid of ceph_osdc_build_request(), so that
MOSDOp can be encoded not before but after calc_target() calculates the
actual target. Encoding now happens within ceph_osdc_start_request().
Also nuked is the accompanying bunch of pointers into the encoded
buffer that was used to update fields on each send - instead, the
entire front is re-encoded. If we want to support target->name_len !=
base->name_len in the future, there is no other way, because oid is
surrounded by other fields in the encoded buffer.
Encoding OSD ops and adding data items to the request message were
mixed together in osd_req_encode_op(). While we want to re-encode OSD
ops, we don't want to add duplicate data items to the message when
resending, so all call to ceph_osdc_msg_data_add() are factored out
into a new setup_request_data().
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Replace __calc_request_pg() and most of __map_request() with
calc_target() and start using req->r_t.
ceph_osdc_build_request() however still encodes base_oid, because it's
called before calc_target() is and target_oid is empty at that point in
time; a printf in osdc_show() also shows base_oid. This is fixed in
"libceph: switch to calc_target(), part 2".
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Introduce ceph_osd_request_target, containing all mapping-related
fields of ceph_osd_request and calc_target() for calculating mappings
and populating it.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Add and decode pi->min_size and pi->last_force_request_resend. These
are going to be used by calc_target().
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
calc_target() code is going to need to know how to compare PGs. Take
lhs and rhs pgid by const * while at it.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Rename ceph_calc_pg_primary() to ceph_pg_to_acting_primary() to
emphasise that it returns acting primary.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Knowning just acting set isn't enough, we need to be able to record up
set as well to detect interval changes. This means returning (up[],
up_len, up_primary, acting[], acting_len, acting_primary) and passing
it around. Introduce and switch to ceph_osds to help with that.
Rename ceph_calc_pg_acting() to ceph_pg_to_up_acting_osds() and return
both up and acting sets from it.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Rename ceph_oloc_oid_to_pg() to ceph_object_locator_to_pg(). Emphasise
that returned is raw PG and return -ENOENT instead of -EIO if the pool
doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Given
struct foo {
u64 id;
struct rb_node bar_node;
};
generate insert_bar(), erase_bar() and lookup_bar() functions with
DEFINE_RB_FUNCS(bar, struct foo, id, bar_node)
The key is assumed to be an integer (u64, int, etc), compared with
< and >. nodefld has to be initialized with RB_CLEAR_NODE().
Start using it for MDS, MON and OSD requests and OSD sessions.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Currently ceph_object_id can hold object names of up to 100
(CEPH_MAX_OID_NAME_LEN) characters. This is enough for all use cases,
expect one - long rbd image names:
- a format 1 header is named "<imgname>.rbd"
- an object that points to a format 2 header is named "rbd_id.<imgname>"
We operate on these potentially long-named objects during rbd map, and,
for format 1 images, during header refresh. (A format 2 header name is
a small system-generated string.)
Lift this 100 character limit by making ceph_object_id be able to point
to an externally-allocated string. Apart from being able to work with
almost arbitrarily-long named objects, this allows us to reduce the
size of ceph_object_id from >100 bytes to 64 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
For a message pool message, preallocate a page, just like we do for
osd_op. For a normal message, take ceph_object_id into account and
don't bother subtracting CEPH_OSD_SLAB_OPS ceph_osd_ops.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
The size of ->r_request and ->r_reply messages depends on the size of
the object name (ceph_object_id), while the size of ceph_osd_request is
fixed. Move message allocation into a separate function that would
have to be called after ceph_object_id and ceph_object_locator (which
is also going to become variable in size with RADOS namespaces) have
been filled in:
req = ceph_osdc_alloc_request(...);
<fill in req->r_base_oid>
<fill in req->r_base_oloc>
ceph_osdc_alloc_messages(req);
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
ceph_osdc_build_request() is going away. Grab snapc and initialize
->r_snapid in ceph_osdc_alloc_request().
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
When hwbm_pool_add exited in error the spinlock was not released. This
patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: 8cb2d8bf57 ("net: add a hardware buffer management helper API")
Reported-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@traphandler.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before calling the nla_parse_nested function, make sure the pointer to the
attribute is not null. This patch fixes several potential null pointer
dereference vulnerabilities in the tipc netlink functions.
Signed-off-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian Weber reported:
> Under full load (unshare() in loop -> OOM conditions) we can
> get kernel panic:
>
> BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000008
> IP: [<ffffffff81476c85>] nfqnl_nf_hook_drop+0x35/0x70
> [..]
> task: ffff88012dfa3840 ti: ffff88012dffc000 task.ti: ffff88012dffc000
> RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff81476c85>] [<ffffffff81476c85>] nfqnl_nf_hook_drop+0x35/0x70
> RSP: 0000:ffff88012dfffd80 EFLAGS: 00010206
> RAX: 0000000000000008 RBX: ffffffff81add0c0 RCX: ffff88013fd80000
> [..]
> Call Trace:
> [<ffffffff81474d98>] nf_queue_nf_hook_drop+0x18/0x20
> [<ffffffff814738eb>] nf_unregister_net_hook+0xdb/0x150
> [<ffffffff8147398f>] netfilter_net_exit+0x2f/0x60
> [<ffffffff8141b088>] ops_exit_list.isra.4+0x38/0x60
> [<ffffffff8141b652>] setup_net+0xc2/0x120
> [<ffffffff8141bd09>] copy_net_ns+0x79/0x120
> [<ffffffff8106965b>] create_new_namespaces+0x11b/0x1e0
> [<ffffffff810698a7>] unshare_nsproxy_namespaces+0x57/0xa0
> [<ffffffff8104baa2>] SyS_unshare+0x1b2/0x340
> [<ffffffff81608276>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1e/0xa8
> Code: 65 00 48 89 e5 41 56 41 55 41 54 53 83 e8 01 48 8b 97 70 12 00 00 48 98 49 89 f4 4c 8b 74 c2 18 4d 8d 6e 08 49 81 c6 88 00 00 00 <49> 8b 5d 00 48 85 db 74 1a 48 89 df 4c 89 e2 48 c7 c6 90 68 47
>
The simple fix for this requires a new pernet variable for struct
nf_queue that indicates when it is safe to use the dynamically
allocated nf_queue state.
As we need a variable anyway make nf_register_queue_handler and
nf_unregister_queue_handler pernet. This allows the existing logic of
when it is safe to use the state from the nfnetlink_queue module to be
reused with no changes except for making it per net.
The syncrhonize_rcu from nf_unregister_queue_handler is moved to a new
function nfnl_queue_net_exit_batch so that the worst case of having a
syncrhonize_rcu in the pernet exit path is not experienced in batch
mode.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Policer was not dumping or updating timestamps
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I found a serious performance bug in packet schedulers using hrtimers.
sch_htb and sch_fq are definitely impacted by this problem.
We constantly rearm high resolution timers if some packets are throttled
in one (or more) class, and other packets are flying through qdisc on
another (non throttled) class.
hrtimer_start() does not have the mod_timer() trick of doing nothing if
expires value does not change :
if (timer_pending(timer) &&
timer->expires == expires)
return 1;
This issue is particularly visible when multiple cpus can queue/dequeue
packets on the same qdisc, as hrtimer code has to lock a remote base.
I used following fix :
1) Change htb to use qdisc_watchdog_schedule_ns() instead of open-coding
it.
2) Cache watchdog prior expiration. hrtimer might provide this, but I
prefer to not rely on some hrtimer internal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=k6RP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfsd-4.7' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
"A very quiet cycle for nfsd, mainly just an RDMA update from Chuck
Lever"
* tag 'nfsd-4.7' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
sunrpc: fix stripping of padded MIC tokens
svcrpc: autoload rdma module
svcrdma: Generalize svc_rdma_xdr_decode_req()
svcrdma: Eliminate code duplication in svc_rdma_recvfrom()
svcrdma: Drain QP before freeing svcrdma_xprt
svcrdma: Post Receives only for forward channel requests
svcrdma: Remove superfluous line from rdma_read_chunks()
svcrdma: svc_rdma_put_context() is invoked twice in Send error path
svcrdma: Do not add XDR padding to xdr_buf page vector
svcrdma: Support IPv6 with NFS/RDMA
nfsd: handle seqid wraparound in nfsd4_preprocess_layout_stateid
Remove unnecessary allocation
In gre6 xmit path, we are sending a GRE packet, so set fl6 proto
to IPPROTO_GRE properly.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creat an ip6gretap interface with an unreachable route,
the MTU is about 14 bytes larger than what was needed.
If the remote address is reachable:
ping6 2001:0:130::1 -c 2
PING 2001:0:130::1(2001:0:130::1) 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 2001:0:130::1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.46 ms
64 bytes from 2001:0:130::1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=81.1 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit fa50d974d1 ("ipv4: Namespaceify ip_default_ttl sysctl knob")
moves the default TTL assignment, and as side-effect IPv4 TTL now
has a default value only if sysctl support is enabled (CONFIG_SYSCTL=y).
The sysctl_ip_default_ttl is fundamental for IP to work properly,
as it provides the TTL to be used as default. The defautl TTL may be
used in ip_selected_ttl, through the following flow:
ip_select_ttl
ip4_dst_hoplimit
net->ipv4.sysctl_ip_default_ttl
This commit fixes the issue by assigning net->ipv4.sysctl_ip_default_ttl
in net_init_net, called during ipv4's initialization.
Without this commit, a kernel built without sysctl support will send
all IP packets with zero TTL (unless a TTL is explicitly set, e.g.
with setsockopt).
Given a similar issue might appear on the other knobs that were
namespaceify, this commit also moves them.
Fixes: fa50d974d1 ("ipv4: Namespaceify ip_default_ttl sysctl knob")
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk_err and sk_err_soft fields are positive errno values and
userspace applications rely on this when using getsockopt(SO_ERROR).
ATM code places an -errno into sk_err_soft in sigd_send() and returns it
from svc_addparty()/svc_dropparty().
Although I am not familiar with ATM code I came to this conclusion
because:
1. sigd_send() msg->type cases as_okay and as_error both have:
sk->sk_err = -msg->reply;
while the as_addparty and as_dropparty cases have:
sk->sk_err_soft = msg->reply;
This is the source of the inconsistency.
2. svc_addparty() returns an -errno and assumes sk_err_soft is also an
-errno:
if (flags & O_NONBLOCK) {
error = -EINPROGRESS;
goto out;
}
...
error = xchg(&sk->sk_err_soft, 0);
out:
release_sock(sk);
return error;
This shows that sk_err_soft is indeed being treated as an -errno.
This patch ensures that sk_err_soft is always a positive errno.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The length of the GSS MIC token need not be a multiple of four bytes.
It is then padded by XDR to a multiple of 4 B, but unwrap_integ_data()
would previously only trim mic.len + 4 B. The remaining up to three
bytes would then trigger a check in nfs4svc_decode_compoundargs(),
leading to a "garbage args" error and mount failure:
nfs4svc_decode_compoundargs: compound not properly padded!
nfsd: failed to decode arguments!
This would prevent older clients using the pre-RFC 4121 MIC format
(37-byte MIC including a 9-byte OID) from mounting exports from v3.9+
servers using krb5i.
The trimming was introduced by commit 4c190e2f91 ("sunrpc: trim off
trailing checksum before returning decrypted or integrity authenticated
buffer").
Fixes: 4c190e2f91 "unrpc: trim off trailing checksum..."
Signed-off-by: Tomáš Trnka <ttrnka@mail.muni.cz>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
This should fix failures like:
# rpc.nfsd --rdma
rpc.nfsd: Unable to request RDMA services: Protocol not supported
Reported-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Here's the large TTY and Serial driver update for 4.7-rc1.
A few new serial drivers are added here, and Peter has fixed a bunch of
long-standing bugs in the tty layer and serial drivers as normal. Full
details in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlc/0/oACgkQMUfUDdst+ynzyQCgsa54VNijdAzU6AA5HEfqmf2M
cGMAn1boH7hUWlAbJmzzihx4JASoGjYW
=V5VH
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-4.7-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull tty and serial driver updates from Greg KH:
"Here's the large TTY and Serial driver update for 4.7-rc1.
A few new serial drivers are added here, and Peter has fixed a bunch
of long-standing bugs in the tty layer and serial drivers as normal.
Full details in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues"
* tag 'tty-4.7-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (88 commits)
MAINTAINERS: 8250: remove website reference
serial: core: Fix port mutex assert if lockdep disabled
serial: 8250_dw: fix wrong logic in dw8250_check_lcr()
tty: vt, finish looping on duplicate
tty: vt, return error when con_startup fails
QE-UART: add "fsl,t1040-ucc-uart" to of_device_id
serial: mctrl_gpio: Drop support for out1-gpios and out2-gpios
serial: 8250dw: Add device HID for future AMD UART controller
Fix OpenSSH pty regression on close
serial: mctrl_gpio: add IRQ locking
serial: 8250: Integrate Fintek into 8250_base
serial: mps2-uart: add support for early console
serial: mps2-uart: add MPS2 UART driver
dt-bindings: document the MPS2 UART bindings
serial: sirf: Use generic uart-has-rtscts DT property
serial: sirf: Introduce helper variable struct device_node *np
serial: mxs-auart: Use generic uart-has-rtscts DT property
serial: imx: Use generic uart-has-rtscts DT property
doc: DT: Add Generic Serial Device Tree Bindings
serial: 8250: of: Make tegra_serial_handle_break() static
...
Pull networking fixes and more updates from David Miller:
1) Tunneling fixes from Tom Herbert and Alexander Duyck.
2) AF_UNIX updates some struct sock bit fields with the socket lock,
whereas setsockopt() sets overlapping ones with locking. Seperate
out the synchronized vs. the AF_UNIX unsynchronized ones to avoid
corruption. From Andrey Ryabinin.
3) Mount BPF filesystem with mount_nodev rather than mount_ns, from
Eric Biederman.
4) A couple kmemdup conversions, from Muhammad Falak R Wani.
5) BPF verifier fixes from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Don't let tunneled UDP packets get stuck in socket queues, if
something goes wrong during the encapsulation just drop the packet
rather than signalling an error up the call stack. From Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
7) SKB ref after free in batman-adv, from Florian Westphal.
8) TCP iSCSI, ocfs2, rds, and tipc have to disable BH in it's TCP
callbacks since the TCP stack runs pre-emptibly now. From Eric
Dumazet.
9) Fix crash in fixed_phy_add, from Rabin Vincent.
10) Fix length checks in xen-netback, from Paul Durrant.
11) Fix mixup in KEY vs KEYID macsec attributes, from Sabrina Dubroca.
12) RDS connection spamming bug fixes from Sowmini Varadhan
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (152 commits)
net: suppress warnings on dev_alloc_skb
uapi glibc compat: fix compilation when !__USE_MISC in glibc
udp: prevent skbs lingering in tunnel socket queues
bpf: teach verifier to recognize imm += ptr pattern
bpf: support decreasing order in direct packet access
net: usb: ch9200: use kmemdup
ps3_gelic: use kmemdup
net:liquidio: use kmemdup
bpf: Use mount_nodev not mount_ns to mount the bpf filesystem
net: cdc_ncm: update datagram size after changing mtu
tuntap: correctly wake up process during uninit
intel: Add support for IPv6 IP-in-IP offload
ip6_gre: Do not allow segmentation offloads GRE_CSUM is enabled with FOU/GUE
RDS: TCP: Avoid rds connection churn from rogue SYNs
RDS: TCP: rds_tcp_accept_worker() must exit gracefully when terminating rds-tcp
net: sock: move ->sk_shutdown out of bitfields.
ipv6: Don't reset inner headers in ip6_tnl_xmit
ip4ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
ip6ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
ipv6: Set features for IPv6 tunnels
...
In case we find a socket with encapsulation enabled we should call
the encap_recv function even if just a udp header without payload is
available. The callbacks are responsible for correctly verifying and
dropping the packets.
Also, in case the header validation fails for geneve and vxlan we
shouldn't put the skb back into the socket queue, no one will pick
them up there. Instead we can simply discard them in the respective
encap_recv functions.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses the same issue we had for IPv4 where enabling GRE with
an inner checksum cannot be supported with FOU/GUE due to the fact that
they will jump past the GRE header at it is treated like a tunnel header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a rogue SYN is received after the connection arbitration
algorithm has converged, the incoming SYN should not needlessly
quiesce the transmit path, and it should not result in needless
TCP connection resets due to re-execution of the connection
arbitration logic.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
